SPN codes description

SPN Code SPN Name SPN Description
16 Engine Fuel Filter Differential Pressure (see also SPN 1382) Differential pressure measured across the fuel filter located between the fuel tank and the supply pump. See SPN 1382 and Figures SPN16_A & SPN16_B.
18 Engine Fuel Pressure (Extended Range)
19 Engine Oil Pressure (Extended Range)
20 Engine Coolant Pressure 1 (Extended Range) Gage pressure of liquid found in engine cooling system. See also SPN 109 for alternate range and resolution.
21 Engine ECU Temperature (use SPN 1136) Temperature of the engine electronic control unit. (SPN 21 & SPN 1207 are not to be used – obsolete)
22 Engine Extended Crankcase Blow-by Pressure Differential crankcase blow-by pressure as measured through a tube with a venturi. (SPN 1264 is not to be used – obsolete)
23 Generator Oil Pressure Not referenced in J1939-71
24 Generator Coolant Temperature Not referenced in J1939-71
27 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Valve Position The position of the exhaust gas recirculation valve expressed as a percentage of full travel. Zero percent means the valve is closed and no exhaust gas is flowing into the intake air stream. One hundred percent means the valve is fully opened.
28 Accelerator Pedal 3 Position The ratio of actual position of the third analog engine speed/torque request input device (such as an accelerator pedal or throttle lever) to the maximum position of the input device. This parameter is intended for the third accelerator control in an application. If an application has only one accelerator control, use SPN 91. . In marine applications, this will typically be the operator’s third throttle lever.If a low idle validation switch is used in conjunction with accelerator pedal 3 position, use Accelerator Pedal 3 Low Idle Switch, SPN 2971. NOTE—See SPNs 91 and 974 for additional accelerator position parameters. SPN 28 is an additional SPN for accelerator position.
29 Accelerator Pedal 2 Position The ratio of actual position of the second analog engine speed/torque request input device (such as an accelerator pedal or throttle lever) to the maximum position of the input device. This parameter is intended for secondary accelerator control in an application. If an application has only one accelerator control, use SPN 91.In marine applications, this will typically be the operator’s second throttle lever. If a low idle validation switch is used in conjunction with accelerator pedal 2 position, use Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch, SPN 2970. NOTE—See SPNs 91 and 974 for additional accelerator position parameters.
30 Engine Crankcase Blowby Pressure
31 Transmission Range Position Not referenced in J1939-71
32 Transmission Splitter Position The current position of the splitter cylinder.
33 Clutch Cylinder Position Not referenced in J1939-71
36 Clutch Plates Not referenced in J1939-71
37 Transmission Air Tank Pressure The pressure of the air in the tank supplying the automatically shifting transmission.
38 Fuel Level 2 Ratio of volume of fuel to the total volume of fuel in the second or right-side storage container. When Fuel Level 2 is not used, Fuel Level 1 (SPN 96) represents the total fuel in all fuel storage containers.
39 Tire Pressure Check Interval The interval at which the system will check the tire pressures (e.g., 5, 10, 15 min.). NOTE – A value of 0 indicates continuous (real time) pressure readings.
46 Pneumatic Supply Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the main reservoir, sometimes referred to as the wet tank.
48 Barometric Pressure (Extended Range)
51 Engine Throttle Valve 1 Position 1 The position of the valve used to regulate the supply of a fluid, usually air or fuel/air mixture, to an engine. 0% represents no supply and 100% is full supply.
52 Engine Intercooler Temperature Temperature of liquid found in the intercooler located after the turbocharger.
53 Transmission Synchronizer Clutch Value The current modulated value for the air supply to the synchronizer clutch.
54 Transmission Synchronizer Brake Value The current modulated value for the air supply to the synchronizer brake.
59 Transmission Shift Finger Gear Position The current position of the shift finger in the gear direction.
60 Transmission Shift Finger Rail Position The current position of the shift finger in the rail direction.
64 Transmission #2 Oil Temperature Temperature of transmission #2 lubricant.
69 Two Speed Axle Switch Switch signal which indicates the current axle range. 00b = Low speed range 01b = High speed range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
70 Parking Brake Switch Switch signal which indicates when the parking brake is set. In general the switch actuated by the operator’s park brake control, whether a pedal, lever or other control mechanism (see also SPN 619 and 5275).00b = Parking brake not set 01b = Parking brake set 10b = Error 11b = Not available
72 Engine Blower Bypass Valve Position Relative position of the blower bypass valve.
73 Auxiliary Pump Pressure Gage pressure of auxiliary water pump driven as a PTO device.
74 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit Maximum vehicle velocity allowed. See SPN 6808 for an alternate resolution.
75 Steering Axle Temperature Temperature of lubricant in steering axle.
76 Axle Lift Air Pressure
77 Forward Rear Drive Axle Temperature
78 Rear Rear Drive Axle Temperature
79 Road Surface Temperature Indicated temperature of road surface over which vehicle is operating.
80 Washer Fluid Level Ratio of volume of liquid to total container volume of fluid reservoir in windshield wash system.
81 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Pressure (use SPN 3609) Exhaust pressure as a result of particle accumulation on filter media placed in the exhaust stream. It is recommended that SPN 3609 be used as it has better resolution.
82 Engine Air Start Pressure Gage pressure of air in an engine starting system that utilizes compressed air to provide the force required to rotate the crankshaft.
84 Wheel-Based Vehicle Speed Speed of the vehicle as calculated from wheel or tailshaft speed.
86 Cruise Control Set Speed Value of set (chosen) velocity of velocity control system. See SPN 6809 for an alternate resolution. If an algorithm that can modify the cruise control set point exists in the system, such as Predictive Cruise Control or Adaptive Cruise Control, then Cruise Control Set Speed (SPN 86) will not include the speed adjustment made by that algorithm. For the parameter that includes the adjustment, see Cruise Control Speed (SPN 7319) for the final speed used by the cruise control algorithm.
87 Cruise Control High Set Limit Speed Maximum vehicle velocity at which cruise can be set. If Cruise Control Adjusted Maximum Speed (SPN 7495) is supported, then SPN 7495 has priority over SPN 87. See the definition for SPN 7495 for more details.
88 Cruise Control Low Set Limit Speed Minimum vehicle velocity at which cruise can be set or minimum vehicle velocity for cruise operation before it will exit cruise control operation.
90 Power Takeoff Oil Temperature Temperature of lubricant in device used to transmit engine power to auxiliary equipment.
91 Accelerator Pedal Position 1 This parameter is intended for the primary accelerator control in an application. SPN 91 is the calculated ratio of actual position of the operator’s [engine] speed request or [engine] torque request input device (most commonly an accelerator pedal or throttle lever) to the maximum position of the input device. Where redundant means are used to sense the position of the control, SPN 91 shall display the outcome of the manufacturer-defined (i.e. calculated) method to determine the ratio from the redundant inputs.For on-highway vehicles SPN 91 is the operator’s accelerator pedal, in the normal driving position. In addition to signaling the operator’s powertrain demand, SPN 91 also provides anticipatory information to transmission and ASR algorithms about driver intentions. In marine applications, this will typically be the operator’s throttle lever. NOTE— If an application has only one accelerator control, use SPN 91. See SPNs 28, 29 and 974 for additional accelerator pedal position parameters. SPN 9510 is an additional diagnostic SPN for accelerator pedal position. SPN91 represents the combined, actual position, of the 1st accelerator pedal, based on the information from all available, redundant, position sensors for that pedal. If a low idle validation switch is used in conjunction with accelerator pedal position 1, use Accelerator Pedal Low Idle Switch 1, SPN 558. See SAE J1843 for standardized accelerator pedal position interface descriptions. SPNs 9763, 2972, and 2973 may be used as diagnostic SPNs for pedal sensors that support multiple outputs.
92 Engine Percent Load At Current Speed The ratio of actual engine percent torque (indicated) to maximum indicated torque available at the current engine speed, clipped to zero torque during engine braking.
93 Engine Net Brake Torque
94 Engine Fuel Delivery Pressure Gage pressure of fuel in system as delivered from supply pump to the injection pump. See SPN 7469 for alternate resolution.See also SPN 5578 for Fuel Delivery Absolute Pressure.
95 Engine Fuel Filter Differential Pressure Change in fuel delivery pressure, measured across the filter, due to accumulation of solid or semisolid matter on the filter element.
96 Fuel Level 1 Ratio of volume of fuel to the total volume of fuel storage container. When Fuel Level 2 (SPN 38) is not used, Fuel Level 1 represents the total fuel in all fuel storage containers. When Fuel Level 2 is used, Fuel Level 1 represents the fuel level in the primary or left-side fuel storage container.
97 Water In Fuel Indicator 1 Signal which indicates the presence of water in the fuel. 00b = No 01b = Yes 10b = Error 11b = Not available
98 Engine Oil Level Ratio of current volume of engine sump oil to maximum required volume.
99 Engine Oil Filter Differential Pressure Change in engine oil pressure, measured across the filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid or semisolid material on or in the filter. See SPN 7471 for alternate resolution.
100 Engine Oil Pressure 1 Gage pressure of oil in engine lubrication system as provided by oil pump. See SPN 7468 for alternate resolution.
101 Engine Crankcase Pressure 1 First instance of the gage pressure inside engine crankcase.
102 Engine Intake Manifold #1 Pressure The gage pressure measurement of the air intake manifold. If there are multiple air pressure sensors in the intake stream, this is the last one in flow direction before entering the combustion chamber. This should be the pressure used to drive gauges and displays. See also SPNs 1127-1130 and SPN 3562 for alternate range and resolution. If there is only one pressure measurement of the air intake manifold to report and this range and resolution is adequate, this parameter should be used.
103 Engine Turbocharger 1 Speed Rotational velocity of rotor in the turbocharger.
104 Engine Turbocharger Lube Oil Pressure 1 Gage pressure of oil in turbocharger lubrication system.
105 Engine Intake Manifold 1 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold of engine air supply system.
106 Engine Intake Air Pressure Absolute air pressure at input port to intake manifold or air box.
107 Engine Air Filter 1 Differential Pressure Change in engine air system pressure, measured across the filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid foreign matter on or in the filter.This is the measurement of the first filter in a multiple air filter system. In a single air filter application, this is the only SPN used. Filter numbering follows the guidelines noted in section, Naming Convention For Engine Parameters.
108 Barometric Pressure Absolute air pressure of the atmosphere.
109 Engine Coolant Pressure 1 Gage pressure of liquid found in engine cooling system. See SPN 20 for alternate range and resolution.
110 Engine Coolant Temperature Temperature of liquid found in engine cooling system.
111 Engine Coolant Level 1 Ratio of volume of liquid found in engine cooling system to total cooling system volume. Typical monitoring location is in the coolant expansion tank.
112 Engine Coolant Filter Differential Pressure Change in coolant pressure, measured across the filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid or semisolid matter on or in the filter.
113 Engine Governor Droop
114 SLI Battery 1 Net Current Net flow of electrical current into/out of the first battery or first set of batteries used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI). If more than one battery is included in the first set of batteries and the net current for each battery is desired, then SPNs 7900, 7908, 7916, & 7924 shall be used.See SPN 2579 for alternate range and resolution.
115 Alternator Current Measure of electrical current flow from the alternator. Alternator Current (High Range/Resolution) parameter SPN 1795 has a higher range and resolution of the same parameter.
116 Brake Application Pressure Gage pressure of compressed air or fluid in vehicle braking system measured at the brake chamber when brake shoe (or pad) is placed against brake drum (or disc).
117 Brake Primary Pressure Gage pressure of air in the primary, or supply side, of the air brake system.
118 Brake Secondary Pressure Gage pressure of air in the secondary, or service side, of the air brake system.
119 Hydraulic Retarder Pressure Gage pressure of oil in hydraulic retarder system.
120 Hydraulic Retarder Oil Temperature Temperature of oil found in a hydraulic retarder.
122 Engine Retarder Percent
123 Transmission Clutch 1 Pressure Gage pressure of oil within a wet clutch.
124 Transmission Oil Level 1 First instance of a transmission oil level indicator. Conveys the ratio of volume of transmission sump oil to recommended volume.
126 Transmission Filter Differential Pressure Change in transmission fluid pressure, measured after the filter, due to accumulation of solid or semisolid material on or in the filter.
127 Transmission 1 Oil Pressure Gage pressure of lubrication fluid in transmission 1, measured after pump.
129 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Metering Rail 2 Pressure (duplicate, use SPN 1349) The gage pressure of fuel in the metering rail #2 as delivered from the supply pump to the injector metering intake. See Figure SPN16_A for fuel system related parameters. Although the figure does not show rail #2 it does show the relationship of rail pressure to other signals.(Obsolete – use SPN 1349)
130 Engine Power Specific Fuel Economy
131 Engine Exhaust Pressure (duplicate, use SPN 1209)
132 Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Mass flow rate of fresh air entering the engine air intake, before any EGR mixer, if used. Flow rate of fresh air conducted to the engine cylinders to support combustion.
133 Engine Average Fuel Rate
135 Engine Fuel Delivery Pressure (Absolute)
136 Auxiliary Vacuum Pressure Reading Identifies the current vacuum pressure (relative to atmosphere) that is configured uniquely per application. Not to be used in place of defined parameters.
137 Auxiliary Gage Pressure Reading 1 Identifies the current gage pressure (relative to atmosphere) that is configured uniquely per application. Not to be used in place of defined parameters.
138 Auxiliary Absolute Pressure Reading Identifies the current absolute pressure (relative to 0 pressure) that is configured uniquely per application. Not to be used in place of defined parameters.
141 Trailer, Tag Or Push Channel Tire Pressure Target The tire pressure control system’s target gage pressure for the trailer, tag, or push group of tires.
142 Drive Channel Tire Pressure Target The tire pressure control system’s target gage pressure for the drive group of tires.
143 Steer Channel Tire Pressure Target The tire pressure control system’s target gage pressure for the steer group of tires.
144 Trailer, Tag Or Push Channel Tire Pressure The latest gage pressure reading of the trailer, tag, or push group of tires, as opposed to the pressure in each tire.
145 Drive Channel Tire Pressure The latest gage pressure reading of the drive group of tires, as opposed to the pressure in each tire.
146 Steer Channel Tire Pressure The latest gage pressure reading of the steer group of tires, as opposed to the pressure in each tire.
147 Engine Average Fuel Economy (Gaseous)
148 Engine Instantaneous Fuel Economy (Gaseous)
149 Engine Mass Flow Rate (Gaseous) – (Obsolete – Use SPN 1241) This SPN is obsolete. Use SPN 1241.
152 Number Of ECU Resets
153 Engine Crankcase Pressure (High Resolution)
156 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Timing Rail 1 Pressure The gage pressure of fuel in the timing rail delivered from the supply pump to the injector timing intake.
157 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Metering Rail 1 Pressure The gage pressure of fuel in the primary, or first, metering rail as delivered from the supply pump to the injector metering intake.
158 Key Switch Battery Potential Battery potential measured at the input of the electronic control unit supplied through a key switch or similar switching device.
159 Engine Gaseous Fuel Supply Pressure 1 Gage pressure of gaseous fuel supply to fuel metering device.
160 Transmission Intermediate Shaft Speed Rotational velocity of the first intermediate shaft of the transmission.
161 Transmission 1 Input Shaft Speed Rotational velocity of the primary shaft transferring power into the first transmission. When a torque converter is present, it is the output of the torque converter.Note: Single input shaft transmissions should use SPN 161 (Transmission Input Shaft Speed). Multiple input shaft transmissions should use SPN 5960 and 5961 (DCT Input Shaft 1 and 2 Speeds). For maximum compatibility, a multiple input shaft speed transmission may also broadcast SPN 161 as a virtual or current inputshaft speed with the following logic: Transmission Input Shaft Speed = DCT Input Shaft 1 Speed when shaft 1 is engaged. Transmission Input Shaft Speed = DCT Input Shaft 2 Speed when shaft 2 is engaged. Transmission Input Shaft Speed = Transitional interpolated value when shifting between shaft 1 and 2.
162 Transmission Requested Range Range selected by the operator. Characters may include P, Rx, Rx-1…R2, R1, R, Nx, Nx-1…N2, N1, N, D, D1, D2…, Dx, L, L1, L2…, Lx-1, 1, 2, 3,… If only one displayed character is required, the second character shall be used and the first character shall be a space (ASCII 32) or a control character (ASCII 0 to 31). If the first character is a control character, refer to the manufacturer’s application document for definition.
163 Transmission Current Range Range currently being commanded by the transmission control system. Characters may include P, Rx, Rx-1…R2, R1, R, Nx, Nx-1…N2, N1, N, D, D1, D2…, Dx, L, L1, L2…, Lx-1, 1, 2, 3,… If only one displayed character is required, the second character shall be used and the first character shall be a space (ASCII 32) or a control character (ASCII 0 to 31). If the first character is a control character, refer to the manufacturer’s application document for definition.
164 Engine Fuel Injection Control Pressure The gage pressure of the engine oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers an intensifier used for fuel injection.
165 Compass Bearing Present compass bearing of vehicle.
166 Engine Rated Power Net brake power that the engine will deliver continuously, specified for a given application at a rated speed.
167 Charging System Potential (Voltage) Electrical potential measured at the charging system output. The charging system may be any device charging the batteries. This includes alternators, generators, solid state charger and other charging devices.
168 Battery Potential / Power Input 1 This parameter measures the first source of battery potential as measured at the input of the ECU/actuator etc. coming from one or more batteries, irrespective of the distance between the component and the battery. This SPN is also used when ECUs are interconnected in a series configuration, where the source of power is coming directly or indirectly from the same battery/batteries.If more than one battery is included in the first set of batteries and the potential for each battery is desired, then SPNs 7902, 7910, 7918, & 7926 shall be used.
169 Cargo Ambient Temperature Temperature of air inside vehicle container used to accommodate cargo.
170 Cab Interior Temperature Temperature of air inside the part of the vehicle that encloses the driver and vehicle operating controls. Note: See also SPN 1691. SPN 1662 is an additional diagnostic SPN associated with cab temperature.
171 Ambient Air Temperature Temperature of air surrounding vehicle.
172 Engine Intake 1 Air Temperature Temperature of air entering vehicle air induction system.
173 Engine Exhaust Temperature Temperature of combustion byproducts leaving the engine. See SPNs 2433, 2434, 5969 and 5970 for engines with more than one exhaust temperature measurement.
174 Engine Fuel 1 Temperature 1 Temperature of fuel (or gas) of the first fuel type. See SPN 3468 for a second temperature measurement of the first fuel type.
175 Engine Oil Temperature 1 Temperature of the engine lubricant. Note: If there is only one engine oil temperature measurement, this SPN should be used. This is the SPN that is typically displayed on an on-highway truck instrument cluster. See also SPNs 1135 and 5925 for additional engine oil temperature measurements.
176 Engine Turbocharger 1 Oil Temperature Temperature of the turbocharger lubricant.
177 Transmission Oil Temperature 1 First instance of transmission lubricant temperature.
178 Front Axle Weight
179 Rear Axle Weight
180 Trailer Weight Total mass of freight-carrying vehicle designed to be pulled by truck, including the weight of the contents.
181 Cargo Weight The mass of freight carried.
182 Engine Trip Fuel Fuel consumed during all or part of a journey. See SPN 5053 for alternate resolution.
183 Engine Fuel Rate Amount of fuel consumed by engine per unit of time. NOTE – See SPN 1600 for alternate resolution.
184 Engine Instantaneous Fuel Economy Current fuel economy at current vehicle velocity. FB00h = Infinite (for example, during engine motoring)
185 Engine Average Fuel Economy Average of instantaneous fuel economy for that segment of vehicle operation of interest.
186 Power Takeoff Speed Rotational velocity of device used to transmit engine power to auxiliary equipment.
187 Power Takeoff Set Speed Rotational velocity selected by operator for device used to transmit engine power to auxiliary equipment.
188 Engine Speed At Idle, Point 1 Stationary low idle speed of engine which includes influences due to engine temperature (after power up) and other stationary changes (calibration offsets, sensor failures, etc). This parameter is point 1 of the engine configuration map (see PGN 65251).
189 Engine Rated Speed The maximum governed rotational velocity of the engine crankshaft under full load conditions. Note that the engine speed at point 2 (SPN 528) is equal to rated engine speed only in the case when the engine has not been derated. Please also reference PGN 65251.
190 Engine Speed Actual engine speed which is calculated over a minimum crankshaft angle of 720 degrees divided by the number of cylinders.
191 Transmission 1 Output Shaft Speed Calculated speed of the transmission 1 output shaft.
228 Speed Sensor Calibration
229 Total Fuel Used (Gaseous) (duplicate, use SPN 1040)
230 Total Idle Fuel Used (Gaseous) (duplicate, use SPN 1010)
231 Trip Fuel (Gaseous) (duplicate, use SPN 1039)
232 DGPS Differential Correction
233 Unit Number (Power Unit) Owner assigned unit number for the power unit of the vehicle. NOTE: The ASCII character « * » is reserved as a delimiter.
234 Software Identification Software identification of an electronic module. As an example, this parameter may be represented with ASCII characters MMDDYYaa where MM is the month, DD is the day, YY is the year, and aa is the revision number.NOTE The ASCII character “*” is reserved as a delimiter.
235 Engine Total Idle Hours Accumulated time of operation of the engine while under idle conditions.
236 Engine Total Idle Fuel Used Accumulated amount of fuel used during vehicle operation while under idle conditions.
237 Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) as assigned by the vehicle manufacturer. NOTE The ASCII character “*” is reserved as a delimiter.
238 Velocity Vector
241 Tire Pressure Pressure at which air is contained in cavity formed by tire and rim.
242 Tire Temperature Temperature at the surface of the tire sidewall.
244 Trip Distance Distance traveled during all or part of a journey. NOTE See SPN 918 for alternate resolution.
245 Total Vehicle Distance Accumulated distance traveled by vehicle during its operation. NOTE See SPN 917 for alternate resolution.
246 Total Vehicle Hours Accumulated time of operation of vehicle.
247 Engine Total Hours of Operation Accumulated time of operation of engine.
248 Total Power Takeoff Hours Accumulated time of operation of power takeoff device.
249 Engine Total Revolutions Accumulated number of revolutions of engine crankshaft during its operation.
250 Engine Total Fuel Used Accumulated amount of fuel used during vehicle operation. See SPN 5054 for alternate resolution.
251 Time
252 Date
257 Cold Restart Of Specific Component
258 Warm Restart Of Specific Component
259 Acknowledgement Of Warm Or Cold Restart
354 Relative Humidity Measures humidity of combustion air prior to entry into turbocharger
355 Engine Oil Life Remaining Signal which indicates the actual oil life remaining in percent. 100% means the engine oil is brand new, and 0% means the engine oil is at the end of its life.
378 Fare Collection Unit Status
380 Articulation Angle
383 Vehicle Acceleration
407 Axle Group Full Weight Calibration The full weight calibration measurement of an axle group
408 Axle Group Empty Weight Calibration The empty weight calibration measurement of an axle group
409 Axle Group Weight Total mass imposed on the road surface by all the tires in the axle group
411 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Differential Pressure Differential pressure across the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system
412 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Temperature Temperature of Recirculated Exhaust Gas. This should not be used for Exhaust Gas Recirculation Mixer Intake Temperature. See SPN 5020.
413 Net Vehicle Weight Change Identifies the net vehicle weight change from the time of last vehicle net weight zeroing.
417 Gross Combination Weight Total weight of the truck and all the trailers with on-board scales.
430 Engine Starter Solenoid Voltage This is the voltage at the battery terminal of the starter solenoid.
441 Auxiliary Temperature 1 Temperature measured by auxiliary temperature sensor #1. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
442 Auxiliary Temperature 2 Temperature measured by auxiliary temperature sensor #2. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
443 Auxiliary Gage Pressure Reading 2
444 Battery Potential / Power Input 2 This parameter measures the second source of battery potential as measured at the input of the ECU/actuator etc. coming from one or more batteries, irrespective of the distance between the component and the battery. This SPN is also used when ECUs are interconnected in a series configuration, where the source of power is coming directly or indirectly from the same battery/batteries.
445 Engine Bank 2 Cylinder Head Temperature
446 Engine Bank 1 Cylinder Head Temperature
447 Passenger Counter
501 Signage Message
502 Fare Collection Unit – Point Of Sale
503 Fare Collection Unit – Service Detail
504 Annunciator Voice Message
505 Vehicle Control Head Keyboard Message
506 Vehicle Control Head Display Message
507 Driver Identification
508 Transit Route Identification
509 Milepost Identification Used to identify the milepost as detected by a milepost sensor. The length of the ASCII text for this parameter must be reported using SPN 3070 (Number of bytes in the Milepost Identification).
512 Driver’s Demand Engine – Percent Torque The requested torque output of the engine by the driver. It is based on input from the following requestors external to the powertrain: operator (via the accelerator pedal), cruise control and/or road speed limit governor. Dynamic commands from internal powertrain functions such as smoke control, low- and high-speed engine governing; ASR and shift control are excluded from this calculation. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque. See PGN 65251 for the engine configuration message. Several status bits are defined separately to indicate the request which is currently being honored. This parameter may be used for shift scheduling.
513 Actual Engine – Percent Torque The calculated output torque of the engine. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of reference engine torque (see the engine configuration message, PGN 65251). The engine percent torque value will not be less than zero and it includes the torque developed in the cylinders required to overcome friction.
514 Nominal Friction – Percent Torque The calculated torque that indicates the amount of torque required by the basic engine itself added by the loss torque of accessories. It contains the frictional and thermodynamic loss of the engine itself, pumping torque loss (SPN 5398), and the losses of fuel, oil and cooling pumps. The data is transmitted as a percent of reference engine torque (see the engine configuration message, PGN 65251).The realization can be done by a map dependent on engine speed and engine temperature and an offset value for additional loss torques. See SPN 2978 for an indicator that describes the possible inclusion of engine parasitic losses such as cooling fan, etc. in this parameter value. Note: Refer to section 5.2.1 in SAE J1939-71. Note: Beginning in 2016, HD-OBD requires reporting of engine torque to Portable Emissions Measurement System (PEMS) equipment that is representative of torque as measured by the engine dynamometer during the emissions certification process. Therefore, for applications that are subject to HD-OBD regulations in 2016 or later, estimated parasitic losses shall no longer be included in SPN 514 Nominal Friction – Percent Torque and must be included in SPN 2978 Estimated Engine Parasitic Losses – Percent Torque.
515 Engine’s Desired Operating Speed An indication by the engine of the optimal operating speed of the engine for the current existing conditions. These conditions may include the torque generated to accommodate powertrain demands from the operator (via the accelerator pedal), cruise control, road speed limit governors, or ASR. Dynamic commands from functions such as smoke control or shift control are excluded from this calculation.
516 Ground-Based Vehicle Speed Actual ground speed of the vehicle, measured by a device such as RADAR. (1.609344 km/h = 1 mph)
517 Navigation-Based Vehicle Speed Speed of the vehicle as calculated from a device such as a Global Positioning System (GPS).
518 Engine Requested Torque/Torque Limit Parameter provided to the engine or retarder in the torque/speed control message for controlling or limiting the output torque.Requested torque to the engine is measured in indicated torque as a percentage of reference engine torque (see the engine configuration message, PGN 65251). This is the engine torque at which the engine is expected to operate if the torque control mode is active or the engine torque which the engine is not expected to exceed if the torque limit mode is active. Zero torque can be requested which implies zero fuel and, according to Figures SPN512_A and SPN512_B, the engine will not be allowed to stall. The actual engine percent torque (SPN 513) should be zero and the engine should decelerate until the low idle governor kicks in, at which time the actual engine percent torque will be calculated as shown in Figures SPN512_A and SPN512_B and the engine torque mode bits (SPN 899) should be equal to 0000b – Low Idle Governor. Requested torque to the retarder is measured in indicated torque as a percentage of reference retarder torque (see the retarder configuration message, PGN 65249). The logic used in enabling or disabling the retarder is based on the override control mode priority bits (SPN 897). A zero torque request to the retarder is a disable request, and is used by a J1939 node to prevent the retarder from being activated by other combinations of inputs outside of J1939 commands. The Torque Limit Mode is commonly used for this purpose.
519 Engine’s Desired Operating Speed Asymmetry Adjustment This byte is utilized in transmission gear selection routines and indicates the engine’s preference of lower versus higher engine speeds should its desired speed not be achievable. This is a scaled ratio such that 125 represents an equal preference for a speed lower or higher that the engine’s indicated desired speed. The higher the asymmetry adjustment value is above 125, the more the engine prefers to be operated at or above its indicated desired speed. Conversely, the lower the asymmetry adjustment value is below 125, the more the engine prefers to operate at or below its indicated desired speed. Typically, the engine’s asymmetry adjustment will be predicated on fuel consumption considerations, and under these conditions, the method for computing the asymmetry adjustment is indicated in Figure SPN519_A. The engine may include other factors into its asymmetry adjustment calculation such as temperatures, pressures, and other operating parameters.
520 Actual Retarder – Percent Torque Actual braking torque of the retarder as a percent of retarder configuration reference torque SPN 556. Note: Refer to section 5.2.1 in SAE J1939-71.
521 Brake Pedal Position Ratio of brake pedal position to maximum pedal position. Used for electric brake applications. 0% means no braking. Also when there are two brake pedals on the machine (Left Brake Pedal Position SPN 3033 and Right Brake Pedal Position SPN 3032) the maximum of the two should be transmitted for Brake Pedal Position.
522 Percent Clutch Slip Parameter which represents the ratio of input shaft speed to current engine speed (in percent). Percent Clutch Slip = ((Engine rpm – Input shaft rpm)/(Engine rpm)) x 100
523 Transmission Current Gear The gear currently engaged in the transmission or the last gear engaged while the transmission is in the process of shifting to the new or selected gear. Transitions toward a destination gear will not be indicated. Once the selected gear has been engaged then Transmission Current Gear (SPN 523) will reflect that gear.
524 Transmission Selected Gear The gear that the transmission will attempt to achieve during the current shift if a shift is in progress, or the next shift if one is pending (i.e., waiting for torque reduction to initiate the shift).
525 Transmission Requested Gear Gear requested by the operator, ABS, or engine. Negative values are reverse gears, positive values are forward gears, zero is neutral, parameter specific indicators are listed below. Parameter specific values for this parameter are as follows: FDh = Hold current gear FCh = Forward Drive Position FBh = ‘Park’ position FAh = Forward ‘Low’ position F9h = Upshift 1 gear from current position F8h = Upshift 2 gears from current position F7h = Downshift 1 gear from current position F6h = Downshift 2 gears from current position F5h = D-1: 1st forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ F4h = D-2: 2nd forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ F3h = D-3: 3rd forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ F2h = D-4: 4th forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ F1h = D-5: 5th forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ F0h = D-6: 6th forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ EFh = D-7: 7th forward selector position referenced from ‘Drive’ EEh = Between two shift selector positions (if detail is unknown) EDh = Between two reverse shift selector positions ECh = Between two forward shift selector positions EBh = Between D-7 and D-6 shift selector positions EAh = Between D-6 and D-5 shift selector positions E9h = Between D-5 and D-4 shift selector positions E8h = Between D-4 and D-3 shift selector positions E7h = Between D-3 and D-2 shift selector positions E6h = Between D-2 and D-1 shift selector positions E5h = Between D-1 and ‘Drive’ shift selector positions E4h = Between ‘Drive’ and ‘Neutral’ shift selector positions E3h = Between ‘Neutral’ and ‘Reverse’ shift selector positions E2h = Between ‘Reverse’ and ‘Park’ shift selector positions E1h = Press of momentary button to reselect current position E0h = Position unknown and/or no buttons pressed DFh = Reverse Selector Position DEh to BEh = Reserved 3Ch to 00h = Reserved Forward selector position from drive (F5h to EFh) – Indicates shift selector position in reference to the ‘Drive’ position on the selector. It is possible that the shift selector software may not know the number of forward ranges. The shift selector may identify the position selected by the operator while the transmission ECU determines what range or gear that represents. If there is a digital display, the transmission ECU would communicate what is to be displayed via another message such as ETC#2 or ETC#7. For example: Consider a vehicle with a 5-speed automatic transmission with the shift lever on the column. Suppose that shift selector has a limited number of positions, such that having positions for D-4-3-2-1 is not an option. For this example, assume there are only have enough lever positions for D-3-2-1. Pulling the lever into « D » will put the transmission in 5th (highest gear). It is desired that pulling the lever to the physical « 3 » position will limit the transmission to a maximum range of 3rd gear. When the selector is pulled down into « 3 », the shifter selector itself has no way of correlating this physical lever position to the desired gear; it would have to be calibrated with software to tell it this information. If not calibrated, the shift selector cannot directly command the transmission to go to 3rd gear; it only knows it’s one notch below drive. However, if « D-1 » (lever position, as opposed to desired gear) is broadcast by the selector, the transmission ECU can receive this and then make the determination of what range is desired. The benefit is that no specific calibration of the shift selector is required. Between selector positions (EEh to E2h) – Indicates the shift selector is not in an appropriate position. If a lever-type shift selector with a mechanical display is stuck between detents, it may appear to the operator that it is in the desired position when in fact it is not. The shift selector may be capable of reporting only that it is between positions or that it is between forward or reverse positions. If known, the transmission ECU may respond differently depending on which positions are involved. Reselect current position (E1h) – If the TC1 message continues to send the position last selected, then a capability to reselect the same position is required. For example: If a ‘Neutral to Drive’ shift is selected and that shift is inhibited (say for high engine speed), it may be necessary for the operator to reselect ‘Drive’ after the inhibit conditions pass in order for the transmission ECU to honor the request. Position unknown and/or no buttons pressed (E0h) – A push-button style shift selector with momentary contact buttons may send this indicator after initialization before any buttons are pressed, or before the transmission ECU determines and communicates the initial selection. This indicator could also be sent between button presses as an alternative to sending the last button press.
526 Transmission Actual Gear Ratio Actual ratio of input shaft speed to output shaft speed.
527 Cruise Control States This parameter is used to indicate the current state, or mode, of operation by the cruise control device. This is a status parameter.000b = Off/Disabled 001b = Hold 010b = Accelerate 011b = Decelerate 100b = Resume 101b = Set 110b = Accelerator Override 111b = Not available
528 Engine Speed At Point 2 Engine speed of point 2 of the engine torque map (see PGN 65251 and supporting document). In engine configuration mode 1 and 3, point 2 is defined as the kick-in point from which torque is reduced to zero. In mode 2 (see Table PGN65251_A), there are no special requirements for the definition of this point.
529 Engine Speed At Point 3 Engine speed of point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine torque map (see PGN 65251 and supporting document). It is recommended that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 are optional and lie between idle and point 2.
530 Engine Speed At Point 4 Engine speed of point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine torque map (see PGN 65251 and supporting document). It is recommended that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 are optional and lie between idle and point 2.
531 Engine Speed At Point 5 Engine speed of point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine torque map (see PGN 65251 and supporting document). It is recommended that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 are optional and lie between idle and point 2.
532 Engine Speed At High Idle, Point 6 Engine speed of high idle (point 6) of the engine torque map (see PGN 65251 and supporting document). In engine configuration mode 3 (see Figure PGN65251_C), point 6 is not defined by the engine torque map but by the governor characteristic and the zero torque line.
533 Engine Maximum Momentary Override Speed, Point 7 The maximum engine speed above high idle allowed by the engine control during a momentary high idle override. This duration of the override is limited by the maximum momentary override time limit, SPN 534.
534 Engine Maximum Momentary Override Time Limit The maximum time limit allowed to override the engine’s high idle speed.
535 Engine Requested Speed Control Range Lower Limit The minimum engine speed that the engine will allow when operating in a speed control/limit mode.
536 Engine Requested Speed Control Range Upper Limit The maximum engine speed regardless of load that the engine will allow when operating in a speed control/limit mode, excluding any maximum momentary engine override speed, if supported.
537 Engine Requested Torque Control Range Lower Limit The minimum engine torque that the engine will allow when operating in a torque control/limit mode.
538 Engine Requested Torque Control Range Upper Limit The maximum engine torque that the engine will allow when operating in a torque control/limit mode.
539 Engine Percent Torque At Idle, Point 1 The torque limit that indicates the available engine torque which can be provided by the engine at idle speed. This parameter may be influenced by engine temperature (after power up) and other stationary changes (calibration offsets, sensor failures, etc.) See also SPN 188. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque.
540 Engine Percent Torque At Point 2 The torque limit that indicates the available engine torque which can be provided by the engine at point 2 of the engine map (see PGN 65251 and supporting documents). In engine configuration mode 1 and 3 (see Table PGN65251_A see PGN 65251), point 2 is defined as the kick-in point from which torque is reduced to zero. In mode 2, there are no special requirements for the definition of this point. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque.
541 Engine Percent Torque At Point 3 The torque limit that indicates the available engine torque which can be provided by the engine at point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine map (see PGN 65251 and supporting documents).. It is required that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 lie between idle and point 2. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque.
542 Engine Percent Torque At Point 4 The torque limit that indicates the available engine torque which can be provided by the engine at point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine map (see PGN 65251 and supporting documents). It is required that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 lie between idle and point 2. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque.
543 Engine Percent Torque At Point 5 The torque limit that indicates the available engine torque which can be provided by the engine at point 3, 4, and 5 of the engine map (see PGN 65251 and supporting documents). It is required that one of these points indicate the peak torque point for the current engine torque map. Points 3, 4, and 5 lie between idle and point 2. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference engine torque.
544 Engine Reference Torque This parameter is the 100% reference value for all defined indicated engine torque parameters. It is only defined once and doesn’t change if a different engine torque map becomes valid.
545 Engine Gain (Kp) Of The Endspeed Governor The endspeed governor is defined as a linear line with the following equations (Capital letters mean physical values, small letters mean normalized values). Refer to Figures PGN65251_A and PGN65251_B.The gain KP/kp is defined as a positive value. The factor 4096 is necessary for realizing flat curves with sufficient resolution as well as very steep curves. KP = delta Torque / delta Speed kp (normalized) = KP * 250/100% * 8031 rpm/64255 * 4096 = KP * 1280 rpm/%
546 Retarder Speed At Idle, Point 1 Please reference PGN 65249
547 Retarder Speed At Peak Torque, Point 5 Please reference PGN 65249
548 Maximum Retarder Speed, Point 2 Maximum speed of retarder (Please reference PGN 65249).
549 Retarder Speed At Point 3 Retarder speed of point 3 of the engine retarder torque map. Please reference PGN 65249.
550 Retarder Speed At Point 4 Retarder speed of point 4 of the engine retarder torque map. Please reference PGN 65249.
551 Retarder Percent Torque At Idle, Point 1 The torque limit that indicates the available retarder torque which can be provided by the retarder at idle speed. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference retarder torque.
552 Retarder Percent Torque At Maximum Speed, Point 2 The torque limit that indicates the available retarder torque which can be provided by the retarder at its maximum speed. Please reference PGN 65249. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference retarder torque.
553 Retarder Percent Torque At Point 3 The torque limit that indicates the available retarder torque which can be provided by the retarder at points 3 and 4 of the retarder torque map. Please reference PGN 65249. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference retarder torque.
554 Retarder Percent Torque At Point 4 The torque limit that indicates the available retarder torque which can be provided by the retarder at points 3 and 4 of the retarder torque map. Please reference PGN 65249. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference retarder torque.
555 Retarder Percent Torque At Peak Torque, Point 5 The torque limit that indicates the available retarder torque which can be provided by the retarder at point 5 of the retarder torque map. Please reference PGN 65249. The data is transmitted in indicated torque as a percent of the reference retarder torque.
556 Retarder Reference Torque This parameter is the 100% reference value for all defined indicated retarder torque parameters. It is only defined once and doesn’t change if a different retarder torque map becomes valid.
557 Retarder Control Method This parameter identifies the number of steps used by the retarder.
558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch Switch signal which indicates the state of the accelerator pedal 1 low idle switch. The low idle switch is defined in SAE Recommended Practice J1843. 00b = Accelerator pedal 1 not in low idle condition 01b = Accelerator pedal 1 in low idle condition 10b = Error 11b = Not available
559 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch Switch signal which indicates whether the accelerator pedal kickdown switch is opened or closed. The kickdown switch is defined in SAE J1843.00b = Kickdown passive 01b = Kickdown active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
560 Transmission Driveline Engaged Driveline engaged indicates the transmission controlled portion of the driveline is engaged sufficiently to allow a transfer of torque through the transmission. Driveline engaged is ACTIVE whenever the transmission is in gear and the clutch (if controlled by the transmission controller) is less than 100% clutch slip (clutch able to transfer torque). This parameter should be used in conjunction with the parameter « Shift in Process » (SPN 574). While a shift is in process, the receiver should not assume that the driveline is either fully engaged or disengaged (i.e., cruise control).00b = Driveline disengaged 01b = Driveline engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
561 ASR Engine Control Active State signal which indicates that ASR engine control has been commanded to be active. Active means that ASR actually tries to control the engine. This state signal is independent of other control commands to the engine (e.g., from the transmission) which may have higher priority.00b = ASR engine control passive but installed 01b = ASR engine control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
562 ASR Brake Control Active State signal which indicates that ASR brake control is active. Active means that ASR actually controls wheel brake pressure at one or more wheels of the driven axle(s).00b = ASR brake control passive but installed 01b = ASR brake control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
563 Anti-Lock Braking (ABS) Active State signal which indicates that the ABS is active. The signal is set active when wheel brake pressure actually starts to be modulated by ABS and is reset to passive when all wheels are in a stable condition for a certain time. The signal can also be set active when driven wheels are in high slip (e.g., caused by retarder). Whenever the ABS system is not fully operational (due to a defect or during off-road ABS operation) , this signal is only valid for that part of the system that is still working. When ABS is switched off completely, the flag is set to passive regardless of the current wheel slip conditions.00b = ABS passive but installed 01b = ABS active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
564 Differential Lock State – Central State used which indicates the condition of the central differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in attached figure SPN564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
565 Differential Lock State – Central Front State used which indicates the condition of the central front differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
566 Differential Lock State – Central Rear State used which indicates the condition of the central rear differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
567 Differential Lock State – Front Axle 1 State used which indicates the condition of the front axle 1 differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
568 Differential Lock State – Front Axle 2 State used which indicates the condition of the front axle 2 differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN 564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
569 Differential Lock State – Rear Axle 1 State used which indicates the condition of the rear axle 1 differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN 564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
570 Differential Lock State – Rear Axle 2 State used which indicates the condition of the rear axle 2 differential lock. The differential locks are located as defined in figure SPN 564_A.00b = Differential lock disengaged 01b = Differential lock engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
571 Retarder Enable – Brake Assist Switch Switch signal which indicates whether the operator wishes the retarder to be enabled for vehicle braking assist. The retarder does not check this switch, nor does the enabling of this switch engage the retarder. When this switch is « enabled, » the devices constructing TSC1 – destination retarder messages may command retarder torque for braking. For example, the cruise control should not request retarder torque if this switch is not « enabled. » The switch exists to prevent the engine retarder from being asked to be engaged via TSC1 in a noise sensitive area. See also SPN 57200b = Retarder – brake assist disabled 01b = Retarder – brake assist enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
572 Retarder Enable – Shift Assist Switch Switch signal which indicates whether the operator wishes the retarder to be enabled for transmission shift assist. The retarder does not check this switch, nor does the enabling of this switch engage the retarder. When this switch is « enabled, » the transmission may activate the retarder (via the TSC1 message) to increase the rate of engine deceleration to assist in shift control. The switch exists to prevent the engine retarder from being asked to be engaged via TSC1 in a noise sensitive area. See SPN 571.00b = Retarder – shift assist disabled 01b = Retarder – shift assist enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
573 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Engaged State signal which indicates whether the torque converter lockup is engaged. 00b = Torque converter lockup disengaged 01b = Torque converter lockup engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
574 Transmission Shift In Process Indicates that the transmission is in process of shifting from the current gear to the selected gear. This state is generally ACTIVE during the entire time that the transmission controls the vehicle during a shift. This includes any transmission clutch control, all engine control sequences, pulling to transmission neutral, and engaging the destination gear (e.g., until it is no longer sending commands and/or limits to the engine). See also SPN 560. (See Figure SPN574_A)This state is INACTIVE during other engine control such as torque limiting outside of a shift. 00b = Shift is not in process 01b = Shift in process 10b = Error 11b = Not available
575 ABS Off-road Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the ABS off-road switch. 00b = ABS off-road switch passive 01b = ABS off-road switch active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
576 ASR Off-road Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the ASR off-road switch. 00b = ASR off-road switch passive 01b = ASR off-road switch active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
577 ASR « Hill Holder » Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the ASR « hill holder » switch. 00b = ASR « hill holder » switch passive 01b = ASR « hill holder » switch active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
578 Drive Axle Temperature Temperature of axle lubricant in drive axle.
579 Drive Axle Lift Air Pressure Gage pressure of air in system that utilizes compressed air to provide force between axle and frame.
580 Altitude Altitude of the vehicle referenced to sea level at standard atmospheric pressure and temperature.
581 Transmission Gear Ratio The transmission configuration describes the number of forward gears, the number of reverse gears, and the ratio of each gear with the following resolution.
582 Axle Weight Total mass imposed by the tires on the road surface at the specified axle.
583 Pitch Pitch (rotation about the y-axis) of the vehicle as calculated by the navigation device(s). The pitch angle for an angle of ascent is reported with a positive value. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down.
584 Latitude Latitude position of the vehicle.
585 Longitude Longitude position of the vehicle.
586 Make Make of the component corresponding to the codes defined in the American Trucking Association Vehicle Maintenance Reporting Standard (ATA/VMRS).Note: This parameter is to be transmitted as a 5 character ASCII string; as a zero length string, if not available. For example, International is transmitted as INTXX.
587 Model Model of the component. NOTE – The ASCII character « * » is reserved as a delimiter.
588 Serial Number Serial number of the component. NOTE – The ASCII character « * » is reserved as a delimiter.
589 Alternator Speed Actual rotation speed of the alternator.
590 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer State Status signal which indicates the current mode of operation of the idle shutdown timer system. See Figure SPN590_A.00b = Inactive 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
591 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Function Parameter which indicates the configuration of the idle shutdown timer system. 00b = Disabled in calibration 01b = Enabled in calibration 10b = Error 11b = Not available
592 Engine Idle Shutdown Timer Override Status signal which indicates the status of the override feature of the idle shutdown timer system. See Figure SPN590_A.00b = Inactive 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
593 Engine Idle Shutdown has Shutdown Engine Status signal which identifies whether or not the engine has been shutdown by the idle shutdown timer system. See Figure SPN590_A.00b = No 01b = Yes 10b = Error 11b = Not available
594 Engine Idle Shutdown Driver Alert Mode Status signal which indicates the status of the driver alert mode of the idle shutdown timer system. While the driver alert mode is active, the idle shutdown timer may be overridden. See Figure SPN590_A.00b = Inactive 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
595 Cruise Control Active Cruise control is switched on. It is not ensured that the engine is controlled by cruise control, as in the case of a large driver’s demand the engine is controlled by the driver while cruise control is active (maximum selection of cruise control and driver’s demand). The cruise control is set to 0 if a switch off condition occurs.00b = Cruise control switched off 01b = Cruise control switched on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
596 Cruise Control Enable Switch Switch signal which indicates that it is possible to manage the cruise control function. 00b = Cruise control disabled 01b = Cruise control enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
597 Brake Switch Switch signal which indicates that the driver operated brake foot pedal is being pressed. This brake foot pedal is controlling the vehicles’ service brake (total vehicle braking application, not park brakes). It is necessary for safe drivetrain behavior that the switch activates before the physical braking components are activated (i.e. Disengage the cruise control function prior to the activation of friction brakes).00b = Brake pedal released 01b = Brake pedal depressed 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
598 Clutch Switch Switch signal which indicates that the clutch pedal is being pressed. It is necessary for a safe drivetrain behavior that the clutch switch is set before the clutch is opened (cruise control function).00b = Clutch pedal released 01b = Clutch pedal depressed 10b = Error 11b = Not available
599 Cruise Control Set Switch Switch signal of the cruise control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position « set. » 00b = Cruise control activator not in the position « set » 01b = Cruise control activator in position « set » 10b = Error 11b = Not available
600 Cruise Control Coast (Decelerate) Switch Switch signal of the cruise control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position « coast (decelerate). »00b = Cruise control activator not in the position « coast » 01b = Cruise control activator in position « coast » 10b = Error 11b = Not available
601 Cruise Control Resume Switch Switch signal of the cruise control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position « resume. »00b = Cruise control activator not in the position « resume » 01b = Cruise control activator in position « resume » 10b = Error 11b = Not available
602 Cruise Control Accelerate Switch Switch signal of the cruise control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position « accelerate. »00b = Cruise control activator not in the position « accelerate » 01b = Cruise control activator in position « accelerate » 10b = Error 11b = Not available
603 Brake Pedal Switch 2 Second switch signal instance which indicates that the driver operated brake foot pedal is being pressed. This parameter is functionally equivalent to SPN 597, but derived from a second, independent sensor and may be used where redundancy is required. For applications with only one sensing method, SPN 597 should be used.00b = Brake pedal released 01b = Brake pedal depressed 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
604 Transmission Neutral Switch Identifies the status of the switch that indicates neutral. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
605 Refrigerant High Pressure Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the high pressure switch in the coolant circuit of an air conditioning system. When the switch is enabled, the pressure inside the circuit is too high and the compressor clutch may be disengaged.00b = Pressure normal 01b = Pressure too high, compressor clutch may be disengaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
606 Engine Momentary Overspeed Enable Command signal used to indicate that the engine speed may be boosted up to the maximum engine overspeed value to accommodate transmission downshifts. The maximum time for overspeed is limited by the time defined in the engine configuration message (see PGN 65,251). The transmission module must command a « override disabled » state at least once before the engine will accept a subsequent request for overspeed.00b = Momentary engine overspeed is disabled 01b = Momentary engine overspeed is enabled 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
607 Progressive Shift Disable Command signal used to indicate that progressive shifting by the engine should be disallowed. 00b = Progressive shift is not disabled 01b = Progressive shift is disabled 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
608 J1587 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
609 Controller #2
610 Power Connect Device
611 System Diagnostic Code #1
612 System Diagnostic Code #2
613 System Diagnostic Code #3
614 System Diagnostic Code #4
615 System Diagnostic Code #5
616 Auxiliary Analog Input #1
617 Parking Brake On Actuator
618 Parking Brake Off Actuator
619 Parking Brake Actuator Signal which indicates the current state of the actuator(s) that control the parking brake (see also SPN 70 and 5275).00b = Parking brake actuator inactive 01b = Parking brake actuator active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
620 5 Volts DC Supply (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete. SPNs 3509-3514 should be used instead.
621 Antenna Electronics
622 J1922 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
623 Red Stop Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
624 Amber Warning Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
625 Proprietary Network #1 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
626 Engine Start Enable Device 1 Devices that assist an Engine in starting, e.g. intake heaters and ether. Primary starting aid. Parameter indicating whether the start enable device 1 is ON or OFF00b = start enable OFF 01b = start enable ON 10b = reserved 11b = not available
627 Power Supply (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete. SPNs 3597 should be used instead.
628 Program Memory
629 Controller #1
630 Calibration Memory
631 Calibration Module
632 Engine Fuel Shutoff 1 Control Control setting for fuel shutoff 1. The second instance is SPN 2807. For a single fuel shutoff system, this represents its commanded position. For a dual fuel shutoff system, this SPN is representative of the upstream fuel shutoff commanded position. When fuel (gas) is desired at the engine, the fuel shutoff is opened. Otherwise, it is closed.00b = Open (fuel supplied to engine) 01b = Closed (no fuel supplied to engine) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action In addition to communicating desired action of fuel shutoff 1 and its driver status, this new SPN can be used to communicate whether fuel shutoff 1 feedback position (if available) matches the commanded position, through the use of FMIs.
633 Engine Fuel Actuator 1 Control Command The control command to fuel actuator 1, normalized to percent, where 0% represents fully closed and 100% represents fully open. In applications where the fuel actuator controls to differential pressure, 0% represents minimum differential pressure and 100% represents maximum differential pressure. Typically, this fuel actuator is used to regulate low pressure natural gas flow rate, mixing into the air flow, which together then come into the engine. Using the standard convention for determining the position. If only 2 actuators are present, then left/front is #1 (SPN 633) and right/rear is #2 (SPN 1244). If more than two actuators are present, then left/front is #1 (SPN 633), left/rear is #2 (SPN 1244), right/front is #3 (SPN 7593) and right/rear is #4 (SPN 7594).The values of FB00h – FB64h are sent to initiate the self calibration of the fuel actuator. The LSB specifies the % to calibrate to with a resolution of 1%/bit (eg, FB32h is sent to calibrate the actuator to 50%). In the case of a differential pressure control, this calibration is in terms of differential pressure. The value of FBFFh is sent to command the fully closed position for differential pressure control applications. Note: Existing applications of this SPN may not support the calibration or forced closure features.
634 Engine Throttle Bypass Valve
635 Engine Timing Actuator 1 The detected position of actuator 1 on the Engine Timing System, where the system has different timing positions depending on current operating status of the engine. Timing positions may be used to determine intake and outlet valve timings.000b = Unknown Position 001b = Diesel Mode Position 010b = Diesel Part Load Position 011b = Gas Mode Position 100b = Diesel Part Load / Gas Mode Position 101b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not Available
636 Engine Position Sensor
637 Engine Timing Sensor
638 Engine Fuel Rack 1 Actuator Actuator that positions the fuel rack 1 to control fuel supply to the injectors.
639 J1939 Network #1, Primary Vehicle Network See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
640 Engine External Protection Input
641 Engine Variable Geometry Turbocharger Actuator #1 Actuator that controls the variable geometry turbocharger geometry.The control command to the actuator, normalized to percent, where 0% nominally represents fully closed (smallest turbocharger geometry) and 100% represents fully open (largest geometry turbocharger).
642 Engine Turbocharger Variable Geometry Actuator #2
643 Engine External Fuel Command Input
644 Engine External Speed Command Input
645 Engine Tachometer Signal Output
646 Engine Turbocharger 1 Wastegate Drive Do not use – Use SPN 1188 for Turbocharger 1 Wastegate Drive data.
647 Engine Fan Clutch 1 Output Driver This parameter indicates the status of the Engine Fan Clutch 1 Output Device
648 Engine Exhaust Pressure Sensor (duplicate, use SPN 1209)
649 Engine Exhaust Bank 1 Pressure Regulator Control Command The control command to the Engine Exhaust Pressure Regulator in bank 1, normalized to percent. 100 percent means the regulator is fully closed, providing the maximum restriction to exhaust gas flow from the engine. Zero percent means the regulator is fully open, providing the minimum available restriction.
650 Electronic Drive Unit Power Relay
651 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 1
652 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 2
653 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 3
654 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 4
655 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 5
656 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 6
657 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 7
658 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 8
659 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 9
660 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 10
661 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 11
662 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 12
663 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 13
664 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 14
665 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 15
666 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 16
667 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 17
668 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 18
669 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 19
670 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 20
671 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 21
672 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 22
673 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 23
674 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 24
675 Engine Glow Plug Lamp
676 Engine Glow Plug Relay
677 Engine Starter Motor Relay Activates the starter
678 ECU 8 Volts DC Supply
679 Engine Fuel Injection Control Pressure Regulator
680 Engine Valve Variable Swirl System
681 Transmission Gear Shift Inhibit Request Command signal to inhibit gear shifts. 00b = Gear shifts are allowed (disable function) 01b = Gear shifts are inhibited (enable function) 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action (leave function as is)
682 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Request Command signal to override normal transmission control of the torque converter lockup clutch. This command may be used to control lockup as needed for different operating modes or environmental conditions. For example, the torque converter lockup clutch may need to be disabled or prevented during ABS / ASR operation, or it may need to be enabled or maintained when the vehicle application requires a fixed gear ratio or direct connection to the engine. State 00b effectively allows the transmission to control the torque converter lockup as needed for operating conditions.Note: Requests for torque converter lockup (10b) may or may not be honored depending on transmission operation conditions or other restrictions. 00b = Allow torque converter lockup 01b = Disable torque converter lockup 10b = Request torque converter lockup 11b = Take no action
683 Disengage Driveline Request Command signal used to simply disengage the driveline, e.g., to prevent engine drag torque from causing high wheel slip on slippery surfaces.00b = Allow driveline engagement 01b = Disengage driveline 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action Note: If this signal is used to disengage the driveline for fuel economy purposes, the sender should consider SPN 7430 PCC Driveline Disengage Inhibit Request.
684 Requested Percent Clutch Slip Parameter which represents the percent clutch slip requested by a device.
685 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Front Axle 1 Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
686 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Front Axle 2 Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
687 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Rear Axle 1 Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
688 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Rear Axle 2 Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
689 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Central Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
690 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Central Front Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
691 Disengage Differential Lock Request – Central Rear Command signal used to disengage the various differential locks, e.g., to allow an undistributed individual wheel control by ABS. The differential locks are located as defined in Figure SPN564_A.00b = Engage differential lock 01b = Disengage differential lock 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
692 ABS Offroad Switch Request Command signal used by the driver via a dashboard switch to choose the ABS offroad function. 00b = Switch off ABS offroad function 01b = Switch on ABS offroad function 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
693 ASR Offroad Switch Request Command signal used by the driver via a dashboard switch to choose the ASR offroad function. 00b = Switch off ASR offroad function 01b = Switch on ASR offroad function 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
694 ASR « Hill Holder » Switch Request Command signal used by the driver via a dashboard switch to choose a special ASR function. 00b = Switch off ASR special function 01b = Switch on ASR special function 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
695 Engine Override Control Mode The override control mode defines which sort of command is used: 00b = Override disabled – Disable any existing control commanded by the source of this command. 01b = Speed control – Govern speed to the included « desired speed » value. 10b = Torque control – Control torque to the included « desired torque » value. 11b = Speed/torque limit control – Limit speed and/or torque based on the included limit values. The speed limit governor is a droop governor where the speed limit value defines the speed at the maximum torque available during this operation. If a device wants to know whether it has access to the engine, there are several possibilities: a. Comparing its command with the actual engine broadcasts. b. Looking at command modes from other devices. c. Looking to the engine and retarder torque mode. Remarks: a. The realization of a torque limit (minimum selection) is possible by setting Engine Override Control Mode = 11b (speed/torque limit control) and the speed limit to a high value (FAFFh). b. The realization of a speed limit (minimum selection) is possible by setting Engine Override Control Mode = 11b (speed/torque limit control) and the torque limit to a high value (FAh). c. Limiting the retarder torque means to limit the magnitude of the torque request. As the brake torque is represented by negative torque values, the limitation must be done by a maximum selection of the requested torque and the retarder internal torque signals. d. For torque increasing functions, time limits for the torque or speed value (command) and the direct modes are desirable. e. The selection of which device has control of the engine’s speed or torque depends on the override mode priority (see SPN 897) with the highest priority device gaining control. In the case of two devices with identical priority, the engine responds to speed/torque control commands over speed/torque limit commands and will act on the speed or torque commands on a first come, first served basis. The torque limit will be a « lowest wins » selection (e.g., if one device commands 60% limit and another 80% limit, then the engine will limit torque to 60%). Figure SPN695_A provides a flowchart of the torque/speed control priority selection logic. f. The SPN 695 pre-arbitration filter block was added in February 2017 to reduce undesired arbitration interactions. Regardless of why they are sent, « Override Disabled » commands are not a request for active control and therefore they do not need to be arbitrated. However, depending on message priorities, their inclusion in the arbitration process can interfere with other TSC1 commands that are requesting active control. Support of this filter will be more important as it appears more devices are using periodic TSC1 heartbeats to meet Functional Safety obligations.
696 Engine Requested Speed Control Conditions This mode tells the engine control system the governor characteristics that are desired during speed control. The four characteristics defined are:00b = Transient Optimized for driveline disengaged and non-lockup conditions 01b = Stability Optimized for driveline disengaged and non-lockup conditions 10b = Stability Optimized for driveline engaged and/or in lockup condition 1 (e.g., vehicle driveline) 11b = Stability Optimized for driveline engaged and/or in lockup condition 2 (e.g., PTO driveline) 00b – This speed governor gain selection is adjusted to provide rapid transition between speed setpoints. RPM overshoot and undershoot may be greater than what is seen when the « speed control characteristic » is set to be stability optimized. 01b – This control condition has been optimized to minimize rpm overshoot and undershoot given an expected plant consisting of the engine and its accessory loads. This gain adjustment is not intended to compensate for driveline characteristics. This characteristic is most appropriate when no driveline is connected. 10b – This control condition has been optimized to minimize rpm overshoot and undershoot given a more complex plant. For instance, the more complex plant would contain the engine, its accessory loads and the driveline characteristics. As an example, the driveline characteristics might include the effective spring mass relationship of pumps, tires, clutches, axles, driveshafts, and multiple gear ratios. This characteristic is most appropriate when a driveline is engaged. 11b – This speed control characteristic is available for applications requiring compensation for more than one driveline characteristic. It has been optimized to minimize rpm overshoot and undershoot given a more complex plant of the second variety. This more complex plant would again contain the engine, its accessory loads and a second driveline characteristic unique from the one described in speed control characteristic 10b.
697 Auxiliary PWM Driver #1
698 Auxiliary PWM Driver #2
699 Auxiliary PWM Driver #3
700 Auxiliary PWM Driver #4
701 Auxiliary I/O #01 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
702 Auxiliary I/O #02 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
703 Auxiliary I/O #03 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
704 Auxiliary I/O #04 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
705 Auxiliary I/O #05 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
706 Auxiliary I/O #06 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
707 Auxiliary I/O #07 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
708 Auxiliary I/O #08 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
709 Auxiliary I/O #09 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
710 Auxiliary I/O #10 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
711 Auxiliary I/O #11 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
712 Auxiliary I/O #12 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
713 Auxiliary I/O #13 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
714 Auxiliary I/O #14 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
715 Auxiliary I/O #15 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
716 Auxiliary I/O #16 Identifies the current status of auxiliary input/output functions that are configured uniquely per application.00b = Auxiliary channel off 01b = Auxiliary channel on 10b = Error 11b = Not available
717 Autoshift High Gear Actuator
718 Autoshift Low Gear Actuator
719 Autoshift Neutral Actuator
720 Autoshift Common Low Side (Return)
721 Prestroke Sensor
722 Prestroke Actuator
723 Engine Speed 2 The engine speed as measured by speed sensor 2 Note: This is for the engine speed from the 2nd engine speed sensor. This may be different than SPN 190 when used in multiple engine speed sensor configurations. In an application with multiple engine speed sensors, SPN 190 data can be derived from any of the speed sensors.
724 O2 Sensor
725 Engine Ignition Control Mode Signal
726 Engine Ignition Control Timing Signal
727 Engine Turbocharger Secondary Intake Pressure
728 Engine Oil Cooler Coolant Outlet Temperature Temperature of liquid after it exits the engine oil cooler.
729 Engine Intake Air Heater Driver #1
730 Engine Intake Air Heater Driver #2
731 Engine Knock 1 Value of 1st sensor used to detect engine knock.
732 Engine Gas Metering Valve
733 Engine Rack Position Sensor Obsolete – Use SPN 1210
734 Transmission Range Clutch C1 Solenoid
735 Transmission Range Clutch C2 Solenoid
736 Transmission Range Clutch C3 Solenoid
737 Transmission Range Clutch C4 Solenoid
738 Transmission Range Clutch C5 Solenoid
739 Transmission Range Clutch C6 Solenoid
740 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Clutch Actuator Identifies the status of the actuator that controls the torque converter lockup clutch. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
741 Transmission 1 Forward Solenoid Valve
742 Transmission Low Signal Solenoid Valve
743 Retarder Enable Solenoid Valve
744 Retarder Modulation Solenoid Valve
745 Retarder Response Solenoid Valve
746 Differential Lock Solenoid Valve #1 Operates the first differential lock.
747 Engine/Transmission Match
748 Transmission Output Retarder Identifies the status of the transmission output retarder. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
749 Transmission Neutral Start Output
750 Transmission Turbine Speed Sensor
751 Transmission Primary Shift Selector
752 Transmission Secondary Shift Selector
753 Transmission Special Function Inputs
754 Transmission Range C1 Clutch Pressure Indicator
755 Transmission Range C2 Clutch Pressure Indicator
756 Transmission Range C3 Clutch Pressure Indicator
757 Transmission Range C4 Clutch Pressure Indicator
758 Transmission Range C5 Clutch Pressure Indicator
759 Transmission Range C6 Clutch Pressure Indicator
760 Transmission Lockup Clutch Pressure Indicator (Obsolete – Use SPN 3184)
761 Transmission Forward Range Pressure Indicator
762 Transmission Neutral Range Pressure Indicator
763 Transmission Reverse Range Pressure Indicator
764 Retarder Response System Pressure Indicator
765 Differential Lock Clutch Pressure Indicator
766 Transmission Multiple Pressure Indicators
767 Transmission Reverse Direction Switch Identifies the status of the switch that indicates reverse direction. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
768 Transmission Range High Actuator Identifies the status of the range high actuator in the auxiliary unit. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
769 Transmission Range Low Actuator Identifies the status of the range low actuator in the auxiliary unit. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
770 Transmission Splitter Direct Actuator Identifies the status of the splitter direct actuator in the auxiliary unit. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
771 Transmission Splitter Indirect Actuator Identifies the status of the splitter indirect actuator in the auxiliary unit. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
772 Transmission Shift Finger Rail Actuator 1 Identifies the status of the actuator that moves the shift finger identified as rail actuator #1. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
773 Transmission Shift Finger Gear Actuator 1 Identifies the status of the actuator that moves the shift finger identified as gear actuator #1. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
774 Transmission Upshift Request Switch
775 Transmission Downshift Request Switch
776 Torque Converter Interrupt Actuator
777 Torque Converter Lockup Actuator (Obsolete – Use 740)
778 Transmission High Range Sense Switch Identifies the status of the switch that represents high range. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
779 Transmission Low Range Sense Switch Identifies the status of the switch that represents low range. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
780 Transmission Shift Finger Neutral Indicator Indicates the status of the shift finger in the neutral position. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
781 Transmission Shift Finger Engagement Indicator Identifies the status of the shift finger in the engagement position. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
782 Transmission Shift Finger Center Rail Indicator Identifies the status of the shift finger in the center rail position. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
783 Transmission Shift Finger Rail Actuator 2 Identifies the status of the actuator that moves the shift finger identified as rail actuator #2. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
784 Transmission Shift Finger Gear Actuator 2 Identifies the status of the actuator that moves the shift finger identified as gear actuator #2. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
785 Transmission Hydraulic System
786 Transmission Defuel Actuator Identifies the status of the actuator that controls the engine defuel mechanism. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
787 Transmission Inertia Brake Actuator Identifies the status of the actuator that controls the inertia brake. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
788 Transmission Clutch Actuator Identifies the status of the actuator that controls the clutch. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
789 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 1 Left
790 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 1 Right
791 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 2 Left
792 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 2 Right
793 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 3 Left
794 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 3 Right
795 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 1 Left
796 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 1 Right
797 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 2 Left
798 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 2 Right
799 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 3 Left
800 Pressure Modulation Valve ABS Axle 3 Right
801 Retarder Control Relay
802 Relay Diagonal 1
803 Relay Diagonal 2
804 Mode Switch ABS
805 Mode Switch ASR
806 Dif 1 – ASR Valve
807 Dif 2 – ASR Valve
808 Pneumatic Engine Control
809 Electronic Engine Control (Servomotor)
810 Speed Signal Input
811 Warning Light Bulb
812 ASR Light Bulb
813 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 1 Average
814 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 2 Average
815 Wheel Sensor ABS Axle 3 Average
816 Pressure Modulator, Drive Axle Relay Valve
817 Pressure Transducer, Drive Axle Relay Valve
818 Master Control Relay
819 Trailer Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Forward Axle Left
820 Trailer Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Forward Axle Right
821 Trailer Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Rear Axle Left
822 Trailer Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Rear Axle Right
823 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 1 Left
824 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 1 Right
825 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 2 Left
826 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 2 Right
827 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 3 Left
828 Tractor Brake Slack Out Of Adjustment Axle 3 Right
829 Left Fuel Level Sensor
830 Right Fuel Level Sensor
831 Engine Fuel Feed Rate Sensor
832 Engine Fuel Return Rate Sensor
833 Fuel Rack Position Sensor Obsolete – Use SPN 1210
834 Fuel Rack Actuator Obsolete – Use SPN 638
835 Oil Level Indicator Output
836 Tachometer Drive Output
837 Speedometer Drive Output
838 PWM Input (ABS/ASR)
839 Dead Reckoning Unit
840 Loran Receiver
841 Global Positioning System (GPS)
842 Integrated Navigation Unit
843 Operator Control Panel (OCP) 1 Operator interface with one or more operator controls, gages, or displays.
844 Pneumatic Control Unit (PCU)
845 PCU Steer Solenoid
846 PCU Drive Solenoid
847 PCU Trailer, Tag, Or Push Solenoid
848 PCU Supply Solenoid
849 PCU Control Solenoid
850 PCU Deflate Solenoid
851 Pneumatic – Steer Channel
852 Pneumatic – Drive Channel
853 Pneumatic – Trailer, Tag Or Push Channel
854 Heater Circuit #01
855 Heater Circuit #02
856 Heater Circuit #03
857 Heater Circuit #04
858 Heater Circuit #05
859 Heater Circuit #06
860 Heater Circuit #07
861 Heater Circuit #08
862 Heater Circuit #09
863 Heater Circuit #10
864 Heater Circuit #11
865 Heater Circuit #12
866 Heater Circuit #13
867 Heater Circuit #14
868 Heater Circuit #15
869 Heater Circuit #16
870 Heater Regeneration System
871 Refrigerant Charge
872 Refrigerant Moisture Level
873 Non-Condensable Gas In Refrigerant
874 Refrigerant Flow Control Solenoid
875 Refrigerant Low Pressure Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the low pressure switch in the coolant circuit of an air conditioning system. When the switch is enabled, the pressure inside the circuit is too low and the compressor clutch may be disengaged.00b = Pressure normal 01b = Pressure too low, compressor clutch may be disengaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
876 Compressor Clutch Circuit
877 Evaporator Thermostat Circuit
878 Clearance, Side Marker, Identification Lamp Circuit (Black)
879 Left Turn Lamp Circuit (Yellow)
880 Stop Lamp Circuit (Red)
881 Right Turn Lamp Circuit (Green)
882 Tail Lamp/License Plate Lamp Circuit (Brown)
883 Auxiliary Lamp Circuit (Blue)
884 Tractor Mounted Rear Axle Slider Control Unit
885 Trailer Mounted Rear Axle Slider Control Unit
886 Headway Controller Forward Antenna
887 Headway Controller Brake Input Monitor
888 Headway Controller Speaker Monitor
889 Headway Controller Steering Sensor Monitor
890 Headway Controller Speedometer Monitor
891 Headway Controller Right Turn Signal Monitor
892 Headway Controller Left Turn Signal Monitor
893 Headway Controller Control Display Unit
894 Headway Controller Right Side Sensor
895 Headway Controller Left Side Sensor
896 Headway Controller Rear Sensor
897 Override Control Mode Priority This field is used as an input to the engine or retarder to determine the priority of the Override Control Mode received in the Torque/Speed Control message (see PGN 0). The default is 11b (Low priority). It is not required to use the same priority during the entire override function. For example, the transmission can use priority 01b (High priority) during a shift, but can set the priority to 11b (Low priority) at the end of the shift to allow traction control to also interact with the torque limit of the engine.The four priority levels defined are: 00b = Highest priority 01b = High priority 10b = Medium priority 11b = Low priority 00b – Highest Priority = Used for situations that require immediate action by the receiving device in order to provide safe vehicle operation (i.e., braking systems). This level of priority should only be used in safety critical conditions. 01b – High Priority = Used for control situations that require prompt action in order to provide safe vehicle operation. An example is when the transmission is performing a shift and requires control of the engine in order to control driveline reengagement. 10b – Medium Priority = Used for powertrain control operations which are related to assuring that the vehicle is in a stable operating condition. An example is when the traction control system is commanding the engine in order to achieve traction stability. 11b – Low Priority = Used to indicate that the associated command desires powertrain control but is needed for function which improves the driver comfort which may be overridden by other devices. An example is cruise control or the non-critical part of a transmission shift to a new gear.
898 Engine Requested Speed/Speed Limit Parameter provided to the engine from external sources in the torque/speed control message. This is the engine speed which the engine is expected to operate at if the speed control mode is active or the engine speed which the engine is not expected to exceed if the speed limit mode is active.
899 Engine Torque Mode State signal which indicates which engine torque mode is currently generating, limiting, or controlling the torque. Note that the modes are not in prioritized order. Not all modes may be relevant for a given device. Some devices may not implement all functions. For typical priorities refer to Figures SPN512_A and SPN512_B for engine control. The data type of this parameter is measured.Mode 0000b means “No request”: engine torque may range from 0 to full load only due to low idle governor output. Modes 0001b to 1110b indicate that there is either a torque request or the identified function is currently controlling the engine: engine torque may range from 0 (no fueling) to the upper limit.
900 Retarder Torque Mode State signal which indicates which retarder torque mode is currently generating, limiting, or controlling the torque. Note that the modes are not in prioritized order. Not all modes may be relevant for a given device. Some devices may not implement all functions. For typical priorities refer to Tables SPN518_A to SPN518_B for retarder control. The data type of this parameter is measured.Mode 0000b means “No request”: retarder torque = 0 (no braking). Modes 0001b to 1110b indicate that there is either a torque request or the identified function is currently controlling the retarder: retarder torque may range from 0 (no braking) to the upper limit.
901 Retarder Type A vehicle retarder is a supplementary device to the wheel brakes for the driver to better control the vehicle. The wheel brakes used in the vehicle are not designed for continuous retarding operation. In a prolonged period of braking, the brakes can be thermally over-stressed, causing the braking effect to be reduced or even lead to complete braking system failure. The vehicle retarder is designed for continuous operation for braking during downhill operation and is also used for braking the vehicle to comply with speed limits and traffic conditions.This parameter provides some indication of the retarder dynamics. It is used in the retarder configuration message. The data type of this parameter is measured. 0000b = Electric/Magnetic 0001b = Hydraulic 0010b = Cooled Friction 0011b = Compression Release (Engine retarder) or Combined Compression Release with Exhaust 0100b = Exhaust 0101b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Other 1111b = Not available
902 Retarder Location This parameter defines whether the « torque/speed curve » defined by the retarder configuration message (PGN 65249) is dependent on engine rpm, output shaft rpm, or other parameter. The data type of this parameter is measured.0000b = (Primary) Engine Compression Release Brake or Engine Compression Release Brake Combined with Engine Exhaust Brake (Engine rpm) 0001b = (Primary) Engine Exhaust Brake (Exhaust pressure) 0010b = (Primary) Transmission Input (Engine rpm) 0011b = (Secondary) Transmission Output (Output Shaft rpm) 0100b = (Secondary) Driveline (Output Shaft rpm) 0101b = Trailer (Vehicle speed) 0110b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Other 1111b = Not available
903 Transmission Forward Direction Switch Identifies the status of the switch that indicates forward direction. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
904 Front Axle Speed The average speed of the two front wheels.
905 Relative Speed; Front Axle, Left Wheel The speed of the front axle, left wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
906 Relative Speed; Front Axle, Right Wheel The speed of the front axle, right wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
907 Relative Speed; Rear Axle #1, Left Wheel The speed of the rear axle #1, left wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
908 Relative Speed; Rear Axle #1, Right Wheel The speed of the rear axle #1, right wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
909 Relative Speed; Rear Axle #2, Left Wheel The speed of the rear axle #2, left wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
910 Relative Speed; Rear Axle #2, Right Wheel The speed of the rear axle #2, right wheel relative to the front axle speed, SPN 904.
911 Service Component Identification Identification of component needing service. See Table SPN911_A.
912 Service Component Identification Identification of component needing service. See Table SPN911_A.
913 Service Component Identification Identification of component needing service. See Table SPN911_A.
914 Service Distance The distance which can be traveled by the vehicle before the next service inspection is required. A negative distance is transmitted if the service inspection has been passed. The component that requires service is identified by the service component identification (see SPN 911-913, 1379, and 1584).
915 Service Delay/Calendar Time Based The time in weeks until the next vehicle service inspection is required. A negative value is transmitted if the service inspection has been passed. The component that requires service is identified by the service component identification (see SPN 911-913, 1379, and 1584).
916 Service Delay/Operational Time Based The time in vehicle operational time until the next vehicle service inspection is required. A negative value is transmitted if the service inspection has been passed. The component that requires service is identified by the service component identification (see SPN 911-913, 1379, and 1584).
917 Total Vehicle Distance (High Resolution) Accumulated distance traveled by the vehicle during its operation. NOTE – See SPN 245 for alternate resolution.
918 Trip Distance (High Resolution) Distance traveled during all or part of a journey. NOTE – See SPN 244 for alternate resolution.
919 Ambient Light Sensor
920 Audible Alarm
921 Green Lamp
922 Ride Height Relay
923 PWM Output
924 Auxiliary Output #1
925 Auxiliary Output #2
926 Auxiliary Output #3
927 Location To identify to which of several similar devices (such as tires or fuel tanks) the information applies. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
928 Axle Location To identify to which of several similar devices (such as tires or fuel tanks) the information applies. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
929 Tire Location Identifies which tire is associated with the parametric data in this PGN. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
930 Drive Axle Location To identify to which of several similar devices (such as tires or fuel tanks) the information applies. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
931 Engine Fuel Supply Pump Actuator
932 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 1 Left
933 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 1 Right
934 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 2 Left
935 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 2 Right
936 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 3 Left
937 Brake System Hold Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 3 Right
938 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 1 Left
939 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 1 Right
940 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 2 Left
941 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 2 Right
942 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 3 Left
943 Brake System Dump Modulator Valve Solenoid Axle 3 Right
944 Driver Air Bag Ignitor Loop
945 Passenger Air Bag Ignitor Loop
946 Left Belt Tensioner Ignitor Loop
947 Right Belt Tensioner Ignitor Loop
948 Safety Restraint System Lamp
949 Automotive Seat Occupancy Sensor – passenger side
950 Side Collision Detector – Left
951 Side Bag Ignitor Loop 1 – Left
952 Side Bag Ignitor Loop 2 – Left
953 Side Collision Detector – Right
954 Side Bag Ignitor Loop 1 – Right
955 Side Bag Ignitor Loop 2 – Right
956 Rollover Sensor
957 Number of Forward Gear Ratios Number of forward gear ratios in the transmission, provided as part of the configuration.
958 Number of Reverse Gear Ratios Number of reverse gear ratios in the transmission, provided as part of the transmission configuration.
959 Seconds The seconds component of the current time of day. This should be reported as the seconds component of the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the seconds component of the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
960 Minutes The minutes component of the current time of day. This should be reported as the minutes component of the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the minutes component of the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
961 Hours The hour component of the current time of day. This should be reported as the hour component of the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the hour component of the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
962 Day The day component of the current calendar date. This should be reported as the day component of the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the day component of the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the date is null. The values 1, 2, 3, and 4 are used to identify the first day of the month; 5, 6, 7, and 8 identify the second day of the month; etc. Multiples of 4 are a common encoding use.
963 Month The month component of the current calendar date. This should be reported as the month component of the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the month component of the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the month is null. The value 1 identifies January; 2 identifies February; etc.
964 Year The year component of the current calendar date. This should be reported as the year component of the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the year component of the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the year identifies the year 1985; a value of 1 identifies 1986; etc.
965 Number of Software Identification Fields Number of software identification designators represented in the software identification parameter group.
966 Engine Diagnostic Test Mode Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the engine diagnostic test mode switch. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
967 Engine Idle Decrement Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the idle decrement switch. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
968 Engine Idle Increment Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the idle increment switch. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
969 Remote Accelerator Enable Switch Switch signal which indicates that the remote accelerator has been enabled and controls the engine. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available NOTE—The accelerator interlock switch (see SPN 972) must be disabled in order for the remote accelerator to perform engine control.
970 Engine Auxiliary Shutdown Switch Switch signal which requests that all engine fueling stop. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
971 Engine Derate Switch Switch signal used to activate the torque limiting feature of the engine. The specific nature of torque limiting should be verified with the manufacturer.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
972 Accelerator Interlock Switch Switch signal used to disable the accelerator and remote accelerator inputs, causing the engine to return to idle.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
973 Engine Retarder Selection The position of the operator controlled selector, expressed as a percentage and determined by the ratio of the current position of the selector to its maximum possible position. Zero percent means no braking torque is requested by the operator from the engine while 100% means maximum braking.
974 Remote Accelerator Pedal Position The ratio of actual position of the remote analog engine speed/torque request input device (such as an accelerator pedal or throttle lever) to the maximum position of the input device.For example, in on-highway vehicles this could be an accelerator control device that is external to the drivers cab or an accelerator that is controlled by a hand lever from the operators seat. The Remote Accelerator Enable Switch is SPN 969. This parameter enables the remote accelerator operation. NOTE—See SPNs 29 and 91 for additional accelerator position parameters. If only one accelerator position exists on a vehicle, SPN 91 shall be used. SPN 28 is an additional diagnostic SPN for accelerator position.
975 Engine Fan 1 Estimated Percent Speed Estimated fan speed as a ratio of the fan drive (current speed) to the fully engaged fan drive (maximum fan speed). A two state fan (off/on) will use 0% and 100% respectively. A three state fan (off/intermediate/on) will use 0%, 50% and 100% respectively. A variable speed fan will use 0% to 100%. Multiple fan systems will use 0 to 100% to indicate the percent cooling capacity being provided.Note that the intermediate fan speed of a three state fan will vary with different fan drives, therefore 50% is being used to indicate that the intermediate speed is required from the fan drive.
976 PTO Governor State This parameter is used to indicate the current state or mode of operation by the power takeoff (PTO) governor. In lieu of support for PTO Drive Engagement parameters, this parameter may represent the status of a PTO drive. The broadcasting device must ensure that each achieved state is conveyed in at least one message broadcast before a transition to another state is allowed. 00000b = Off/Disabled 00001b = Hold 00010b = Remote Hold 00011b = Standby 00100b = Remote Standby 00101b = Set 00110b = Decelerate/Coast 00111b = Resume 01000b = Accelerate 01001b = Accelerator Override 01010b = Preprogrammed set speed 1 01011b = Preprogrammed set speed 2 01100b = Preprogrammed set speed 3 01101b = Preprogrammed set speed 4 01110b = Preprogrammed set speed 5 01111b = Preprogrammed set speed 6 10000b = Preprogrammed set speed 7 10001b = Preprogrammed set speed 8 10010b = PTO set speed memory 1 10011b = PTO set speed memory 2 10100b = PTO set speed memory 3 10101b to 11110b = Not defined 11111b = Not availableOff/Disabled 00000b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor enable switch is in the off position. Hold 00001b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor is active and currently maintaining a captured operating speed. Remote Hold 00010b — Used to indicate that the remote PTO governor is active and the PTO governor is currently maintaining a captured operating speed. Standby 00011b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor device enable switch is in the ON position and it is possible to manage the PTO governor. Remote Standby 00100b — Used to indicate that the remote PTO governor device enable switch is in the ON position and it is possible to manage the PTO governor. Set 00101b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor is establishing current speed as the operating speed (captured value). Decelerate/Coast 00110b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor is in the process of ramping down, or coasting, from the current operating speed. Resume 00111b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor is in the process of resuming the operating speed to a previously captured value. Accelerate 01000b — Used to indicate that the PTO governor is in the process of ramping up the operating speed. Accelerator Override 01001b—Used to indicate that the PTO governor is active but for the present time the engine is controlled by a large driver’s demand. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 1 01010b—Used to indicate that the PTO device is establishing a first preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 2 01011b—Used to indicate that the PTO device is establishing a second preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 3 01100b —Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a third preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 4 01101b —Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a fourth preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 5 01110b —Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a fifth preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 6 01111b—Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a sixth preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 7 10000b —Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a seventh preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. Preprogrammed PTO Governor Set Speed 8 10001b —Used to indicate that the remote PTO device is establishing a eighth preprogrammed PTO governor set speed (user programmable) as the current operating speed. PTO set speed memory 1 10010b —Used to indicate that PTO set speed memory one set state is active. PTO set speed memory 2 10011b — Used to indicate that PTO set speed memory two set state is active.
977 Fan Drive State This parameter is used to indicate the current state or mode of operation by the fan drive. 0000b = Fan off 0001b = Engine system–General 0010b = Excessive engine air temperature 0011b = Excessive engine oil temperature 0100b = Excessive engine coolant temperature 0101b = Excessive transmission oil temperature 0110b = Excessive hydraulic oil temperature 0111b = Default Operation 1000b = Reverse Operation 1001b = Manual control 1010b = Transmission retarder 1011b = A/C system 1100b = Timer 1101b = Engine brake 1110b = Other 1111b = Not available Fan off 0000b —Used to indicate that the fan clutch is disengaged and the fan is inactive Engine system–General 0001b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to an engine system not otherwise defined. Excessive engine air temperature 0010b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high air temperature. Excessive engine oil temperature 0011b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high oil temperature. Excessive engine coolant temperature 0100b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high coolant temperature. Reverse Operation 1000b — Used to indicate that the fan is in reverse direction of operation compared to the normal direction of operation Manual control 1001b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as requested by the operator. Transmission retarder 1010b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by the transmission retarder. A/C system 1011b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by the air conditioning system. Timer 1100b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by a timing function. Engine brake 1101b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required to assist engine braking. Excessive transmission oil temperature – 0101b – Used to indicate fan is active due to excessive transmission oil temperature. Excessive hydraulic oil temperature – 0110b – Used to indicate fan is active due to excessive hydraulic oil temperature. Default Operation – 0111b – Used to indicate fan is active due to a error condition resulting in default operation
978 Engine Remote PTO Governor Variable Speed Control Switch Switch signal which indicates that the remote PTO governor toggle switch is in the enabled (ON) position. If the toggle switch is enabled and other conditions are satisfied then the remote PTO governor feature is activated and the PTO governor will control at a variable speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
979 Engine Remote PTO Governor Preprogrammed Speed Control Switch Switch signal which indicates that the remote PTO governor toggle switch is in the enabled (ON) position. If the toggle switch is enabled and other conditions are satisfied then the remote PTO governor feature is activated and the PTO governor will control at the preprogrammed speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
980 Engine PTO Governor Enable Switch Switch signal which indicates that the PTO governor toggle switch is in the enabled (ON) position and therefore it is possible to manage the PTO control function.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
981 Engine PTO Governor Accelerate Switch Switch signal of the PTO control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position to « accelerate » the PTO governor set speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
982 Engine PTO Governor Resume Switch Switch signal of the PTO control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position to « resume » a previously established PTO governor set speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
983 Engine PTO Governor Coast/Decelerate Switch Switch signal of the PTO control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position to « coast/decelerate » the PTO governor set speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
984 Engine PTO Governor Set Switch Switch signal of the PTO control activator which indicates that the activator is in the position to « set » the engine PTO governor set speed.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
985 A/C High Pressure Fan Switch Switch signal which indicates that the pressure in the coolant circuit of an air conditioning system is high and the fan may be engaged.00b = Pressure normal 01b = Pressure high, fan may be engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
986 Engine Fan 1 Requested Percent Speed Fan speed of the first or only fan in the system as a ratio of the actual fan drive (current speed) to the fully engaged fan drive (maximum fan speed). A two state fan (off/on) will use 0% and 100% respectively. A three state fan (off/intermediate/on) will use 0%, 50% and 100% respectively. A variable speed fan will use 0% to 100%. Multiple fan systems will use 0 to 100% to indicate the percent cooling capacity being provided. Feedback to this request is provided using the estimated fan speed (see SPN 975).Note that the intermediate fan speed of a three state fan will vary with different fan drives, therefore 50% is being used to indicate that the intermediate speed is required from the fan drive. Typically, the first fan in a system will be the fan closest to the radiator. The second fan will be located farthest from the radiator. See SPN 6730 for systems that have two fans.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
987 Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
988 Trip Group 1 Command signal used to reset the PGNs and parameters as defined in Table SPN988_A. 00b = Take no action 01b = Reset 10b = Reserved 11b = Not applicable
989 Trip Group 2 – Proprietary Command signal used to reset proprietary parameters associated with a trip but not defined within this document.00b = Take no action 01b = Reset 10b = Reserved 11b = Not applicable
990 Total Compression Brake Distance Total distance over which the compression brakes have been active for the life of the engine.
991 Trip Compression Brake Distance Total distance over which the compression brakes have been active since the last trip reset.
992 Trip Service Brake Distance Total distance over which the service brakes have been active since the last trip reset.
993 Trip Service Brake Applications Total number of times the service brakes have been activated since the last trip reset. Brake applications of less than 0.5 s are not counted and lengthy brake applications (longer than 0.5 s) are counted as a single event.NOTE – Definition and resolution shall stay the same if brakes are applied by only the tractor, only the trailer or both.
994 Trip Fan On Time Total time the fan has been on (due to an automatic trigger or manual trigger) since the last trip reset. The fan could be requested to be on by the engine system, a manual switch, and/or the A/C system. Whichever system requests the fan activation first shall have the time accumulated against it. The sum total of these three values shall equal the trip fan on time.NOTE—If the fan has been requested to be on by a component that is not one of the defined categories, this time shall be accumulated in the Engine System category by default.
995 Trip Fan On Time Due to the Engine System Total time the fan has been on due to engine triggers (i.e., excluding time on due to an operator manual switch or A/C system) since the last trip reset. For the time to be accumulated against the engine system, it is necessary that it be the first to request the fan activation or it be the only system requesting fan activation.
996 Trip Fan On Time Due to a Manual Switch Total time the fan has been on due to manual activation by the operator (i.e., excluding time on due to automatic triggers) since the last trip reset. For the time to be accumulated against the manual switch, it is necessary that it be the first to request the fan activation or it be the only system requesting fan activation.
997 Trip Fan On Time Due to the A/C System Total time the fan has been on due to the A/C system since the last trip reset. For the time to be accumulated against the A/C system, it is necessary that it be the first to request the fan activation or it be the only system requesting fan activation.
998 Trip Distance on VSL Total distance accumulated while the engine torque mode is road speed governing since the last trip reset.
999 Trip Gear Down Distance Total distance accumulated while the vehicle has operated in the gear which is one gear down from top gear and exceeds a calibrated minimum time (typically the time to shift the transmission) since the last trip reset.
1000 Trip Distance in Top Gear Total distance accumulated while the vehicle has operated in top gear for a calibrated minimum time since the last trip reset.
1001 Trip Drive Fuel Used Total fuel consumed while the engine speed is greater than zero, vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and neither the PTO or the remote PTO is controlling the engine power output, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1007 for alternate resolution.
1002 Trip PTO Governor Moving Fuel Used Total fuel consumed while either the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1008 for alternate resolution.
1003 Trip PTO Governor Non-moving Fuel Used Total fuel consumed while either the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1009 for alternate resolution.
1004 Trip Vehicle Idle Fuel Used Total fuel consumed while neither the PTO or remote PTO governor is in the hold state, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.In marine applications, this parameter is defined as the total fuel consumed while the engine speed is greater than zero, and less than or equal to 50 RPM greater than low idle, since the last trip reset. NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1010 for alternate resolution.
1005 Trip Cruise Fuel Used Total fuel consumed while the engine is in the cruise hold state since the last trip reset. If both cruise control and VSL (vehicle speed limiter) are commanding the same amount of fuel, the cruise control is deemed the active torque mode and fuel will be accumulated in « trip cruise fuel used » parameter. If fuel commanded due to the accelerator pedal position is larger than fuel commanded by cruise control (e.g., accelerator override torque mode), the cruise control is not deemed the active torque mode and fuel will not be accumulated in the « trip cruise fuel used » parameter.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1011 for alternate resolution.
1006 Trip Drive Fuel Economy Trip drive fuel economy is equal to the distance traveled by vehicle in the drive state (engine speed greater than zero, vehicle speed greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and neither the PTO or remote PTO governors are controlling engine power output) divided by trip drive fuel used (SPN 1001), since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1012 for alternate resolution.
1007 Trip Drive Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed while the engine speed is greater than zero, vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and neither the PTO or the remote PTO governors are controlling the engine power output, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1001 for alternate resolution.
1008 Trip PTO Governor Moving Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed while the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1002 for alternate resolution.
1009 Trip PTO Governor Non-moving Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed while the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is less than to 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1003 for alternate resolution.
1010 Trip Vehicle Idle Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed while neither the PTO or remote PTO governors are active, the engine speed is greater than zero, and vehicle speed is less than to 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1004 for alternate resolution. Trip vehicle idle fuel while in fast idle (vehicle speed less than 2 km/h with engine speed greater than 700 rpm) shall be accumulated in the trip vehicle idle fuel category. All other fuel usage scenarios that do not fall directly in the categories defined shall be accumulated in trip drive fuel used.
1011 Trip Cruise Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed while the engine is in the cruise hold state since the last trip reset. If both cruise control and VSL (vehicle speed limiter) are commanding the same amount of fuel, the cruise control is deemed the active torque mode and fuel will be accumulated in « trip cruise fuel used » parameter. If fuel commanded due to the accelerator pedal position is larger than fuel commanded by cruise control (e.g., accelerator override torque mode), the cruise control is not deemed the active torque mode and fuel will not be accumulated in the « trip cruise fuel used » parameter.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1005 for alternate resolution.
1012 Trip Drive Fuel Economy (Gaseous) Trip drive fuel economy is equal to the distance traveled by vehicle in the drive state (engine speed greater than zero, vehicle speed greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and neither the PTO or remote PTO governors are controlling engine power output) divided by trip drive fuel used (SPN 1007), since the last trip reset.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1006 for alternate resolution.
1013 Trip Maximum Engine Speed Maximum engine speed achieved since the last trip reset.
1014 Trip Average Engine Speed Average speed of the engine since the last trip reset. NOTE — Excludes ignition-on time without the engine speed above zero. Includes idle, engine PTO governor (moving and non-moving), and drive operation.
1015 Trip Drive Average Load Factor Average engine load factor while engine speed is greater than zero, vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and both the PTO (moving/non-moving) and remote PTO governors are not in the hold state, since the last trip reset. Engine operation during cruise control operation is included.In marine applications, this parameter is defined as the average engine load factor while engine speed is greater than zero, since last trip reset.
1016 Total Drive Average Load Factor Average engine load factor while engine speed is greater than zero, vehicle speed is greater than or equal to 2 km/h, and both the PTO (moving/non-moving) and remote PTO governors are not in the hold state, over the life of the engine. Engine operation during cruise control operation is included.In marine applications, this parameter is defined as the average engine load factor while engine speed is greater than zero.
1017 Total Engine Cruise Time Total time that the engine has operated in the cruise hold state, excluding time in accelerator override, over the life of the engine.
1018 Trip Maximum Vehicle Speed Maximum vehicle speed achieved while the engine speed is greater than zero and the accelerator pedal position (APS) is at a value greater than 0%, since the last trip reset.
1019 Trip Cruise Distance Total distance that the engine has operated in the cruise hold state, excluding time in accelerator override, since the last trip reset.
1020 Trip Number of Hot Shutdowns Total number of hot shutdowns since the last trip reset. A hot shutdown is based on operation at high load or high engine speed or for long operating periods without allowing the engine to cool sufficiently.
1021 Trip Number of Idle Shutdowns Total number of times the engine has been shutdown due to idling too long (at normal idle or fast idle) since the last trip reset.
1022 Trip Number of Idle Shutdown Overrides Total number of times an operator disables idle shutdown to prevent an engine shutdown, since the last trip reset.
1023 Trip Sudden Decelerations Total number of decelerations whenever the vehicle deceleration is more than XYZ km/h/sec (where XYZ is a calibratible threshold), since the last trip reset. A lengthy deceleration shall be counted as one sudden deceleration.
1024 Trip Time in VSL Total time accumulated when the engine has operated on the vehicle speed limiter (VSL) while not in the cruise hold state, since the last trip reset. The engine torque mode is equal to road speed governor during this operation.
1025 Trip Time in Top Gear Total time accumulated when the vehicle has operated in top gear for a calibrated minimum time, since the last trip reset.
1026 Trip Time in Gear Down Total time accumulated when the vehicle has operated in one gear down from the top gear for a calibrated minimum time, since the last trip reset.
1027 Trip Time in Derate by Engine Total time accumulated when the engine final fueling has been derated due to an engine protection algorithm, since the last reset.
1028 Total Engine PTO Governor Fuel Used Total fuel used while the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state and engine speed is above zero, over the life of the engine.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1030 for alternate resolution.
1029 Trip Average Fuel Rate Average fuel rate, equal to trip fuel divided by trip time while the engine speed is above zero, since the last trip reset. This includes idle, engine PTO governor (both moving and non-moving) and drive operation but excludes ignition-on time while the engine speed is at zero rpm.NOTE—This parameter is intended for liquid fueled engines. See SPN 1031 for alternate resolution.
1030 Total Engine PTO Governor Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel used while the PTO or remote PTO governors are in the hold state and engine speed is above zero, over the life of the engine.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1028 for alternate resolution.
1031 Trip Average Fuel Rate (Gaseous) Average fuel rate, equal to trip fuel divided by trip time while the engine speed is above zero, since the last trip reset. This includes idle, engine PTO governor (both moving and non-moving) and drive operation but excludes ignition-on time while the engine speed is at zero rpm.NOTE—This parameter is intended for gaseous fueled engines. See SPN 1029 for alternate resolution.
1032 Total ECU Distance Total distance accumulated over the life of the ECU. When the ECU is replaced this value shall be reset.
1033 Total ECU Run Time Total time accumulated over the life of the ECU, from ignition switch ON to ignition switch OFF. When the ECU is replaced this value shall be reset.
1034 Trip Cruise Time Total time accumulated while the engine is in the cruise hold state, excluding time in accelerator override, since the last trip reset.
1035 Trip PTO Governor Time Total time accumulated while the engine is in the PTO or remote PTO governor hold state since the last trip reset.
1036 Trip Engine Running Time Total time accumulated while the engine speed is greater than zero since the last trip reset. Note that time with the ignition switch on but engine speed at zero is not included.
1037 Trip Idle Time Total time accumulated while the engine speed is greater than zero, both the PTO and remote PTO governors are inactive, and the vehicle speed is less than 2 km/h, since the last trip reset.In marine applications, this parameter is defined as the total time accumulated while the engine speed is greater than zero, and less than or equal to 50 RPM greater than low idle, since the last trip reset.
1038 Trip Air Compressor On Time Total time that the air compressor is on and compressing air since the last trip reset.
1039 Trip Fuel (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed (trip drive fuel + trip PTO governor moving fuel + trip PTO governor non-moving fuel + trip idle fuel) since the last trip reset.
1040 Total Fuel Used (Gaseous) Total fuel consumed (trip drive fuel + trip PTO governor moving fuel + trip PTO governor non-moving fuel + trip idle fuel) over the life of the engine.
1041 Start Signal Indicator
1042 Electronic Tractor/Trailer Interface (ISO 11992)
1043 Internal Sensor Voltage Supply
1044 Hydraulic Pump Motor
1045 Brake Light Switch 1
1046 Brake Light Switch 2
1047 Electronic Pressure Control Axle 1
1048 Pneumatic Back-up Pressure Control Axle 1
1049 Brake Pressure Sensing Axle 1
1050 Electronic Pressure Control Axle 2
1051 Pneumatic Back-up Pressure Control Axle 2
1052 Brake Pressure Sensing Axle 2
1053 Electronic Pressure Control Axle 3
1054 Pneumatic Back-up Pressure Control Axle 3
1055 Brake Pressure Sensing Axle 3
1056 Electronic Pressure Control, Trailer Control
1057 Pneumatic Back-up Pressure Control, Trailer Control
1058 Brake Pressure Sensing, Trailer Control
1059 Axle Load Sensor
1060 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 1 Left
1061 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 1 Right
1062 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 2 Left
1063 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 2 Right
1064 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 3 Left
1065 Lining Wear Sensor Axle 3 Right
1066 Brake Signal Transmitter
1067 Brake Signal Sensor 1
1068 Brake Signal Sensor 2
1069 Tire Dimension Supervision
1070 Vehicle Deceleration Control
1071 Engine Cooling Fan Drive Output
1072 Engine Compression Brake Output #1 Engine Compression Brake driver circuit (includes the ECM driver and solenoid coil).
1073 Engine Compression Brake Output #2 Engine Compression Brake driver circuit (includes the ECM driver and solenoid coil).
1074 Engine Exhaust Brake Output
1075 Engine Electric Lift Pump This is the engine electric lift pump for the engine fuel supply.
1076 Engine Fuel Injection Pump 1 Fuel Control Valve Fuel control valve in fuel pump 1.
1077 Engine Fuel Injection Pump Controller
1078 Engine Fuel Injection Pump 1 Speed/Position Sensor
1079 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 (+5V DC) (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete. SPNs 3509-3514 should be used instead.
1080 Sensor Supply Voltage 2 (+5V DC) (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete, SPNs 3509-3514 should be used instead.
1081 Engine Wait to Start Lamp Lamp signal which indicates that the engine is too cold to start and the operator should wait until the signal becomes inactive (turns off). See SPN 5416 for the lamp operating condition.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1082 Engine Coolant Load Increase Status of an event, external to the engine, that may increase the nominal temperature of the engine coolant liquid.00b = No coolant load increase 01b = Coolant load increase possible 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1083 Auxiliary I/O Channel #1 Auxiliary channel of data (16 bit) read by the ECU. This data is in A/D counts and is manufacturer specific. It may be configured uniquely per application.
1084 Auxiliary I/O Channel #2 Auxiliary channel of data (16 bit) read by the ECU. This data is in A/D counts and is manufacturer specific. It may be configured uniquely per application.
1085 Intended Retarder Percent Torque Braking torque of retarder that the retarder is currently trying to achieve. This value takes into account all static limitations, but not the limitations due to the dynamic behavior of the retarder. This value, if unchanged over a certain time, can and will be reached by the actual retarder – percent torque (See SPN 520).
1086 Parking and/or Trailer Air Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the circuit or reservoir for the parking brake and/or the trailer supply.
1087 Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the primary service brake circuit or reservoir, supplying the rear axle.
1088 Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the secondary service brake circuit or reservoir, supplying the front axle.
1089 Auxiliary Equipment Supply Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the auxiliary circuit.
1090 Air Suspension Supply Pressure The pneumatic pressure in the circuit for the electronically controlled air suspension system.
1091 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Front Axle, Left Wheel The brake application pressure for the left wheel on the front axle.
1092 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Front Axle, Right Wheel The brake application pressure for the right wheel on the front axle.
1093 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #1, Left Wheel The brake application pressure for the left wheel on the rear axle #1.
1094 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #1, Right Wheel The brake application pressure for the right wheel on the rear axle #1.
1095 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #2, Left Wheel The brake application pressure for the left wheel on the rear axle #2.
1096 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #2, Right Wheel The brake application pressure for the right wheel on the rear axle #2.
1097 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #3, Left Wheel The brake application pressure for the left wheel on the rear axle #3.
1098 Brake Application Pressure High Range, Rear Axle #3, Right Wheel The brake application pressure for the right wheel on the rear axle #3.
1099 Brake Lining Remaining, Front Axle, Left Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the left wheel on the front axle. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1100 Brake Lining Remaining, Front Axle, Right Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the right wheel on the front axle. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1101 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #1, Left Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the left wheel on the rear axle #1. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1102 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #1, Right Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the right wheel on the rear axle #1. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1103 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #2, Left Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the left wheel on the rear axle #2. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1104 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #2, Right Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the right wheel on the rear axle #2. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1105 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #3, Left Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the left wheel on the rear axle #3. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1106 Brake Lining Remaining, Rear Axle #3, Right Wheel The percentage of brake lining which can still be measured for the right wheel on the rear axle #3. 100% represents new brake linings, 0% represents totally worn brake linings.
1107 Engine Protection System Timer State Status signal which indicates the current mode of the engine protection system timer system. See Figure SPN1107_A.00b = Inactive 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1108 Engine Protection System Timer Override Status signal which indicates the status of the override feature of the engine protection system timer. See Figure SPN1107_A.00b = Inactive 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1109 Engine Protection System Approaching Shutdown Status signal which indicates that engine shutdown is imminent. This engine protection signal can be a result of different systems failing, i.e., engine overheating. See Figure SPN1107_A.00b = Not approaching 01b = Approaching 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1110 Engine Protection System has Shutdown Engine Status signal which indicates whether or not the engine protection system has shutdown the engine. See Figure SPN1107_A.00b = No 01b = Yes 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1111 Engine Protection System Configuration Parameter which indicates the configuration of the engine shutdown system. 00b = Disabled in calibration 01b = Enabled in calibration 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1112 Engine Compression Brake Output #3 Engine Compression Brake driver circuit (includes the ECM driver and solenoid coil).
1113 Recommended Gear The transmission calculates this gear continuously. In dangerous situations this gear may be selected to gain back vehicle control.
1114 Lowest Possible Gear The transmission calculates this gear continuously. Together with the highest possible gear (see SPN 1115), it enables a management computer to know the exact range of available gears.
1115 Highest Possible Gear The transmission calculates this gear continuously. Together with the lowest possible gear (see SPN 1114), it enables a management computer to know the exact range of available gears.
1116 Gaseous Fuel Correction Factor A correction to a predefined gaseous fuel energy (expressed in energy per unit volume) represented as a percentage. The actual fuel energy used to control the engine is the product of the gaseous fuel correction factor and the energy of the gas.
1117 Engine Desired Rated Exhaust Oxygen The desired amount of oxygen in the exhaust at rated conditions represented as a percentage by volume with respect to the total volume of exhaust gases leaving the engine.
1118 Engine Desired Exhaust Oxygen The desired amount of oxygen in the exhaust represented as a percentage by volume with respect to the total volume of exhaust gases leaving the engine.
1119 Engine Actual Exhaust 1 Oxygen The actual amount of oxygen in the exhaust represented as a percentage by volume with respect to the total volume of exhaust gases leaving the engine.
1120 Articulation Angle Angle of deflection of an articulated transit vehicle (rotation angle about the vehicles z-axis). A right turn (clockwise) is indicated with a positive angle and a left turn is indicated with a negative angle. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down.
1121 EBS Brake Switch Switch signal which indicates that the brake pedal is being pressed. The EBS brake switch is independent of the brake light switch and has no provisions for external connections.00b = Brake pedal is not being pressed 01b = Brake pedal is being pressed 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1122 Engine Alternator Bearing 1 Temperature Temperature of the bearing inside the alternator. Bearing 1 is the left or rear bearing.
1123 Engine Alternator Bearing 2 Temperature Temperature of the bearing inside the alternator. Bearing 2 is the right or front bearing.
1124 Engine Alternator Winding 1 Temperature Temperature of the windings inside the alternator.
1125 Engine Alternator Winding 2 Temperature Temperature of the windings inside the alternator.
1126 Engine Alternator Winding 3 Temperature Temperature of the windings inside the alternator.
1127 Engine Turbocharger 1 Boost Pressure Gage pressure of air measured downstream of the compressor discharge side of the turbocharger. See also SPN 102 for alternate range and resolution. If there is only one boost pressure to report and the range and resolution in SPN 102 is adequate, then it should be used.
1128 Engine Turbocharger 2 Boost Pressure Gage pressure of air measured downstream of the compressor discharge side of the turbocharger. See also SPN 102 for alternate range and resolution. If there is only one boost pressure to report and the range and resolution in SPN 102 is adequate, then it should be used.
1129 Engine Turbocharger 3 Boost Pressure Gage pressure of air measured downstream of the compressor discharge side of the turbocharger. See also SPN 102 for alternate range and resolution. If there is only one boost pressure to report and the range and resolution in SPN 102 is adequate, then it should be used.
1130 Engine Turbocharger 4 Boost Pressure Gage pressure of air measured downstream of the compressor discharge side of the turbocharger. See also SPN 102 for alternate range and resolution. If there is only one boost pressure to report and the range and resolution in SPN 102 is adequate, then it should be used.
1131 Engine Intake Manifold 2 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold of engine air supply system.
1132 Engine Intake Manifold 3 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold of engine air supply system.
1133 Engine Intake Manifold 4 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold of engine air supply system.
1134 Engine Charge Air Cooler Thermostat Opening The current position of the thermostat used to regulate the temperature of the engine charge air cooler. A value of 0% represents the thermostat being completely closed and 100% represents the thermostat being completely open.
1135 Engine Oil Temperature 2 Temperature of the engine lubricant. Note: If there is only one engine oil temperature measurement, SPN 175 should be used. See also SPNs 175 and 5925 for additional engine oil temperature measurements.
1136 Engine ECU Temperature Temperature of the engine electronic control unit.
1137 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 1 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1138 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 2 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1139 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 3 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1140 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 4 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1141 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 5 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1142 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 6 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1143 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 7 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1144 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 8 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1145 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 9 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1146 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 10 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1147 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 11 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1148 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 12 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1149 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 13 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1150 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 14 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1151 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 15 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1152 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 16 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1153 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 17 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1154 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 18 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1155 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 19 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1156 Engine Exhaust Gas Port 20 Temperature Temperature at the cylinder exhaust port of the engine.
1157 Engine Main Bearing 1 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1158 Engine Main Bearing 2 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1159 Engine Main Bearing 3 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1160 Engine Main Bearing 4 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1161 Engine Main Bearing 5 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1162 Engine Main Bearing 6 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1163 Engine Main Bearing 7 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1164 Engine Main Bearing 8 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1165 Engine Main Bearing 9 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1166 Engine Main Bearing 10 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1167 Engine Main Bearing 11 Temperature Temperature of the main bearing which supports the crankshaft of the engine.
1168 Engine Turbocharger Lube Oil Pressure 2 Gage pressure of oil in turbocharger lubrication system.
1169 Engine Turbocharger 2 Speed Rotational velocity of rotor in the turbocharger.
1170 Engine Turbocharger 3 Speed Rotational velocity of rotor in the turbocharger.
1171 Engine Turbocharger 4 Speed Rotational velocity of rotor in the turbocharger.
1172 Engine Turbocharger 1 Compressor Intake Temperature Temperature of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1173 Engine Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature Temperature of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1174 Engine Turbocharger 3 Compressor Intake Temperature Temperature of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1175 Engine Turbocharger 4 Compressor Intake Temperature Temperature of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1176 Engine Turbocharger 1 Compressor Intake Pressure Gage pressure of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1177 Engine Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Pressure Gage pressure of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1178 Engine Turbocharger 3 Compressor Intake Pressure Gage pressure of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1179 Engine Turbocharger 4 Compressor Intake Pressure Gage pressure of the air entering the compressor side of the turbocharger.
1180 Engine Turbocharger 1 Turbine Intake Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products entering the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1181 Engine Turbocharger 2 Turbine Intake Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products entering the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1182 Engine Turbocharger 3 Turbine Intake Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products entering the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1183 Engine Turbocharger 4 Turbine Intake Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products entering the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1184 Engine Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products exiting the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1185 Engine Turbocharger 2 Turbine Outlet Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products exiting the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1186 Engine Turbocharger 3 Turbine Outlet Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products exiting the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1187 Engine Turbocharger 4 Turbine Outlet Temperature Temperature of the combustion by-products exiting the turbine side of the turbocharger.
1188 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator 1 Position Position of the wastegate drive. A value of 0% represents fully closed and a value of 100% represents fully open.
1189 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator 2 Position Position of the wastegate drive. A value of 0% represents fully closed and a value of 100% represents fully open.
1190 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator 3 Position Position of the wastegate drive. A value of 0% represents fully closed and a value of 100% represents fully open.
1191 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator 4 Position Position of the wastegate drive. A value of 0% represents fully closed and a value of 100% represents fully open.
1192 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Actuator Control Air Pressure Gage pressure of the air used to control the actuator which opens and closes the wastegate valve.
1193 Engine Operation Time Since Rebuild The time in engine operation since the last engine rebuild.
1194 Anti-theft Encryption Seed Present Indicator Indicates the presence of the encryption seed random number. 00b = Random number is not present 01b = Random number is present 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1195 Anti-theft Password Valid Indicator Indicates the presence of a validated password. 00b = Password is not a validated password 01b = Password is a validated password 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1196 Anti-theft Component Status States Indicates whether or not the component can be started. 00b = Unlocked 01b = Locked 10b = Blocked 11b = Not defined 00b – Unlocked = This state indicates that the component can be started without the end user being required to enter a password. 01b – Locked = This state indicates that the component can NOT be started (i.e., Unlocked) without the end user being required to enter a password. 10b – Blocked = This state indicates that a Lock or Unlock command cannot be executed because some other algorithm or command of higher priority is commanding differently.
1197 Anti-theft Modify Password States This parameter is used to indicate whether a password request was successfully performed, or if the request could not be perform due to system constraints or if the request was not a valid request.00b = Ok 01b = Full_of_Passwords 10b = Empty_of_Passwords 11b = Not_valid 00b – Ok = This state indicates that the request was successfully performed. 01b – Full_Of_Passwords = This state indicates that the component can NOT store any additional passwords in its memory. 10b – Empty_Of_Passwords = This state indicates that the component would be empty of passwords (an unacceptable condition) if the password under which the end user is logged in, is deleted. Thus the delete password command is not successfully executed. Note that if the Delete_Password command is sent to a component that does not currently have a password the Empty_Of_Passwords state indicator shall be used. 11b – Not_Valid = This state indicates that the request is not a valid one.
1198 Anti-theft Random Number A seven byte random numeric code provided by the component in response to an anti-theft request. This parameter is sent as a numeric value utilizing the full range of 0 to FFFFFFFFFFFFFFh. The most significant byte is sent first, not following the rules of Table 1 found in J1939-71.
1199 Anti-theft Encryption Indicator States This parameter is used to indicate if a random number seed is being requested, or if an encrypted password is being provided to the component.00b = Encryption_Seed_Request 01b = Encrypted_Code_Present 10b = Not defined 11b = Not_Available 00b – Encryption_Seed_Request = This state represents a request to the component to provide a random number seed. 01b – Encrypted_Code_Present = This state is used to indicate that an encrypted password is being provided to the component. 11b – Not_Available = This state is used to indicate that a random number is NOT being requested nor is an encrypted password being provided to the component.
1200 Anti-theft Desired Exit Mode States This parameter is used to specify the desired triggers that are to be used by the component in deciding when to transition to the Locked state.00b = Lock_Upon_Operator_Request 01b = Lock_When_Key_Off 10b = Not defined 11b = Not_Available 00b – Lock_Upon_Operator_Request—This state is used to indicate that the end user would have to manually enter a password to Lock the engine. 01b – Lock_When_Keyoff—This state is used to indicate that the component would automatically transition to the Locked state when the end user turns off the engine (i.e. without the end user being required to manually enter the password). 11b – Not_Available—This state is indicates that the option is not selectable or changeable by the operator via using current tool.
1201 Anti-theft Command States This parameter is used to identify the specific requests being sent to the component. 000b = Add_Password 001b = Delete_Password 010b = Change_Password 011b = Lock_or_Unlock 100b = Check_Status 101b = Login 110b to 111b = Not defined 000b – Add_Password—This state represents a request to the component to add a password to the list of passwords that the component has stored as valid codes. This command will not be performed if the component has already stored, the maximum number of passwords that it is capable of storing. The Login command must precede this command. 001b – Delete_Password—This state represents a request to the component to delete the password (the same one used when the end-user logged in). See SPN 1197 for limitations. 010b – Change_Password—This state represents a request to the component to change the password (the same one that the end-user logged in with) to a different password, which is to be specified by the end user. The Login command must precede this command. 011b – Lock_Or_Unlock—This state represents a request to the component to change from the Locked state to the Unlocked state or from the Unlocked state to the Locked state. 100b – Check_Status—This state represents a request to check to see if the component is in the Locked or Unlocked state. 101b – Login—This state represents a request to validate the end user, before performing commands such as Add_Password and Change_Password.
1202 Anti-theft Password Representation This parameter is the seven byte numeric code (i.e., ‘encrypted password’ or ‘key’) that is generated based on the encryption algorithm, the password supplied by the end user, and the random number seed given by the component. This parameter is sent as a numeric value utilizing the full range of 0 to FFFFFFFFFFFFFFh. The most significant byte is sent first, not following the rules of Table 1 found in J1939-71.
1203 Engine Auxiliary Coolant Pressure Gage pressure of coolant found in the intercooler which is located after the turbocharger.
1204 Electrical Load Electrical power delivered by the engine to the electrical system connected to the generator.
1205 Safety Wire Status Status signal which indicates that the safety wire has been activated. When the safety wire is activated, the engine will not operate. This is used for maintenance purposes.00b = Safety wire has not been activated 01b = Safety wire has been activated 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1206 Engine Turning Gear Engaged Status signal which indicates that the turning gear is engaged. The turning gear is used to turn the flywheel/crankshaft, for maintenance purposes, while the engine is not running.00b = Not engaged 01b = Engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1207 Engine ECU Temperature (Obsolete – Use SPN 1136) Temperature of the engine electronic control unit. (21, 1207 are not to be used – obsolete)
1208 Engine Oil Filter Intake Pressure Gage pressure of the engine oil before the oil reaches the oil filter. See SPN 7470 for alternate resolution.
1209 Engine Exhaust Pressure 1 Gage pressure of the exhaust gases as measured at the turbine intake of the turbocharger. This SPN to be used for inline engines or exhaust bank 1 of multiple bank engines. See SPN 5749 for exhaust bank 2 and See SPN 6384 for alternate range and resolution.
1210 Engine Fuel Rack Position Measured position of the engine fuel rack. A value of 0% rack represents no fueling and a value of 100% rack represents maximum fueling.
1211 Engine Build Hours Reset Command signal used to reset the engine rebuild hours. 00b = Do not reset 01b = Reset 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1212 Engine Auxiliary Coolant Temperature Temperature of coolant found in the intercooler which is located after the turbocharger.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1213 Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1214 Suspect Parameter Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1215 Failure Mode Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1216 Occurrence Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1217 Freeze Frame Length See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1218 Active Diagnostic Trouble Code Count See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1219 Previously Active Trouble Codes See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1220 OBD Compliance See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1221 Continuously Monitored Systems Support/Status See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1222 Non-continuously Monitored Systems Support See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1223 Non-continuously Monitored Systems Status See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1224 Test Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1224 Test Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1224 Test Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1224 Test Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1225 Test Type/Component Identifier See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1226 Test Value See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1227 Test Limit Maximum See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1228 Test Limit Minimum See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1229 Test Identifiers Supported See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1230 Current Data Link See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1231 J1939 Network #2 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1232 ISO 9141 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1233 J1850 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1234 Other, Manufacturer Specified Port See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1235 J1939 Network #3 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1236 Hold Signal See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1237 Engine Shutdown Override Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the engine shutdown override switch. This switch function allows the operator to override an impending engine shutdown.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1238 Traction Control Override Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the traction control override switch. The traction control override signal disables the automatic traction control function allowing the wheels to spin.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available or not installed
1239 Engine Fuel Leakage 1 Status signal which indicates fuel leakage in the fuel rail of the engine. Location can be either before or after the fuel pump.00b = no leakage detected 01b = leakage detected 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1240 Engine Fuel Leakage 2 Status signal which indicates fuel leakage in the fuel rail of the engine. Location can be either before or after the fuel pump.00b = no leakage detected 01b = leakage detected 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1241 Engine Fuel System 1 Gas Mass Flow Rate Gas mass flow rate delivered to an engine through its first fuel control system. See SPN 3467 for the second fuel control system.
1242 Instantaneous Estimated Brake Power Estimate of the power developed by the engine.
1243 ABS Fully Operational Signal which indicates whether an ABS system is fully operational or whether its functionality is reduced by a defect or by an intended action (e.g., by activation of an ABS-off-road switch or during special diagnostic procedures). There are cases where the signal is necessary to fulfill legal regulations for special applications (e.g., switching off integrated retarders).00b = Not Fully Operational 01b = Fully Operational 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
1244 Engine Fuel Actuator 2 Control Command The control command to fuel actuator 2, normalized to percent, where 0% represents fully closed and 100% represents fully open. Typically, this fuel actuator is used to regulate low pressure natural gas flow rate, mixing into the air flow, which together then come into the engine. Using the standard convention for determining the position. If only 2 actuators are present, then left/front is #1 (SPN 633) and right/rear is #2 (SPN 1244). If more than two actuators are present, then left/front is #1 (SPN 633), left/rear is #2 (SPN 1244), right/front is #3 (SPN 7593) and right/rear is #4 (SPN 7594).
1245 Engine Timing Actuator 2 The detected position of actuator 2 on the Engine Timing System, where the system has different timing positions depending on current operating status of the engine. Timing positions may be used to determine intake and outlet valve timings.000b = Unknown Position 001b = Diesel Mode Position 010b = Diesel Part Load Position 011b = Gas Mode Position 100b = Diesel Part Load / Gas Mode Position 101b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not Available
1246 Number of Engine Torque History Records Number of torque history records contained in the engine torque history PGN. A value of 0 is broadcast if no torque history records are stored in the ECU.
1247 Engine Power Advertised engine power capability. Advertised power is what a customer will find on a sales sheet for an engine with a certain calibration.
1248 Engine Peak Torque 1 Maximum torque output of the current ECU calibration when the engine operates on torque curve 1. For calibrations that support two torque curves, this parameter shall be assigned the value of the lower curve. For calibrations that support only one curve, this parameter should be used.
1249 Engine Peak Torque 2 Maximum torque output of the current ECU calibration when the engine operates on torque curve 2. For calibrations that support two torque curves, this parameter shall be assigned the value of the higher curve. For calibrations that support only one curve, this parameter should to set to “not available”.
1250 Calibration Record Start Month Calendar month timestamp when an ECU record was established. NOTE – A value of 0 for the month is null. The value 1 identifies January; 2 identifies February; etc.
1251 Calibration Record Start Day Calendar day timestamp when an ECU record was established. NOTE – A value of 0 for the date is null. The values 1, 2, 3, and 4 are used to identify the first day of the month; 5, 6, 7, and 8 identify the second day of the month; etc.
1252 Calibration Record Start Year Calendar year timestamp when an ECU record was established. NOTE – A value of 0 for the year identifies the year 1985; a value of 1 identifies 1986; etc.
1253 Calibration Record Duration Time Duration in hours for which the engine operated in the conditions captured in the current record.
1254 Torque Limiting Feature Status Status of an ECU feature which limits the torque output of the engine. 00b = Disabled 01b = Enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1255 Transmission Gear Ratio 1 Gear ratio value stored in the ECU that is used to define a range of transmission gears for which a limit is applied to the engine output torque. Transmission gear ratio 1 should be the numerically highest transmission gear ratio breakpoint that defines ratio ranges for torque limits.
1256 Engine Torque Limit 1, Transmission Limit applied to the engine output torque during vehicle operation in transmission gear ratios numerically greater than transmission gear ratio 1 (see SPN 1255).
1257 Transmission Gear Ratio 2 Gear ratio value stored in the ECU that is used to define a range of transmission gears for which a limit is applied to the engine output torque. Transmission gear ratio 2 should be the numerically highest transmission gear ratio breakpoint less than transmission gear ratio 1 (see SPN 1255) that defines ratio ranges for torque limits.
1258 Engine Torque Limit 2, Transmission Limit applied to the engine output torque during vehicle operation in transmission gear ratios numerically less than or equal to transmission gear ratio 1 (see SPN 1255) and numerically greater than transmission gear ratio 2 (see.SPN 1257). For example, with transmission gear ratio 1 equal to 12.0:1 and transmission gear ratio 2 equal to 5.0:1, vehicle operation in a transmission gear with a ratio of 6.0:1 will result in the application of engine torque limit 2, transmission.
1259 Transmission Gear Ratio 3 Gear ratio value stored in the ECU that is used to define a range of transmission gears for which a limit is applied to the engine output torque. Transmission gear ratio 3 should be the numerically highest transmission gear ratio breakpoint less than transmission gear ratio 2 (see SPN 1257) that defines ratio ranges for torque limits.
1260 Engine Torque Limit 3, Transmission Limit applied to the engine output torque during vehicle operation in transmission gear ratios numerically less than or equal to transmission gear ratio 2 (see SPN 1257) and numerically greater than transmission gear ratio 3 (see.SPN 1259). For example, with transmission gear ratio 2 equal to 5.0:1 and transmission gear ratio 3 equal to 2.0:1, vehicle operation in a transmission gear with a ratio of 3.0:1 will result in the application of engine torque limit 3, transmission.
1261 Engine Torque Limit 4, Transmission Limit applied to the engine output torque during vehicle operation in transmission gear ratios numerically less than or equal to transmission gear ratio 3 (see SPN 1259).
1262 Engine Torque Limit 5, Switch Limit applied to the engine output torque based on activation of an ECU switch input.
1263 Engine Torque Limit 6, Axle Input Limit applied to the engine output torque based on the maximum allowable axle input torque. Axle input torque is calculated as the current engine torque output multiplied by the transmission gear ratio.
1264 Engine Extended Crankcase Blow-by Pressure – duplicate (see SPN 22) Differential crankcase blow-by pressure as measured through a tube with a venturi. (SPN 1264 is not to be used – obsolete)
1265 Engine Oil Burn Valve Valve to control the folow of oil to be burned off in the engine.
1266 Engine Oil Replacement Valve Valve to control the replacement oil to the engine.
1267 Idle Shutdown Vehicle Accessories Relay Driver Circuit When Idle Shutdown System is activated, the relay will shutdown off accessories.
1268 Engine Ignition Coil #1 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1269 Engine Ignition Coil #2 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1270 Engine Ignition Coil #3 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1271 Engine Ignition Coil #4 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1272 Engine Ignition Coil #5 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1273 Engine Ignition Coil #6 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1274 Engine Ignition Coil #7 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1275 Engine Ignition Coil #8 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1276 Engine Ignition Coil #9 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1277 Engine Ignition Coil #10 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1278 Engine Ignition Coil #11 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1279 Engine Ignition Coil #12 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1280 Engine Ignition Coil #13 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1281 Engine Ignition Coil #14 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1282 Engine Ignition Coil #15 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1283 Engine Ignition Coil #16 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1284 Engine Ignition Coil #17 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1285 Engine Ignition Coil #18 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1286 Engine Ignition Coil #19 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1287 Engine Ignition Coil #20 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1288 Engine Ignition Coil #21 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1289 Engine Ignition Coil #22 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1290 Engine Ignition Coil #23 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1291 Engine Ignition Coil #24 Coil for high voltage spark plug in gas engines.
1292 Engine Ignition Control Module #1 Electronic control unit for an ignition system.
1293 Engine Ignition Control Module #2 Electronic control unit for an ignition system.
1294 Engine Spark Plug 1 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #1
1295 Engine Spark Plug 2 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #2
1296 Engine Spark Plug 3 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #3
1297 Engine Spark Plug 4 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #4
1298 Engine Spark Plug 5 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #5
1299 Engine Spark Plug 6 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #6
1300 Engine Spark Plug 7 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #7
1301 Engine Spark Plug 8 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #8
1302 Engine Spark Plug 9 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #9
1303 Engine Spark Plug 10 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #10
1304 Engine Spark Plug 11 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #11
1305 Engine Spark Plug 12 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #12
1306 Engine Spark Plug 13 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #13
1307 Engine Spark Plug 14 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #14
1308 Engine Spark Plug 15 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #15
1309 Engine Spark Plug 16 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #16
1310 Engine Spark Plug 17 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #17
1311 Engine Spark Plug 18 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #18
1312 Engine Spark Plug 19 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #19
1313 Engine Spark Plug 20 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #20
1314 Engine Spark Plug 21 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #21
1315 Engine Spark Plug 22 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #22
1316 Engine Spark Plug 23 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #23
1317 Engine Spark Plug 24 The measured voltage of the spark event on Cylinder #24
1318 Engine Exhaust Temperature Bank Imbalance The imbalance between two banks of of exhaust port temperatures.
1319 Engine Intake Manifold Pressure Bank Imbalance Imbalance between two banks of intake pressure manifolds
1320 Engine External Shutdown Air Supply Pressure Pressure of the air used to shut off the fuel supply to the engine.
1321 Engine Starter Solenoid Lockout Relay Driver Circuit This relay is in series with the engine starter motor relay and controlled by engine ECM to prevent starter engagement
1322 Engine Misfire for Multiple Cylinders When a misfire occurs in any one of the cylinders
1323 Engine Cylinder 1 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine cylinder 1 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1324 Engine Cylinder 2 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 2 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1325 Engine Cylinder 3 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 3 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1326 Engine Cylinder 4 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 4 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1327 Engine Cylinder 5 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 5 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1328 Engine Cylinder 6 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 6 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1329 Engine Cylinder 7 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 7 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1330 Engine Cylinder 8 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 8 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1331 Engine Cylinder 9 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 9 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1332 Engine Cylinder 10 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 10 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1333 Engine Cylinder 11 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 11 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1334 Engine Cylinder 12 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 12 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1335 Engine Cylinder 13 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 13 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1336 Engine Cylinder 14 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 14 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1337 Engine Cylinder 15 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 15 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1338 Engine Cylinder 16 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 16 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1339 Engine Cylinder 17 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 17 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1340 Engine Cylinder 18 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 18 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1341 Engine Cylinder 19 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 19 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1342 Engine Cylinder 20 Misfire Rate The misfire rate of engine Cylinder 20 over the number of engine cycles in SPN6394 represented as a percentage.
1343 Engine Misfire Cylinder #21 Engine misfire detected in cylinder 21
1344 Engine Misfire Cylinder #22 Engine misfire detected in cylinder 22
1345 Engine Misfire Cylinder #23 Engine misfire detected in cylinder 23
1346 Engine Misfire Cylinder #24 Engine misfire detected in cylinder 24
1347 Engine Fuel Pump Pressurizing Assembly #1 The pumping assembly of the fuel system
1348 Engine Fuel Pump Pressurizing Assembly #2 The pumping assembly of the fuel system
1349 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Metering Rail 2 Pressure The gage pressure of fuel in the metering rail #2 as delivered from the supply pump to the injector metering intake. See Figure SPN16_A for fuel system related parameters. Although the figure does not show rail #2 it does show the relationship of rail pressure to other signals.
1350 Time Since Last Service The vehicle operation time since the last service was performed. The type of service information is identified by the service component identification number.
1351 Air Compressor Status Indicates whether the air compressor is actively compressing air. 00b = Compressor not active 01b = Compressor active 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
1352 Engine Cylinder 1 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 1. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6398 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1353 Engine Cylinder 2 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 2. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6402 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1354 Engine Cylinder 3 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 3. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6406 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1355 Engine Cylinder 4 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 4. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6410 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1356 Engine Cylinder 5 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 5. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6414 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1357 Engine Cylinder 6 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 6. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6418 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1358 Engine Cylinder 7 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 7. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6422 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1359 Engine Cylinder 8 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 8. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6426 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1360 Engine Cylinder 9 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 9. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6430 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1361 Engine Cylinder 10 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 10. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6434 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1362 Engine Cylinder 11 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 11. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6438 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1363 Engine Cylinder 12 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 12. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6442 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1364 Engine Cylinder 13 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 13. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6446 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1365 Engine Cylinder 14 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 14. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6450 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1366 Engine Cylinder 15 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 15. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6454 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1367 Engine Cylinder 16 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 16. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6458 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1368 Engine Cylinder 17 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 17. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6462 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1369 Engine Cylinder 18 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 18. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6466 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1370 Engine Cylinder 19 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 19. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6470 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1371 Engine Cylinder 20 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 20. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.Use SPN 6474 if knock level information is time critical or needs to be combustion synchronous.
1372 Engine Cylinder 21 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 21. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.
1373 Engine Cylinder 22 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 22. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.
1374 Engine Cylinder 23 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 23. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.
1375 Engine Cylinder 24 Knock Level Used to indicate the level of knock for engine cylinder 24. The level of knock is reported using a relative scale where 0% is least level of knock, and increasing levels indicate more knock until 100% indicates the most severe level of knock allowed or measurable for the engine.
1376 Battery 2 Potential (Voltage) (duplicate – see also SPN 444) The voltage for isolated battery #2. Duplicate SPN, recommend use of SPN 444.
1377 Engine Synchronization Switch This is the On/Off operation of the Multiple Unit Synchronization functionality. When it is enabled (i.e. On) the master engine will synchronize one or more slave engines to operate at the same speed. This switch position indicates whether this feature is disabled (off) or enabled (on).00b = Functionality is disabled (off) 01b = Functionality is enabled (on) 10b = Error 11b = Not available or Unused
1378 Engine Oil Change Interval The engine oil change interval time has expired
1379 Service Component Identification Identification of component needing service. See Table SPN911_A.
1380 Engine Oil Level Remote Reservoir Ratio of current volume of engine oil in a remote reservoir to the maximum required volume. If a single switch (on/off) is used, 20% and 100% respectively will be used where 100% means no oil needs to be added and 20% means oil needs to be added. If two switches are used, 20%, 50%, and 100% will be used where 20% indicates the oil is critically low, 50% indicates the oil level is low, and 100% means no oil needs to be added. For continuous sensors, the actual measured percent will be used.
1381 Engine Fuel Supply Pump Intake Absolute Pressure Absolute pressure of fuel at the fuel supply pump intake. See Figures SPN16_A & SPN16_B. See SPN 7472 for alternate resolution.
1382 Engine Fuel Filter (suction side) Differential Pressure Differential pressure measured across the fuel filter located between the fuel tank and the supply pump. See Figures SPN16_A and SPN16_B.
1383 Engine was Shut Down Hot Abrupt engine shutdown when hot
1384 Engine has Been Shut Down from Data Link Information Engine commanded to shutdown via the datalink
1385 Auxiliary Temperature #1 (duplicate see also SPN 441) Temperature measured by auxiliary temperature sensor #1 or #2. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
1386 Auxiliary Temperature #2 (duplicate see also SPN 442) Temperature measured by auxiliary temperature sensor #1 or #2. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
1387 Auxiliary Pressure #1 Pressure measured by auxiliary pressure sensor #1. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
1388 Auxiliary Pressure #2 Pressure measured by auxiliary pressure sensor #2. Not to be used in place of existing SPNs.
1389 Engine Fuel Specific Gravity This parameter conveys the specific gravity of the gaseous fuel being used by the engine. The specific gravity of the fuel can then be used to compute the density of the fuel.
1390 Engine Fuel Valve 1 Intake Absolute Pressure The absolute pressure of gas on the intake side of the first system control valve. See SPN 3466 for Engine Fuel Valve 2, 7505 for Engine Fuel Valve 3 & 7506 for Engine Fuel Valve 4.
1391 Engine Fuel Valve 1 Differential Pressure The differential pressure between the intake and the outlet of the first or only gaseous fuel valve. See SPN 8494 for alternate range and resolution.
1392 Engine Air to Fuel Differential Pressure The differential pressure between the gaseous fuel and the air intake manifold.
1393 Engine Cylinder 1 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1394 Engine Cylinder 2 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1395 Engine Cylinder 3 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1396 Engine Cylinder 4 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1397 Engine Cylinder 5 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1398 Engine Cylinder 6 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1399 Engine Cylinder 7 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1400 Engine Cylinder 8 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1401 Engine Cylinder 9 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1402 Engine Cylinder 10 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1403 Engine Cylinder 11 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1404 Engine Cylinder 12 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1405 Engine Cylinder 13 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1406 Engine Cylinder 14 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1407 Engine Cylinder 15 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1408 Engine Cylinder 16 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1409 Engine Cylinder 17 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1410 Engine Cylinder 18 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1411 Engine Cylinder 19 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1412 Engine Cylinder 20 Ignition Transformer Secondary Output This parameter indicates the relative intensity of the secondary output voltage of the ignition transformer.
1413 Engine Cylinder 1 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1414 Engine Cylinder 2 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1415 Engine Cylinder 3 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1416 Engine Cylinder 4 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1417 Engine Cylinder 5 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1418 Engine Cylinder 6 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1419 Engine Cylinder 7 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1420 Engine Cylinder 8 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1421 Engine Cylinder 9 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1422 Engine Cylinder 10 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1423 Engine Cylinder 11 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1424 Engine Cylinder 12 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1425 Engine Cylinder 13 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1426 Engine Cylinder 14 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1427 Engine Cylinder 15 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1428 Engine Cylinder 16 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1429 Engine Cylinder 17 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1430 Engine Cylinder 18 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1431 Engine Cylinder 19 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1432 Engine Cylinder 20 Ignition Timing The ignition timing (SI engines) or main fuel injection timing (CI engines) of the cylinder. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1433 Engine Desired Ignition Timing 1 A programmable timing value specific to the engine’s application. Factors affecting this value include both fuel type and the nature of the load being driven. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1434 Engine Desired Ignition Timing 2 A programmable timing value specific to the engine’s application. Factors affecting this value include both fuel type and the nature of the load being driven. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1435 Engine Desired Ignition Timing 3 A programmable timing value specific to the engine’s application. Factors affecting this value include both fuel type and the nature of the load being driven. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC.
1436 Engine Actual Ignition Timing The actual ignition timing at the current engine conditions. This parameter may or may not be equal to one of the desired timing parameters (see SPNs 1433-1435), depending on the status of the engine. Positive values indicate an increasingly advanced timing from TDC. See SPN 7355 for commanded ignition timing.
1437 Road Speed Limit Status Status (active or not active) of the system used to limit maximum vehicle velocity. 00b = Active 01b = Not Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available NOTE – While somewhat inconsistent with other J1939 status parameters, the states defining 00b = active and 01b = inactive for Road Speed Limit Status are NOT typographical errors, and should be implemented as stated.
1438 ABS/EBS Amber Warning Signal (Powered Vehicle) This parameter commands the ABS/EBS amber/yellow optical warning signal 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1439 EBS Red Warning Signal This parameter commands the EBS red optical warning signal 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1440 Engine Fuel Flow Rate 1 The rate at which the fuel is flowing through a fuel valve.
1441 Engine Fuel Flow Rate 2 The rate at which the fuel is flowing through a fuel valve.
1442 Engine Fuel Valve 1 Position The position of a gaseous fuel valve that is metering the fuel flow to the engine. 0% indicates no fuel flow through valve and 100% means maximum fuel flow through valve.
1443 Engine Fuel Valve 2 Position The position of a gaseous fuel valve that is metering the fuel flow to the engine. 0% indicates no fuel flow through valve and 100% means maximum fuel flow through valve.
1444 Engine Cylinder #1 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1445 Engine Cylinder #2 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1446 Engine Cylinder #3 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1447 Engine Cylinder #4 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1448 Engine Cylinder #5 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1449 Engine Cylinder #6 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1450 Engine Cylinder #7 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1451 Engine Cylinder #8 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1452 Engine Cylinder #9 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1453 Engine Cylinder #10 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1454 Engine Cylinder #11 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1455 Engine Cylinder #12 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1456 Engine Cylinder #13 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1457 Engine Cylinder #14 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1458 Engine Cylinder #15 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1459 Engine Cylinder #16 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1460 Engine Cylinder #17 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1461 Engine Cylinder #18 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1462 Engine Cylinder #19 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1463 Engine Cylinder #20 Combustion Time The amount of time from when the ignition of the fuel is initiated to when the fuel is completely ignited (i.e., the flame front has propagated across the cylinder).
1464 Engine Desired Combustion Time The desired combustion time based upon engine load and speed lookup maps.
1465 Engine Average Combustion Time The average combustion time of all cylinders of an engine.
1466 Steer Channel Mode Indicates the functional mode of steer channel of the tire pressure control system. 0000b = Maintain 0001b = Inflate 0010b = Deflate 0011b = Confirm 0100b = Inflate Wait – System will inflate when conditions allow 0101b = Deflate Wait – System will deflate when conditions allow 0110b = Pressure Check 0111b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Condition 1111b = Not available
1467 Trailer/tag Channel Mode Indicates the functional mode of trailer/tag channel of the tire pressure control system. 0000b = Maintain 0001b = Inflate 0010b = Deflate 0011b = Confirm 0100b = Inflate Wait – System will inflate when conditions allow 0101b = Deflate Wait – System will deflate when conditions allow 0110b = Pressure Check 0111b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Condition 1111b = Not available
1468 Drive Channel Mode Indicates the functional mode of trailer/tag channel of the tire pressure control system. 0000b = Maintain 0001b = Inflate 0010b = Deflate 0011b = Confirm 0100b = Inflate Wait – System will inflate when conditions allow 0101b = Deflate Wait – System will deflate when conditions allow 0110b = Pressure Check 0111b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Condition 1111b = Not available
1469 PCU Drive Solenoid Status Current state of the drive solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1470 PCU Steer Solenoid Status Current state of the steer solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1471 Tire Pressure Supply Switch Status Current state of an open/closed type switch used to determine if adequate pressure exists for system implementation.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1472 PCU Deflate Solenoid Status Current state of the deflate solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1473 PCU Control Solenoid Status Current state of the control solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1474 PCU Supply Solenoid Status Current state of the supply solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1475 PCU Trailer, Tag or Push Solenoid Status Current state of the trailer, tag, or push solenoid used to implement a tire pressure control system in its pneumatic control unit (PCU).00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1476 Engine Oil Specific Resistance Engine oil specific resistance used to describe the engine oil quality.
1477 Engine Oil Kinematic Viscosity Engine oil kinematic viscosity used to describe the engine oil quality.
1478 Engine Oil Relative Dielectricity Engine oil relative dielectricity used to describe the engine oil quality.
1479 Security Entity Type See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1480 Source Address of Controlling Device for Retarder Control The source address of the SAE J1939 device currently controlling the retarder. It is used to expand the torque mode parameter (see SPN 899) in cases where control is in response to an ECU that is not listed in Table SPN899_A. Its value may be the source address of the ECU transmitting the message (which means that no external SAE J1939 message is providing the active command) or the source address of the SAE J1939 ECU that is currently providing the active command in a TSC1 (see PGN 0) or similar message. Note that if this parameter value is the same as the source address of the device transmitting it, the control may be due to a message on a non-SAE J1939 data link such as SAE J1922 or a proprietary link.
1481 Source Address of Controlling Device for Brake Control The source address of the SAE J1939 device currently controlling the brake system. Its value may be the source address of the ECU transmitting the message (which means that no external SAE J1939 message is providing the active command) or the source address of the SAE J1939 ECU that is currently providing the active command in a TSC1 (see PGN 0) or similar message. Note that if this parameter value is the same as the source address of the device transmitting it, the control may be due to a message on a non-SAE J1939 data link such as SAE J1922 or a proprietary link.
1482 Source Address of Controlling Device for Transmission Control The source address of the SAE J1939 device currently controlling the transmission. Its value may be the source address of the ECU transmitting the message (which means that no external SAE J1939 message is providing the active command) or the source address of the SAE J1939 ECU that is currently providing the active command in a TSC1 (see PGN 0) or similar message. Note that if this parameter value is the same as the source address of the device transmitting it, the control may be due to a message on a non-SAE J1939 data link such as SAE J1922 or a proprietary link.
1483 Source Address of Controlling Device for Engine Control The source address of the SAE J1939 device currently controlling the engine. It is used to expand the torque mode parameter (see SPN 899) in cases where control is in response to an ECU that is not listed in Table SPN899_A. Its value may be the source address of the ECU transmitting the message (which means that no external SAE J1939 message is providing the active command) or the source address of the SAE J1939 ECU that is currently providing the active command in a TSC1 (see PGN 0) or similar message. Note that if this parameter value is the same as the source address of the device transmitting it, the control may be due to a message on a non-J1939 data link such as SAE J1922 or a proprietary link.
1484 Other ECUs Have Reported Diagnostic Trouble Codes Affecting Operation Indication of fault codes for other devices
1485 ECM Main Relay
1486 Concave Position Combine Concave Clearance Measurement
1487 Illumination Brightness Percent Commanded backlight brightness level for all cab displays. Note: If a separate device is used to independently control the switch backlight brightness level, see SPN 5532.
1488 Thresher Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1489 Cleaning Fan Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1490 Header Backshaft Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1491 Instrument Panel #1 Backlighting Driver First Tailings Sensor circuit
1492 Instrument Panel #2 Backlighting Driver Second Tailings Sensor circuit
1493 Tailings System Tailings Elevator Paddles (e.g., missing)
1494 Tailings Sensor #1 Drive circuit which engages the unloading auger system
1495 Tailings Sensor #2 Drive circuit which engages the unloading header system
1496 Tailings Elevator Paddles Drive circuit which engages the unloading separator system
1497 Unloading Auger Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1498 Header Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1499 Separator Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1500 Tachometer Module Switch Matrix Switch input matrix that controls monitoring functions of the tachometer module
1501 Grain Loss Module Switch Matrix Switch input matrix that controls monitoring functions of the grain loss module
1502 Automatic Header Control Switch Matrix Switch input matrix that controls monitoring functions of the automatic header module
1503 Armrest 1 Switch 1 Status of the first switch located in armrest 1. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1504 Operator Seat Switch This switch senses the presence of the operator in the seat. 00b = Operator Not In Seat 01b = Operator In Seat 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
1505 Automatic Header Sensitivity Adjustment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1506 Automatic Header Rate Adjustment Input See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1507 Discharge Beater Speed Disable Adjustment Input to adjust the discharge beater speed
1508 Hydraulic Reservoir Temperature See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1509 Thresher Separator Hydraulic Drive 1 Temperature See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1510 Chopper Vane Angle Adjustment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1511 Right side Cleaning Shoe Relative Grain Loss See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1512 Left side Cleaning Shoe Relative Grain Loss See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1513 Right side Separator Relative Grain Loss See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1514 Left side Separator Relative Grain Loss See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1515 Header Height System General fault in the system that controls the header
1516 Header Mechanical problem with the header system
1517 Header Lift Cylinder Pressure See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1518 Header Sensor Identification See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1519 Header Raise Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1520 Header Lower Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1521 Header Tilt Left Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1522 Header Tilt Right Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1523 Header Lift Cylinder Pressure Diverted Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1524 Reel Position Forward Actuator See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1525 Reel Position Aft Actuator See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1526 Reel Position Raise Actuator See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1527 Reel Position Lower Actuator See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1528 Header Drop Rate Control Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1529 Header Lift Cylinder Accumulator Shutoff Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1530 Unloading auger flow bypass valve drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1531 Reel Drive Motor Speed Increase Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1532 Reel Drive Motor Speed Decrease Valve Drive See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1533 Feederhouse Angle Circuit and sensor for measuring the feederhouse angle parameter
1534 Header Leftmost Height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1535 Header Rightmost Height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1536 Header Center Height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1537 Reel Fore-Aft Position See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1538 Reel Up-Down Position See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1539 Header Lateral Tilt Angle See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1540 Reel Speed Actuator Position See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1541 Reel Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1542 ECU Power Supply Voltage #2 (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete. SPNs 3598 should be used instead.
1543 ECU Power Supply Voltage #3 (Obsolete) This SPN is obsolete. SPNs 3599 should be used instead.
1544 Hydro Handle Matrix Switch Multi-function handle circuit
1545 SPN Data See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1546 HVAC Coolant Valve Position Sensor Circuit and sensor associated with providing the HVAC coolant valve position parameter
1547 A/C Evaporator Temperature Circuit and sensor associated with providing the HVAC coolant valve position parameter
1548 HVAC Duct Temperature Circuit and sensor associated with providing the HVAC duct temperature parameter
1549 HVAC Water Valve Drive Output circuit that drives this valve
1550 Estimated Percent Fan 2 Speed Estimated fan speed as a ratio of the fan drive (current speed) to the fully engaged fan drive (maximum fan speed). A two state fan (off/on) will use 0% and 100% respectively. A three state fan (off/intermediate/on) will use 0%, 50% and 100% respectively. A variable speed fan will use 0% to 100%. Multiple fan systems will use 0 to 100% to indicate the percent cooling capacity being provided.Note that the intermediate fan speed of a three state fan will vary with different fan drives, therefore 50% is being used to indicate that the intermediate speed is required from the fan drive.
1551 A/C Pressurizer Drive Circuit Output circuit that drives this valve
1552 Operator Input device for Cab Climate Control Circuit and sensor for measuring the HVAC temperature setpoint parameter
1553 HVAC Blower Motor Speed Adjustment Circuit and sensor for measuring the HVAC blower motor speed adjustment parameter
1554 Clean Grain Elevator Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
1555 Moisture Sensor Cell Frequency Critical parameter of moisture sensor
1556 Datalog Memory Card Removable memory pack
1557 Fan 2 Drive State This parameter is used to indicate the current state or mode of operation by the second fan drive. 0000b = Fan off 0001b = Engine system–General 0010b = Excessive engine air temperature 0011b = Excessive engine oil temperature 0100b = Excessive engine coolant temperature 0101b = Excessive transmission oil temperature 0110b = Excessive hydraulic oil temperature 0111b = Default Operation 1000b = Reverse Operation 1001b = Manual control 1010b = Transmission retarder 1011b = A/C system 1100b = Timer 1101b = Engine brake 1110b = Other 1111b = Not available Fan off 0000b —Used to indicate that the fan clutch is disengaged and the fan is inactive Engine system–General 0001b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to an engine system not otherwise defined. Excessive engine air temperature 0010b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high air temperature. Excessive engine oil temperature 0011b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high oil temperature. Excessive engine coolant temperature 0100b —Used to indicate that the fan is active due to high coolant temperature. Reverse Operation 1000b — Used to indicate that the fan is in reverse direction of operation compared to the normal direction of operation Manual control 1001b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as requested by the operator. Transmission retarder 1010b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by the transmission retarder. A/C system 1011b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by the air conditioning system. Timer 1100b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required by a timing function. Engine brake 1101b —Used to indicate that the fan is active as required to assist engine braking. Excessive transmission oil temperature – 0101b – Used to indicate fan is active due to excessive transmission oil temperature. Excessive hydraulic oil temperature – 0110b – Used to indicate fan is active due to excessive hydraulic oil temperature. Default Operation – 0111b – Used to indicate fan is active due to a error condition resulting in default operation
1558 Programming Error, Device Refused to Enter Programming Mode Device to be programmed is reporting that it cannot be programmed
1559 Programming Error, Device Timed Out While Entering the Programming Mode Tool timed out waiting for device to enter program mode
1560 Programming Error, Device Timed Out While Erasing Tool timed out waiting for device to erase
1561 Programming Error, Device Timed Out While Programming Tool timed out waiting for device to program
1562 Programming Error, Device did not Accept Program Line Device to be programmed reporting that it cannot accept program block
1563 Incompatible Monitor/Controller An incompatible device has been detected on the network
1564 CCD Data Link
1565 Armrest Status Parameter associated with the armrest module status
1566 Armrest Rotary Inputs Parameter associated with the armrest module rotary inputs
1567 Header Height Control Mode Selector Switches Parameter associated with the header height control mode selector switches
1568 Engine Torque Curve Selection This parameter will report the selected torque curve, as indicated by SPN 6796. 0 = Indicates that the engine is using a torque that is not presently selected by SPN 6796 1 = Indicates that Torque Curve 1 is selected 2 = Indicates that Torque Curve 2 is selected 3 to 13 = Indicates that Torque Curve 3 through 13 is selected 14 = Error 15 = Not supported
1569 Engine Protection Torque Derate Torque has been derated for protection of the engine
1570 Implement Disconnected A previously connected implement is no longer connected
1571 Display Conflict Multiple controllers contending for a display resource (region)
1572 Display Overload Display not able to keep up with display commands
1573 LED Display Data #1 Informs display devices how to display the current vertical position. Values which are less than 128 decimal are bit-mapped values and any combination of these values is considered a valid value. For example communicating the « High Fine LED on » value to the display would result in the High Fine LED being turned on. Communicating a value with the « High Fine LED on » bit set to « 1 » and the « On-Grade LED on » bit set to « 1 » should result in the display turning on the High Fine LED AND the On-Grade LED. Values 128 decimal and above are discrete states. Any bit-mapped combination of these states are invalid unless the results correspond to one of the states defined. For example, the result of adding the « Low Coarse » and « Low Medium » states results in the « Low Medium » state, which is valid. However, adding the « Low Medium » and the « Low Fine » states results in an value which does not have a defined state and is invalid. 00000010b = High Coarse LED on 00000100b = High Fine LED on 00001000b = On-grade LED on 00010000b = Low Fine LED on 00100000b = Low Coarse LED on 10000000b = Low Coarse 10000001b = Low Medium/Coarse 10000010b = Low Medium 10000011b = Low Medium/Fine 10000100b = Low Fine 10010000b = On Grade 10010001b = High Fine 10010010b = High Medium/Fine 10010011b = High Medium 10010100b = High Medium/Coarse 10010101b = High Coarse 10011111b = No data (i.e. no laser strikes) 11111110b = Error 11111111b = Not Available Undefined values between 10100000b and 11111101b are reserved for future use.
1574 Laser Strike Vertical Deviation The calculated distance from the laser strike position to the current land leveling system reference point.
1575 Modify Leveling System Set Point Used to control and coordinate the set point for the leveling system. Operating Range: -3200 to +3200 mm, negative values are below current position, positive values are above current position, zero is no change. Parameter specific parameter: FE01h = indicates Stop modifying the set point FE03h = indicates Raise the current set point by 5 mm FE11h = indicates Lower the current set point by 5 mm FE13h = indicates Search for laser or target FE15h = indicates go to the Park position FE17h = indicates go to the Bench position
1576 Mast Position Used to monitor the position of the sensor attached to the land leveling mast.
1577 Blade Duration and Direction Used to indicate the duration and direction that the land leveling system blade moves.
1578 Blade Control Mode Allows the user to select the type of blade control for the land leveling system. 00000000b = Manual mode 00000001b = Automatic mode 00000010b = Inactive automatic mode All other values Reserved
1579 Laser Tracer Target Deviation The calculated distance for the laser target to the current laser tracer reference point. Parameter specific parameter: FE03h indicates that the sensor can not sense the laser
1580 Laser Tracer Vertical Distance The elevation of the laser tracer sensor in a laser leveling system.
1581 Laser Tracer Horizontal Deviation The calculated percent deviation between the target distance and the center of the laser tracer.
1582 LED Display Data #2 Informs display devices how to display the current position of the laser tracer. Values which are less than 128 decimal are bit-mapped values and any combination of these values is considered a valid value. For example communicating the « Up LED on » value to the display would result in the Up LED being turned on. Communicating a value with the « Up LED on » bit set to « 1 » and thet « On-Grade ‘A’ LED on » bit set to « 1 » should result in the display turning on the Up LED AND the On-Grade « A » LED. Values 128 decimal and above are discrete states. Any bit-mapped combination of these states are invalid unless the results correspond to one of the states defined. For example, the result of adding the « Low Coarse » and « Low Medium » states results in the « Low Medium » state, which is valid. However, adding the « Low Medium » and the « Low Fine » states results in an value which does not have a defined state and is invalid. 00000001b = On-grade « A » LED on 00000010b = On-grade « B » LED on 00000100b = On-grade « C » LED on 00001000b = Up LED on 00010000b = Down LED on 00100000b = Left LED on 01000000b = Right LED on 10000000b = Low Coarse 10000001b = Low Medium/Coarse 10000010b = Low Medium 10000011b = Low Medium/Fine 10000100b = Low Fine 10010000b = On Grade 10010001b = High Fine 10010010b = High Medium/Fine 10010011b = High Medium 10010100b = High Medium/Coarse 10010101b = High Coarse 10011111b = No data (i.e. no laser strikes) 11111110b = Error 11111111b = Not Available Undefined values between 10100000b and 11111101b are reserved for future use.
1583 Laser Tracer Information Provides the status of the laser tracer to the operator. 00000001b = Laser power is on 00000010b = Laser is ready 00000100b = Valid target (1 = yes) 00001000b = Previous pass (1 = yes) 00010000b = Stringline (1 = yes) 00100000b = Curb (1 = yes) All other values Reserved
1584 Service Component Identification Identification of component needing service. See Table SPN911_A.
1585 Powered Vehicle Weight Total mass imposed by the tires of the powered vehicle on the road surface. Does not include the trailer.
1586 Speed of forward vehicle Absolute velocity of the preceding vehicle situated within 250 m in the same lane and moving in the same direction.
1587 Distance to forward vehicle Distance to the preceding vehicle situated within 250 m in the same lane and moving in the same direction.
1588 Adaptive Cruise Control Set Speed Value of the desired (chosen) velocity of the adaptive cruise control system.
1589 Adaptive cruise control set distance mode Selected distance mode for adaptive cruise control. 000b = ACC Distance mode #1 (largest distance) 001b = ACC Distance mode #2 010b = ACC Distance mode #3 011b = ACC Distance mode #4 100b = ACC Distance mode #5 (shortest distance) 101b = Conventional cruise control mode 110b = Error condition 111b = Not available/not valid
1590 Adaptive Cruise Control Mode This parameter is used to indicate the current state, or mode, of operation by the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) device. The states characterize independent system states (e.g., it is not possible to express distance control active and overtake mode simultaneously). ACC must not switch itself off while active because the driver expects it to work. So if an error occurs, the ACC must signal that to the driver so that the driver knows that he has to switch off the ACC.000b = Off (Standby, enabled, ready for activation) 001b = Speed control active 010b = Distance control active 011b = Overtake mode 100b = Hold mode 101b = Finish mode 110b = Disabled or error condition 111b = Not available/not valid 000b – Off—Used to indicate the ACC is enabled in calibration or configuration and there are no faults that would prevent the system from operating. 001b – Speed Control Active—Used to indicate that ACC is on but not currently sending control messages. In other words, there is no target ahead and regular vehicle cruise control is controlling the vehicle speed to the driver’s set speed. 010b – Distance Control Active—Used to indicate that ACC is on and actively sending control messages to maintain the appropriate following interval. 011b – Overtake Mode—Used to indicate that ACC is on but temporarily disabled because the driver is manually overriding cruise control by using either the accelerator pedal or the cruise control « accel » switch. 100b – Hold Mode—Used to indicate that the ACC has lost the previous target vehicle and is in HOLD mode. In this mode, the ACC shall limit the speed to the speed held when the target was lost. For example, if the driver activates the typical cruise buttons (Resume/Inc/Dec) the HOLD mode shall be exited and normal cruise functionality resumed. If a new target is detected, the Distance Control Active mode (010b) is again entered, unless existing conditions prohibit this. 101b – Finish Mode—Used to indicate that ACC is on with no target ahead, and ACC is currently sending control messages to return to the driver’s set speed. This occurs when the target the ACC system was tracking moves out of the way so ACC returns the vehicle to the driver’s set speed. 110b – Disabled or Error Condition—Used to indicate that ACC is in an error state and can not operate.
1591 Road curvature Estimated value of the current road curvature for use by the adaptive cruise control system. Positive values are used for left curves. Curvature is the inverse of the radius and is zero for straight roads.
1592 Front Axle, Left Wheel Speed High resolution measurement of the speed of the left wheel on the front axle.
1593 Front axle, right wheel speed High resolution measurement of the speed of the right wheel on the front axle.
1594 Rear axle, left wheel speed High resolution measurement of the speed of the left wheel on the rear axle.
1595 Rear axle, right wheel speed High resolution measurement of the speed of the right wheel on the rear axle.
1596 Security Entity Length See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1597 Data Security Parameter See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1598 Fan 2 Speed The speed of the second fan associated with engine coolant system.
1599 Seed See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1600 Engine Fuel Rate (High Resolution) Amount of fuel consumed by engine per unit of time. NOTE – See SPN 183 for alternate resolution.
1601 Local minute offset The minute component of the offset between the UTC time and date and a local time zone time and date. This is the number of minutes to add to UTC (Universal Time Coordinate) time and date to convert to the time and date in the local time zone . The Local Offset is a positive value for time zones East of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Offset is a negative value for time zones West of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Minute Offset is only applicable when the Time and Date parameters are reported as UTC time and date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1602 Local hour offset The hour component of the offset between the UTC (Universal Time Coordinate) time and date and a local time zone time and date. This is the number of hours to add to UTC, a.k.a. GMT, time and date to convert to the time and date in the local time zone. This parameter indicates the time reference of the data reported in the Time and Date SPNs 959, 960. 961, 962, 963, and 964. The Local Offset is a positive value for time zones East of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Offset is a negative value for time zones West of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Hour Offset is only applicable when the Time and Date parameters are reported as UTC time and date.Recommended Settings: Applications should not use the FFh ‘Not Available’ if using the Time and Date parameters due to some ambiguity of the time standard for the reported time and date values. The recommended settings for the Local Hour Offset settings are: If reporting the Time and Date as Local time, then Local Hour Offset must be reported as FAh. If reporting the Time and Date as UTC time and Local Hour Offset is not supported or not known, then Local Hour Offset must be reported as F9h. If reporting the Time and Date as UTC time and Local Hour Offset is known, then Local Hour Offset must be reported as a value between 66h and 94h.
1603 Adjust seconds The seconds component for setting the current time of day. This should be reported as the seconds component of the current time according to the time of day standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The time of day should be reported as the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1604 Adjust minutes The minutes component for setting the current time of day. This should be reported as the minutes component of the current time according to the time of day standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The time of day should be reported as the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1605 Adjust hours The hours component for setting the current time of day. This should be reported as the hours component of the current time according to the time of day standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The time of day should be reported as the current time at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current time at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the time of day (SPNs 959, 960, and 961) is the current UTC time or a local time zone time. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1606 Adjust month The month component for setting the current calendar date. This should be reported as the month component of the current date according to the calendar date standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The calendar date should be reported as the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the month is null. The value 1 identifies January; 2 identifies February; etc.
1607 Adjust day The day component for setting the current calendar date. This should be reported as the day component of the current date according to the calendar date standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The calendar date should be reported as the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the date is null. The values 1, 2, 3, and 4 are used to identify the first day of the month; 5, 6, 7, and 8 identify the second day of the month; etc.
1608 Adjust year The year component for setting the current calendar date. This should be reported as the year component of the current date according to the calendar date standard indicated with the Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602). The calendar date should be reported as the current date at UTC (Universal Time Coordinate), a.k.a. GMT; however, it may be reported as the current date at a local time zone. The Local Hour Offset parameter (SPN 1602) is used to indicate if the calendar date (SPNs 962, 963, and 964) is the current UTC date or a local time zone date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.NOTE – A value of 0 for the year identifies the year 1985; a value of 1 identifies 1986; etc.
1609 Adjust local minute offset The minute component for setting the offset between the UTC (Universal Time Coordinate) time and date and a the local time zone time and date. This is the number of minutes to add to UTC, a.k.a. GMT, time and date to convert to the time and date in the Local Time Zone. The Local Offset is a positive value for time zones East of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Offset is a negative value for time zones West of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line.The Local Minute Offset is only applicable when the Time and Date parameters are reported as UTC time and date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1610 Adjust local hour offset The hour component for setting the offset between the UTC (Universal Time Coordinate) time and date and a the local time zone time and date. This is the number of minutes to add to UTC, a.k.a. GMT, time and date to convert to the time and date in the Local Time Zone. The Local Offset is a positive value for time zones East of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line. The Local Offset is a negative value for time zones West of the Prime Meridian to the International Date Line.The Local Hour Offset is only applicable when the Time and Date parameters are reported as UTC time and date. Refer to SPN 1602 for details.
1611 Vehicle motion Indicates whether motion of the vehicle is detected or not. 00b = Vehicle motion not detected 01b = Vehicle motion detected 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1612 Driver 1 working state State of work of the driver. 000b = Rest – sleeping 001b = Driver available – short break 010b = Work – loading, unloading, working in an office 011b = Drive – behind wheel 100b to 101b = Reserved 110b = Error 111b = Not available
1613 Driver 2 working state State of work of the driver. 000b = Rest – sleeping 001b = Driver available – short break 010b = Work – loading, unloading, working in an office 011b = Drive – behind wheel 100b to 101b = Reserved 110b = Error 111b = Not available
1614 Vehicle Overspeed Indicates whether the vehicle is exceeding the legal speed limit set in the tachograph. 00b = No overspeed 01b = Overspeed 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1615 Driver card, driver 1 Indicates the presence of a driver card 00b = Driver card not present 01b = Driver card present 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1616 Driver card, driver 2 Indicates the presence of a driver card 00b = Driver card not present 01b = Driver card present 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1617 Driver 1 Time Related States Indicates if the driver approaches or exceeds working time limits (or other limits). 0000b = Normal/No limits reached 0001b = Limit #1 – 15 min before 4 ½ h 0010b = Limit #2 – 4 ½ h reached 0011b = Limit #3 – 15 min before 9 h 0100b = Limit #4 – 9 h reached 0101b = Limit #5 – 15 min before 16 h (not having 8h rest during the last 24h) 0110b = Limit #6 – 16 h reached 0111b to 1100b = Reserved 1101b = Other 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1618 Driver 2 Time Related States Indicates if the driver approaches or exceeds working time limits (or other limits). 0000b = Normal/No limits reached 0001b = Limit #1 – 15 min before 4 ½ h 0010b = Limit #2 – 4 ½ h reached 0011b = Limit #3 – 15 min before 9 h 0100b = Limit #4 – 9 h reached 0101b = Limit #5 – 15 min before 16 h (not having 8h rest during the last 24h) 0110b = Limit #6 – 16 h reached 0111b to 1100b = Reserved 1101b = Other 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1619 Direction indicator Indicates the direction of the vehicle. 00b = Forward 01b = Reverse 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1620 Tachograph performance Indicates the tachograph performance; including electronic or mechanical analysis, instrument analysis, speed sensor analysis, mass storage analysis, and printer analysis.00b = Normal performance 01b = Performance analysis 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1621 Handling information Indicates that handling information is present. Information could include « no printer paper », « no driver card », etc.00b = No handling information 01b = Handling information 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1622 System event Indicates that a tachograph event has occurred. This may include power supply interruption, interruption of the speed sensor, incorrect data on the driver card, driving without a driver card, illegal removal of a driver card, insertion of a driver card during driving, and time adjustment.00b = No tachograph event 01b = Tachograph event 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1623 Tachograph output shaft speed Calculated speed of the transmission output shaft.
1624 Tachograph vehicle speed Speed of the vehicle registered by the tachograph.
1625 Driver 1 identification Used to obtain the driver identity.
1626 Driver 2 identification Used to obtain the driver identity.
1627 Reserved for Certification agency ID See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1628 Reserved for Certification seed/key length See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1629 Reserved for Certification signature See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1630 Reserved for Certification public key See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1631 Reserved for Certification vehicle identification number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1632 Engine Torque Limit Feature Torque limit rating described in the current record. 000b = Reserved 001b = Highest torque rating 010b = First torque rating 011b = Previous torque rating (rating prior to the current rating) 100b = Current torque rating 101b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available
1633 Cruise Control Pause Switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the Cruise Control Pause Switch used on Remote Cruise Control applications. The Cruise Control Pause Switch signal temporarily disables the Cruise Control function.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Take No Action
1634 Calibration Verification Number See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1635 Calibration Identification See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1636 Engine Intake Manifold 1 Temperature (High Resolution) Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold of engine air supply system. The higher resolution is required for control purposes.
1637 Engine Coolant Temperature (High Resolution) Temperature of liquid found in engine cooling system. The higher resolution is required for control purposes.
1638 Hydraulic Temperature Temperature of hydraulic fluid.
1639 Fan Speed The speed of the fan associated with engine coolant system.
1640 Length/Number Requested See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1641 Pointer Type See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1642 Command See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1643 Pointer Extension See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1644 Pointer See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1645 Key/User_Level See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1646 Status (for DM 15) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1647 EDCP Extension See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1648 Error Indicator/EDC Parameter See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1649 Length/Number Allowed See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1650 Number of Occurrences of Raw Binary Data See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1651 Raw Binary Data See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1651 Raw Binary Data See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1652 Boot Load Data See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1653 Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor Enable Switch Switch signal which enables the Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor (VLSG) such that the vehicle speed may be either increased or decreased when the engine is off idle.00b = Switch disabled 01b = Switched enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1654 Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor Increment Switch Switch signal which increases the Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor (VLSG). 00b = Switch in the off state 01b = Switch in the on state – increase 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1655 Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor Decrement Switch Switch signal which decreases the Vehicle Limiting Speed Governor (VLSG). 00b = Switch in the off state 01b = Switch in the on state – decrease 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1656 Engine Automatic Start Enable Switch Switch signal which enables the idle management system to be enabled. When this system is enabled with the engine in an idle mode and safe operating conditions existing, then the engine may be started or stopped automatically.00b = Switch in the off state 01b = Switch in the on state 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1657 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Needle Lift Sensor 1 The injector needle lift sensor used to detect the initial movement of the injector component which correlates the start of fuel injection #1
1658 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Needle Lift Sensor 2 The injector needle lift sensor used to detect the initial movement of the injector component which correlates the start of fuel injection #2
1659 Engine Coolant System Thermostat 1 Electronic thermostat that will divert the coolant to the radiator at the preset temperature. See SPN 7423 for a second thermostat
1660 Engine Automatic Start Alarm An audio alarm which is activated just before the Engine Automatic Start Feature is engaged
1661 Engine Automatic Start Lamp A visible indication to the driver/operator that the Engine Automatic Start Feature is engaged
1662 Cab Interior Temperature Thermostat Thermostat for driver/operator to set the desired cab temperature. Note: See SPN 1691 and SPN 170.
1663 Engine Automatic Start Safety Interlock Circuit Multiple inputs, e.g. hood and parking brake positions and neutral transmission switch, which determins whether Engine Automatic feature may be activated or not
1664 Engine Automatic Start Failed (Engine) Conditions that prevent the engine from starting.e.g. Engine Automatic Start Safety Interlock Circuit
1665 Engine Turbocharger Oil Level Switch Switch signal which indicates the presence of oil at the turbocharger 00b = No oil present at turbocharger 01b = Oil present at turbocharger 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1666 Automatic Gear Shifting Enable Switch Indicates that automated gear shifting is enabled via a switch 00b = Automated Gear Shifting is disabled 01b = Automated Gear Shifting is enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1667 Retarder Requesting Brake Light Indicates that whether the retarder is requesting that the brake lights are illuminated. 00b = Retarder is not requesting that the brake lights are illuminated 01b = Retarder is requesting that the brake lights are illuminated 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available/Take no action
1668 J1939 Network #4 See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1669 J1939 Network #5
1670 J1939 Network #6
1671 J1939 Network #7
1672 J1939 Network #8
1673 J1939 Network #9
1674 J1939 Network #10
1675 Engine Starter Mode There are several phases in a starting action and different reasons why a start cannot take place. 0000b = start not requested 0001b = starter active but not engaged 0010b = starter active and engaged 0011b = start finished; starter not active after having been actively engaged (after 50ms mode goes to 0000b) 0100b = starter inhibited due to engine already running 0101b = starter inhibited due to engine not ready for start (preheating) 0110b = starter inhibited due to driveline engaged or other transmission inhibit 0111b = starter inhibited due to active immobilizer 1000b = starter inhibited due to starter over-temp 1001b = starter inhibited due to intake air shutoff valve being active 1010b = starter inhibited due to active emissions control system condition 1011b = starter inhibited due to ignition key cycle required 1100b = starter inhibited – reason unknown 1101b = error (legacy implementation only, use 1110b) 1110b = error 1111b = not available
1676 Auxiliary Heater Water Pump Status Parameter indicating whether the auxiliary heater water pump is running 00b = Water Pump is not running 01b = Water Pump is running 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
1677 Auxiliary Heater Mode State of the auxiliary heater 0000b = Heater not active 0001b = Off due to ADR per European Regulations for Transport of hazardous materials 0010b = Economy mode 0011b = Normal mode 0100b = Heater pump up-keep (running the equipment in order to keep it in good condition) 0101b = Heater Starting – Indicates the start-phase of the heater which can be used to control the fan and circulation air flaps. 0110b = Heater Stopping – Indicates the burn-out phase of the heater which can be used to control the fan and circulation air flaps. 0111b = Diagnose Active – Indicates any active/running diagnostic service/routine/IO-control without the normal heater burn taking place. 1000b = Heater Locked – Indicates a sticky error state after running a number of failed heater start attempts. Heater will need to be unlocked at a workshop. 1001b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1678 Cab Ventilation Indicates whether the cab is being ventilated or not. 00b = Cab not ventilated 01b = Cab is ventilated 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
1679 Engine Heating Zone Parameter indicating whether the engine zone is being heated. 00b = Engine heating zone off 01b = Engine heating zone on 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
1680 Cab Heating Zone Parameter indicating whether the cab zone is being heated. 00b = Cab heating zone off 01b = Cab heating zone on 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
1681 Battery Main Switch Hold State Parameter indicating whether the battery main switch is held due to an external request or not. The state battery main switch held indicates that the battery main switch is about to switch off.00b = Battery main switch not held 01b = Battery main switch held 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1682 Battery Main Switch Hold Request Request to hold the battery main switch. 00b = Release Battery Main Switch 01b = Hold Battery Main Switch 10b = undefined 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1683 Auxiliary Heater Mode Request Request to activate the auxiliary heater. 0000b = De-activate auxiliary heater 0001b = Off due to ADR per European Regulations for Transport of hazardous materials 0010b = Economy mode 0011b = Normal mode 0100b = Heater pump up-keep 0101b to 1000b = Reserved 1001b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Don’t care/take no action
1684 Auxiliary Heater Coolant Pump Request Indicates whether to activate the auxiliary heater coolant water pump. 00b = Deactivate water pump 01b = Activate water pump 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1685 Request Engine Zone Heating Request to activate engine zone heating. 00b = Do not heat engine zone 01b = Heat engine zone 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1686 Request Cab Zone Heating Request to activate cab zone heating. 00b = Do not heat cab engine zone 01b = Heat cab zone 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1687 Auxiliary Heater Output Coolant Temperature Temperature of the auxiliary heater output coolant (I.e. water in a water heater system.)
1688 Auxiliary Heater Input Air Temperature Temperature of the input air in an auxiliary heater system.
1689 Auxiliary Heater Output Power Percent Current auxiliary heater output power, relative to the auxiliary heater maximum output power.
1690 Auxiliary Heater Maximum Output Power The maximum output power of the auxiliary heater.
1691 Cab Interior Temperature Command Parameter used to command a certain cab interior temperature. Note: See also SPN 170. SPN 1662 is an additional diagnostic SPN associated with cab temperature.
1692 Engine Intake Manifold Desired Absolute Pressure The desired absolute intake manifold pressure (turbo boost limit) of the engine.
1693 Engine Turbocharger Wastegate Valve Position The position of the turbocharger wastegate valve (not the electronic wastegate control valve).
1694 Engine Fuel System Gas Mass Flow Rate Sensor Fueling Correction The amount of fuel the Gas Mass Flow Rate Sensor is sensing should be added or subtracted compared to the maximum amount of fuel the control system allows the sensor to add or subtract.
1695 Engine Exhaust O2 Sensor Fueling Correction The amount of fueling change required by the system based on the measured exhaust oxygen value compared to the maximum fueling change permitted by the system, expressed as percentages.
1696 Engine Exhaust O2 Sensor Closed Loop Operation Indicates whether the engine is using the exhaust oxygen sensor to control the air/fuel ratio. 00b = Engine not using the exhaust oxygen sensor (open loop) 01b = Engine using the exhaust oxygen sensor for a closed loop operation 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care/take no action See also SPN 4240 for an implementation with more states.
1697 Tire Sensor Electrical Fault Indicates the status of electrical fault on the tire sensor. 00b = Ok (No Fault) 01b = Not Defined (Fault) 10b = Error 11b = Not Supported
1698 Tire Status Indicates the status of the tire. 00b = Ok (no fault) 01b = Tire leak detected 10b = Error 11b = Not Supported
1699 Tire Sensor Enable Status Indicates whether the tire sensor is being monitored by the controller or is Enabled/Disabled. 00b = Off / Isolated / Disabled 01b = On (tire is polled) / Enabled 10b = Not Defined 11b = Not Supported
1700 Lane Departure Imminent, Left Side Indicates departure imminent on left side of lane. 00b = Not imminent 01b = Imminent 10b = Reserved 11b = Not used
1701 Lane Departure Imminent, Right Side Indicates departure imminent on right side of lane. 00b = Not imminent 01b = Imminent 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Used
1702 Lane Departure Indication Enable Status Indicates whether lane departure indication is active. 00b = Lane Departure indication disabled 01b = Lane Departure Indication enabled 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Used
1703 Lane Tracking Speaker – Right Side Lane tracking right side output diagnostic object
1704 Lane Tracking Speaker – Left Side Lane tracking left side output diagnostic object
1705 Forward View Imager System Forward Imager system condition.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1706 SPN Conversion Method See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
1707 Hydraulic Fan 2 Motor Pressure The hydraulic pressure used to drive the second fan system, sensed before the hydraulic fan motor.
1708 Fan 2 Drive Bypass Command Status Status of the Fan Drive Bypass Command for the second fan as being commanded by the ECU. The fan drive bypass diverts pump pressure away from the hydraulic motor to maintain the fan drive pressure. 0% is defined as no bypass (i.e. diverting no fan drive pressure) and 100% is defined as full bypass (i.e. diverting the maximum fan drive pressure) from the fan motor.
1709 Transmission Controller Power Relay
1710 Lane Tracking Status Left Side Indicates whether the left side is tracking lane. 00b = Not Tracking Left side 01b = Tracking Left side 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1711 Lane Tracking Status Right Side Indicates whether right side is tracking lane. 00b = Not Tracking Right side 01b = Tracking Right side 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care/take no action
1712 Engine Requested Speed Control Range Upper Limit (Extended Range) The maximum engine speed regardless of load that the engine will allow when operating in a speed control/limit mode, excluding any maximum momentary engine override speed, if supported.When the limit is higher than 2500 RPM the ‘Requested Speed Control Range Upper Limit (Engine Configuration)’ parameter (see SPN 536) will be transmitted with a value of 2500 RPM.
1713 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch This switch indicates whether hydraulic oil filter is clogged. This is not the transmission oil filter restriction switch, which is SPN 3359.00b = No restriction 01b = Restriction exists on oil filter 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
1714 Operator Seat Direction Switch Senses whether the operator seat is in the forward driving position 00b = Operator seat not facing forward 01b = Operator seat is facing forward 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
1715 Drivers Demand Retarder – Percent Torque The Drivers demand retarder – percent torque is the maximum torque selected by the driver when one or more modes are selected by the driver, such as hand lever, switch, constant torque, constant velocity, etc.
1716 Retarder Selection, non-engine The “Retarder Selection, non-engine” is the position of the driver’s selector for retarders that are not part of the engine system, expressed as percent and determined by the ratio of current position to the maximum possible position. The physical device may be a lever, rotary dial, combination of switches, or other device that the driver can use to select the type or amount of retardation needed.
1717 Actual Maximum Available Retarder – Percent Torque This is the maximum amount of torque that the retarder can immediately deliver. It is the same as the maximum torque shown in the Retarder’s Configuration message, but allows for a much faster rate of change than could be communicated by reissuing the configuration message. Application Note: The purpose for this parameter is to allow a “Master” retarder controller to more accurately allocate the vehicle’s retarder requirements among multiple retarders. Its value should be the same as the value in the Configuration message at the time that message is assembled for broadcast, but may vary between those broadcasts.
1718 Damper Stiffness Request Front Axle Demand value for the shock absorber control at the front axle.
1719 Damper Stiffness Request Rear Axle Demand value for the shock absorber control at the rear axle.
1720 Damper Stiffness Request Lift / Tag Axle Demand value for the shock absorber control at the lift or tag axle
1721 Relative Level Front Axle Left Information of the height at the left side of the front axle referred to normal level 1. For explanations of normal level 1 see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1722 Relative Level Front Axle Right Information of the height at the right side of the front axle referred to normal level 1. For explanations of normal level 1 see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1723 Relative Level Rear Axle Right Information of the height at the left side of the rear axle referred to normal level 1. For explanations of normal level 1 see parameter SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1724 Relative Level Rear Axle Left Information of the height at the left side of the rear axle referred to normal level 1. For explanations of normal level 1 see parameter SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1725 Bellow Pressure Front Axle Left Information of the pressure of the air suspension bellow at the left side of the front axle
1726 Bellow Pressure Front Axle Right Information of the pressure of the air suspension bellow at the right side of the front axle
1727 Bellow Pressure Rear Axle Left Information of the pressure of the air suspension bellow at the left side of the rear axle
1728 Bellow Pressure Rear Axle Right Information of the pressure of the air suspension bellow at the right side of the rear axle
1729 Damper Stiffness Front Axle Damper stiffness information of the shock absorber control at the front axle
1730 Damper Stiffness Rear Axle Damper stiffness information of the shock absorber control at the rear axle
1731 Damper Stiffness Lift / Tag Axle Damper stiffness information of the shock absorber control at the lift of tag axle
1732 Level Preset Front Axle Left Set value for nominal level ‘preset level’ at the left side of the front axle. This value is referred to ‘Normal level 1’. For explanations of normal level 1 see parameter SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1733 Nominal Level Rear Axle Signal which indicates the nominal (desired) height of the rear axle to be controlled by the suspension system.For further explanations see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle. 0000b = Level not specified,(i.e. the nominal level is none of the specified levels, no error condition) 0001b = « Normal Level 1,(i.e. the level prescribed for normal driving, given by design) 0010b = « Normal Level 2,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lower the vehicle in case of high speed) 0011b = « Normal Level 3,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lift the vehicle in case of offroad) 0100b = « Preset Level,(i.e. a level to be defined externally via CAN) 0101b = « Customer Level,(i.e. a level to be defined by customer via parameter setting) 0110b = « Upper Level,(i.e. the highest level to be controlled) 0111b = « Lower Level,(i.e. the lowest level to be controlled) 1000b = Level change stopped 1001b = Raising 1010b = Lowering 1011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1734 Nominal Level Front Axle Signal which indicates the nominal (desired) height of the front axle to be controlled by the suspension system.These heights are discrete levels. They are the upper level, lower level, normal level 1, normal level 2, normal level 3, customer level, and preset level. Refer to Figure SPN1734_A. · Upper Level is the highest mechanically available height of the vehicle. · Lower Level is the lowest mechanically available height of the vehicle. Normal Levels 1, 2 and 3 are heights normally used during driving. · Normal Level 1 is most often used and is given by design. · Normal Level 2 may be chosen, for example, to be lower than Normal Level 1 for the purpose of reducing fuel consumption while driving on highways. · Normal Level 3 may be chosen above Normal Level 1 for driving off road. The preset level has to be set by means of ASC 6 (PGN: 53504). States ‘Raising’ and ‘Lowering’ are only active when corresponding states are requested in SPN 1751. This provides the possibility to adjust vehicle to a level other than the predefined levels. 0000b = Level not specified,(i.e. the nominal level is none of the specified levels, no error condition) 0001b = « Normal Level 1,(i.e. the level prescribed for normal driving, given by design) 0010b = « Normal Level 2,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lower the vehicle in case of high speed) 0011b = « Normal Level 3,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lift the vehicle in case of offroad) 0100b = « Preset Level,(i.e. a level to be defined externally via CAN) 0101b = « Customer Level,(i.e. a level to be defined by customer via parameter setting) 0110b = « Upper Level,(i.e. the highest level to be controlled) 0111b = « Lower Level,(i.e. the lowest level to be controlled) 1000b = Level change stopped 1001b = Raising 1010b = Lowering 1011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1735 Level Preset Rear Axle Right Set value for nominal level ‘preset level’ at the right side of the rear axle. This value is referred to ‘Normal level 1’. For explanations of normal level 1 see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1736 Above Nominal Level Rear Axle Signal which indicates whether the actual height of the rear axle is above the nominal (desired) level of the rear axle. For explanations of nominal level see parameter SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.00b = Not above 01b = Above 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1737 Above Nominal Level Front Axle Signal which indicates whether the actual height of the front axle is above the nominal (desired) level of the front axle. For explanations of nominal level see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.00b = Not above 01b = Above 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1738 Below Nominal Level Front Axle Signal which indicates whether the actual height of the front axle is below the nominal (desired) level for the front axle. For explanations of nominal level see parameter SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.00b = Not below 01b = Below 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1739 Lifting Control Mode Front Axle Signal which indicates the actual lifting level change at the front axle 00b = Lifting not active 01b = Lifting active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1740 Lowering Control Mode Front Axle Signal which indicates the actual lowering level change at the front axle 00b = Lowering not active 01b = Lowering active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1741 Level Control Mode Signal which indicates the actual control mode of the air suspension system 0000b = Normal operation; i.e. the system performs a « pure » control of the vehicle height 0001b = Traction help (load transfer); i.e. the driven axle is loaded to a maximum value given by legislation or design 0010b = Load fixing; i.e. the driven axlen is loaded to a value defined by the driver 0011b = Pressure ratio 1; i.e. the ratio between the pressures at the driven axle and at the third axle is controlled, so that the ratio equals a fixed value 1 0100b = Pressure ratio 2; i.e. the ratio between the pressures at the driven axle and at the third axle is controlled, so that the ratio equals a fixed value 2 0101b = Optimum traction 1; i.e. the pressure at the driven axle is controlled at a fixed value 1 0110b = Optimum traction 2; i.e. the pressure at the driven axle is controlled at a fixed value 2 0111b = Traction help – load reduce; (i.e. the driven axle load is reduced to normal load condition) 1000b = Exhausting bellow function; i.e. the bellows are exhausted totally 1001b = Air suspension control prohibited ( i.e. hold current pressures in all suspension devices.) 1010b = Automatic air suspension control prohibited 1011b = Force to bumper level request is in effect 1100b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1742 Kneeling Information Signal which indicates the actual level change in case of kneeling function 0000b = Not active,(i.e. the kneeling function is not active ») 0001b = Lowering active,(i.e. the vehicle is lowered due to a kneeling request) 0010b = Kneeling level reached,(i.e. the vehicle is at the fixed kneeling level) 0011b = Lifting active,(i.e. the vehicle is lifted due to a recover request) 0100b = Kneeling aborted,(i.e. in case of manual actuation the request was dropped before the kneeling level was reached) 0101b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1743 Lift Axle 1 Position Signal which indicates the position / load condition of lift axle / tag axle 1. Numbering of lift/tag axles starts at front axle. See SPN 6843 for more detail.00b = Lift axle position down / tag axle laden 01b = Lift axle position up / tag axle unladen 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1744 Door Release Signal which indicates that the doors may be opened. [Please note: doors instead of door!] In case a kneeling request is active the ASC indicates during lowering the vehicle « doors shall not be opened » as a security information until the kneeling level is reached. Then « doors may be opened » is sent.00b = Doors may not be opened 01b = Doors may be opened 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1745 Vehicle Motion Inhibit Signal which indicates whether vehicle motion is inhibited. 00b = Vehicle may be moved 01b = Vehicle motion is inhibited 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1746 Security Device The signal which indicates the status of the security device. An example of a security device is a curbstone feeler installed beneath the doors of a bus. If the security device becomes active during kneeling the kneeling process (lowering) is stopped and the vehicle lifts back to the starting level.00b = Not active 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1747 Kneeling Control Mode Request Command signal to select the kneeling functionality 00b = Automatically actuated 01b = Manually actuated 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1748 Kneeling Request Right Side Command signal to activate the kneeling functionality on the right side of the vehicle 00b = No kneeling request 01b = Kneeling request 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1749 Kneeling Request Left Side Command signal to activate the kneeling functionality on the left side of the vehicle 00b = No kneeling request 01b = Kneeling request 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1750 Nominal Level Request Rear Axle Command signal to activate a level of the rear axle programmed and/or memorized in the ECU. For explanations of nominal level see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.0000b = No level request 0001b = Normal Level 1,(i.e. the level prescribed for normal driving, given by design) 0010b = Normal Level 2,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lower the vehicle in case of high speed) 0011b = Normal Level 3,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lift the vehicle in case of offroad) 0100b = Preset Level,(i.e. a level to be defined externally via CAN) 0101b = Customer Level,(i.e. a level to be defined by customer via parameter setting) 0110b = Upper Level,(i.e. the highest level to be controlled) 0111b = Lower Level,(i.e. the lowest level to be controlled) 1000b = Stop level change,(i.e. the level change in process shall be stopped immediately) 1001b = Raise Request (Continuously raising front axle, as long as active). 1010b = Lower Request (Continuously lowering front axle, as long as active). 1011b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Don’t care/take no action
1751 Nominal Level Request Front Axle Command signal to activate a level of the front axle programmed and/or memorized in the ECU For explanations of nominal level see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.0000b = No level request 0001b = Normal Level 1,(i.e. the level prescribed for normal driving, given by design) 0010b = Normal Level 2,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lower the vehicle in case of high speed) 0011b = Normal Level 3,(i.e. a level permitted for driving, for example to lift the vehicle in case of offroad) 0100b = Preset Level,(i.e. a level to be defined externally via CAN) 0101b = Customer Level,(i.e. a level to be defined by customer via parameter setting) 0110b = Upper Level,(i.e. the highest level to be controlled) 0111b = Lower Level,(i.e. the lowest level to be controlled) 1000b = Stop level change,(i.e. the level change in process shall be stopped immediately) 1001b = Raise Request (Continuously raising front axle, as long as active). 1010b = Lower Request (Continuously lowering front axle, as long as active). 1011b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Don’t care/take no action
1752 Lift Axle 1 Position Command Signal to command the position/load condition of lift/tag axle #1. Numbering of lift/tag axles starts at front axle.00b = Lift axle position down / tag axle laden 01b = Lift axle position up / tag axle unladen 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1753 Level Control Mode Request Command signal to activate a level control mode 0000b = Normal operation; i.e. the system performs a « pure » control of the vehicle height 0001b = Traction help (load transfer); i.e. the driven axle is loaded to a maximum value given by legislation or design 0010b = Load fixing; i.e. the driven axle is loaded to a value defined by the driver 0011b = Pressure ratio 1; i.e. the ratio between the pressures at the driven axle and at the third axle is controlled, so that the ratio equals a fixed value 1 0100b = Pressure ratio 2; i.e. the ratio between the pressures at the driven axle and at the third axle is controlled, so that the ratio equals a fixed value 2 0101b = Optimum traction 1; i.e. the pressure at the driven axle is controlled at a fixed value 1 0110b = Optimum traction 2; i.e. the pressure at the driven axle is controlled at a fixed value 2 0111b = Traction help – load reduce; (i.e. reduce axle load of driven axle to normal load condition) 1000b = Exhaust bellows 1001b = Force to bumper level 1010b = Reverse traction help (reverse load transfer); i.e. the second driven axle is loaded to a maximum value given by legislation or design 1011b = Not defined 1100b = Not defined 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Don’t care/take no action Mode 1001b would be used to override other level change requests and force an immediate return to bumper level, e.g. in a situation where the vehicle is in danger of tilting.
1754 Below Nominal Level Rear Axle Signal which indicates whether the actual height of the rear axle is below the nominal (desired) level for the rear axle. For explanations of nominal level see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.00b = Not below 01b = Below 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1755 Lowering Control Mode Rear Axle Signal which indicates the actual lowering level change at the rear axle 00b = Lowering not active 01b = Lowering active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1756 Lifting Control Mode Rear Axle Signal which indicates the actual lifting level change at the rear axle 00b = Lifting not active 01b = Lifting active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1757 Level Preset Front Axle Right Set value for nominal level ‘preset level’ at the right side of the front axle. This value is referred to ‘Normal level 1’. For explanations of normal level 1 see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1758 Level Preset Rear Axle Left Set value for nominal level ‘preset level’ at the left side of the rear axle. This value is referred to ‘Normal level 1’. For explanations of normal level 1 see SPN 1734 – Nominal Level Front Axle.
1759 Blade Height Set Point (High Resolution) High resolution for the laser guided blade set point. The high resolution required for more accurate control and ‘accurate’ unit conversions.Negative values are below grade, positive values are above grade, zero is on grade.
1760 Gross Combination Vehicle Weight The total weight of the truck and all attached trailers.
1761 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Volume Ratio of volume of diesel exhaust fluid to the total volume of diesel exhaust fluid storage container for aftertreatment system 1 (exhaust bank 1). 0% is empty and 100% is full. See SPN 3517 and SPN 7530 for alternate measurements.Parameter Specific Indicator: A value of FBh indicates conditions are not acceptable for a valid measurement.
1762 Hydraulic Pressure Hydraulic pressure measured at the output of the hydraulic pump.
1763 Engine Hydraulic Pressure Governor Mode Indicator Mode for governor operation is hydraulic pressure control. 00b = Disabled 01b = Enabled 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
1764 Engine Hydraulic Pressure Governor Switch Switch that sets the mode of hydraulic governor 00b = Pressure Mode Inactive 01b = Pressure Mode Active 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
1765 Engine Fuel Valve 1 Commanded Position The commanded position of the first fuel valve that is metering the fuel flow to the engine.
1766 Engine Fuel Valve 2 Commanded Position The commanded position of the second fuel valve that is metering the fuel flow to the engine.
1767 Specific Heat Ratio The specific heat ratio of the fuel.
1768 Engine Low Limit Threshold for Maximum RPM from Engine Minimum allowable value for maximum continuous RPM from engine
1769 Engine High Limit Threshold for Minimum Continuous Engine RPM Maximum allowable value for minimum continuous RPM from engine
1770 Engine Low Limit Threshold for Maximum Torque from Engine Minimum allowable value for maximum continuous torque from engine
1771 Engine High Limit Threshold for Minimum Continuous Torque from Engine Maximum allowable value for minimum continuous torque from engine
1772 Engine Maximum Continuous RPM Applied limit for maximum continuous engine RPM
1773 Engine Minimum Continuous RPM Applied limit for minimum continuous engine RPM
1774 Engine Maximum Continuous Torque Applied limit for maximum continuous engine torque.
1775 Engine Minimum Continuous Torque Applied limit for minimum continuous engine torque
1776 Low Limit Threshold for Maximum RPM from Retarder Minimum allowable value for maximum continuous retarder speed
1777 High Limit Threshold for Minimum Continuous RPM from Retarder Maximum allowable value for minimum continuous retarder speed
1778 Low Limit Threshold for Maximum Torque from Retarder Minimum allowable value for maximum continuous retarder torque.
1779 High Limit Threshold for Minimum Continuous Torque from Retarder Maximum allowable value for minimum continuous retarder torque.
1780 Maximum Continuous Retarder Speed Applied limit for maximum continuous retarder RPM
1781 Minimum Continuous Retarder Speed Applied limit for minimum continuous retarder RPM
1782 Maximum Continuous Retarder Torque Applied limit for maximum continuous retarder torque.
1783 Minimum Continuous Retarder Torque Applied limit for minimum continuous retarder torque
1784 Engine Speed Limit Request – Minimum Continuous Requested minimum continuous engine speed
1785 Engine Speed Limit Request – Maximum Continuous Requested maximum continuous engine speed
1786 Engine Torque Limit Request – Minimum Continuous Requested minimum continuous engine torque (operating range: 0 to 125%)
1787 Engine Torque Limit Request – Maximum Continuous Requested maximum continuous engine torque (operating range: 0 to 125%)
1788 Minimum Continuous Retarder Speed Limit Request Requested minimum continuous retarder speed
1789 Maximum Continuous Retarder Speed Limit Request Requested maximum continuous retarder speed
1790 Minimum Continuous Retarder Torque Limit Request Requested minimum continuous retarder torque (operating range: -125 to 0%)
1791 Maximum Continuous Retarder Torque Limit Request Requested maximum continuous retarder torque (operating range: -125 to 0%)
1792 Tractor-Mounted Trailer ABS Warning Signal This parameter commands the tractor-mounted trailer ABS optical warning signal. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1793 ATC/ASR Information Signal This parameter commands the ATC/ASR driver information signal, for example a dash lamp. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1794 Engine Moment of Inertia Moment of inertia for the engine, including items driven full-time by the engine such as fuel, oil and cooling pumps. The inertia from the following items are not included: flywheel, alternator, compressor, fan, and other engine-driven accessories.
1795 Alternator Current (High Range/Resolution) This parameter indicates the amount of electrical current output from the alternator of the main vehicle. Alternator Current (SPN 115) has a lower range and resolution.
1796 ACC Distance Alert Signal Signal to indicate to the operator that the ACC system is not able to maintain the distance to the target. Example: Target stopping rapidly. This signal may be used to activate warning sounds or indicators.00b = ACC DAS Not Active 01b = ACC DAS Active 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1797 ACC System Shutoff Warning Signal to warn the driver of system deactivation due to non-driver actions. Example: Attempting to control vehicle speed below or above limits of ACC. This signal may be used to activate warning sounds or indicators.00b = ACC SSOW Not Active 01b = ACC SSOW Active 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1798 ACC Target Detected Signal to indicate to the driver that the ACC system has detected a target. 00b = No targets detected 01b = Target detected 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1799 Requested ACC Distance Mode The Requested Distance Control Mode to the ACC system from the operators interface. The ACC Set Distance Mode (SPN 1589) indicates the selected Distance Control Mode for the ACC system. This parameter is the driver requested setting for this. 000b = Requested ACC Distance Mode #1 (largest distance) 001b = Requested ACC Distance Mode #2 010b = Requested ACC Distance Mode #3 011b = Requested ACC Distance Mode #4 100b = Requested ACC Distance Mode #5 (shortest distance) 101b = not defined 110b = error condition 111b = not available
1800 SLI Battery 1 Temperature Temperature of the battery 1 used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI). The relation to physical location is determined by the equipment manufacturer.
1801 SLI Battery 2 Temperature Temperature of the second battery or second set of batteries used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI).The relation to physical location is determined by the equipment manufacturer.
1802 Engine Intake Manifold 5 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold number 5 of engine air supply system.
1803 Engine Intake Manifold 6 Temperature Temperature of pre-combustion air found in intake manifold number 6 of engine air supply system.
1804 Engine Start Enable Device 2 Devices that assist an engine in starting, e.g. intake heaters, ether, or an alternate/secondary starting aid. May be of the same type or different than Start Enable Device 1 (SPN 626). Parameter indicating whether the start enable device 2 is ON or OFF.00b = start enable OFF 01b = start enable ON 10b = reserved 11b = not available
1805 LED Display Mode Control This parameter informs the system what the selected Display mode will be. 0000b = Center On-Grade Display Mode 1 ( 5 CHANNEL ) 0001b = Offset On-Grade Display Mode 0010b = Center On-Grade Display Mode 2 ( 7 CHANNEL ) 0011b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not Available or Not Applicable
1806 LED Display Deadband Control This parameter informs the system what the selected Display deadband will be. 0000b = +/- 4.5 mm (0.015 feet, 0.18 inches) 0001b = +/- 12 mm (0.040 feet, 0.45 inches) 0010b = +/- 24 mm (0.080 feet, 0.96 inches) 0011b = +/- 5 mm (0.017 feet, 0.2 inches) 0100b = +/- 1 mm (0.003 feet, 0.04 inches) 0101b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not Available or Not applicable
1807 Steering Wheel Angle The main operator`s steering wheel angle (on the steering column, not the actual wheel angle). The vehicle being steered to the left (counterclockwise) results in a positive steering wheel angle. This is the yaw angle of the steering wheel with the z-axis along the centerline of the steering column. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Up axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Up Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the left, and positive Z directed up.
1808 Yaw Rate Indicates the rate of rotation about the vertical axis (i.e. the z-axis). A positive yaw rate signal results when the vehicle turns counter-clockwise. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Up axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Up Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the left, and positive Z directed up. See SPN 4985 for an alternate range and resolution using a Z-Down Axis System.
1809 Lateral Acceleration Indicates a lateral acceleration of the vehicle (the component of vehicle acceleration vector along the Y-axis). A positive lateral acceleration signal results when the vehicle is accelerated to the left. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Up axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Up Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the left, and positive Z directed up. See SPN 5347 for an alternate range and resolution.
1810 Longitudinal Acceleration Indicates the longitudinal acceleration of the vehicle. A positive longitudinal acceleration signal results when the vehicle speed increases, regardless of driving the vehicle forward or backward. This parameter is applicable to vehicle speed measurement systems, such as passive wheel speed sensors, that are not capable of determining the direction of the vehicle motion. See SPN 5348 for an alternate longitudinal acceleration.
1811 Steering Wheel Turn Counter Indicates number of steering wheel turns, absolute position or relative position at ignition on. Positive values indicate left turns.
1812 Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Type Indicates whether the steering wheel angle sensor is capable of absolute measuring of the number of steering wheel turns or not (relative measuring to position at ignition on).00b = Relative measuring principle 01b = Absolute measuring principle 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Available
1813 VDC Information Signal This parameter commands the VDC information signal, for example a dash lamp. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1814 VDC Fully Operational Signal that indicates whether VDC is fully operational or whether its functionality is reduced by a permanent or temporary (e.g. low voltage) defect, by intended action (e.g. disabled by a switch or during special diagnostic procedures), not configured or not yet fully initialized (e.g. missing initialization or configuration message). VDC contains ROP and YC.00b = Not fully operational 01b = Fully operational 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1815 VDC brake light request Indicates whether VDC requests to turn the vehicle brake lights on 00b = Turn brake light not on 01b = Turn brake light on 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1816 ROP Engine Control active State Signal which indicates that the Roll Over Prevention (ROP) has commanded engine control to be active. Within the physical limits, ROP attempts to prevent rolling over of the vehicle. Active means that ROP actually tries to control the engine. This state signal is independent of other control commands to the engine which may have higher priority.00b = ROP engine control passive but installed 01b = ROP engine control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1817 YC Engine Control active State Signal which indicates that the Yaw Control (YC) has commanded engine control to be active. Within the physical limits, YC attempts to prevent yawing of the vehicle. Active means that YC actually tries to control the engine. This state signal is independent of other control commands to the engine which may have higher priority.00b = YC engine control passive but installed 01b = YC engine control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1818 ROP Brake Control active State signal which indicates that Roll over Prevention (ROP) has activated brake control. Active means that ROP actually controls wheel brake pressure at one or more wheels of the vehicle or vehicle combination. Within the physical limits, ROP attempts to prevent rolling over of the vehicle.00b = ROP brake control passive but installed 01b = ROP brake control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1819 YC Brake Control active State signal which indicates that Yaw Control (YC) has activated brake control. Active means that YC actually controls wheel brake pressure at one or more wheels of the vehicle or vehicle combination. Within the physical limits, YC attempts to prevent yawing of the vehicle.00b = YC brake control passive but installed 01b = YC brake control active 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/Take no action
1820 Ramp / Wheel Chair Lift Position Signal which indicates the actual position of the ramp / wheel chair lift. 00b = Inside bus 01b = Outside bus 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1821 Position of doors Signal which indicates the actual position of the doors. 0000b = At least 1 door is open 0001b = Closing last door 0010b = All doors closed 0011b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1822 Lift Axle 2 Position Signal which indicates the position / load condition of lift axle / tag axle #2. Numbering of lift/tag axles starts at front axle. See SPN 6844 for more detail.00b = Lift axle position down / tag axle laden 01b = Lift axle position up / tag axle unladen 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1823 Rear Axle in Bumper Range Signal which indicates that the vehicle height at the rear axle (SPNs 1723 and 1724) is within the bumper range.00b = Actual level out of bumper range 01b = Actual level within bumper range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1824 Front Axle in Bumper Range Signal which indicates that the vehicle height at the front axle (SPNs 1721 and 1722) is within the bumper range.00b = Actual level out of bumper range 01b = Actual level within bumper range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1825 Suspension Remote control 2 Signal which indicates that the suspension system is controlled by remote control #2. Remote control is an external unit to operate the suspension system.00b = Not active 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1826 Suspension Remote Control 1 Signal which indicates that the suspension system is controlled by remote control #1. Remote control is an external unit to operate the suspension system.00b = Not active 01b = Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1827 Suspension Control Refusal Information Signal which indicates that the air suspension control cannot perform a request due to the operating conditions. It also provides a reason for the refusal.0000b = Actual request not refused 0001b = Axle load limit reached (load transfer) 0010b = Would exceed axle load limit (tag axle) 0011b = Bogie differential not locked 0100b = Above speed limit 0101b = Below speed limit 0110b = General reject; I.e. no specified reason applies 0111b = Requested level not available 1000b to 1101b = Not defined 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
1828 Lift Axle 2 Position Command Signal to command the position / load condition of lift / tag axle #2. Numbering of lift/tag axles starts at front axle.00b = Lift axle position down / tag axle laden 01b = Lift axle position up / tag axle unladen 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1829 Kneeling Command – Rear Axle Command signal to activate the kneeling functionality at the rear axle of the vehicle. 00b = Deactivate kneeling 01b = Activate kneeling 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1830 Kneeling Command – Front Axle Command signal to activate the kneeling functionality at the front axle of the vehicle 00b = Deactivate kneeling 01b = Activate kneeling 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care/take no action
1831 Electronic Shock Absorber Control Mode – Lift/Tag Axle Signal which indicates the current mode of operation of the electronic shock absorber control at the lift/tag axle.00b = Normal operation dampers passive 01b = Normal operation dampers active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1832 Electronic Shock Absorber Control Mode – Rear Axle Signal which indicates the current mode of operation of the electronic shock absorber control at the rear axle.00b = Normal operation dampers passive 01b = Normal operation dampers active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1833 Electronic Shock Absorber Control Mode – Front Axle Signal which indicates the current mode of operation of the electronic shock absorber control at the front axle.00b = Normal operation dampers passive 01b = Normal operation dampers active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
1834 Engine Total Average Fuel Rate Average fuel rate, equal to total fuel used divided by total engine hours, over the life of the engine
1835 Engine Total Average Fuel Economy Average fuel economy, equal to total vehicle distance divided by total fuel used, over the life of the engine
1836 Trailer ABS Status State signal which indicates that ABS in the trailer is actively controlling the brakes. A message is sent to the tractor from the trailer (i.e. by PLC). The receiving device in the tractor transfers this information to the J1939 network. At the beginning of power on the message is sent by the trailer to indicate if this status information is supported. Timeout of the trailer ABS active can be done by monitoring of the Trailer warning light information.00b = Trailer ABS Status Information Available But Not Active 01b = Trailer ABS Active 10b = Reserved 11b = Trailer ABS Status Information Not Available or Parameter Not Supported
1837 Convoy Driving Lamp Select Black Out Convoy Driving Lamp Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1838 Convoy Lamp Select Black Out Convoy Lamp Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1839 Front Black Out Marker Lamp Select Front Black Out Marker Lamp Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1840 Rear Black Out Marker Select Rear Black Out Marker Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1841 Black Out Brake/Stop Lamp Select Black Out Brake/Stop Lamp Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1842 Black Out Work Lamp Select Black Out Work Lamp Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1843 Night Vision Illuminator Select Night Vision Illuminator Selection 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Supported
1844 Operators Black Out Intensity Selection Operators Selection of lamp intensity in black out mode. This parameter provides the operators selected illumination intensity as a percentage of available full scale. This parameter would be typically used as a dash or instrument cluster intensity adjustment.
1845 Transmission Torque Limit Parameter provided to the engine from the transmission as a torque limit to be invoked by the engine in the event that J1939 communication with the transmission is lost.The intention is to protect transmissions that use a continuous torque limit during torque converter mode or operation in specific lower gears, where stall or drivetrain torque may reach levels higher than the gearbox capacity. If communication is lost during torque limited operation, unrestricted engine torque output could harm the transmission. It is recommended that engines use reception of the ETC#1 message as a transmission « heartbeat ». In the event that the ETC#1 message is not received in a time period of 5 times its’ broadcast rate (5 x 10 ms = 50 ms), the engine should invoke a torque limit holding the engine to less than or equal to the value of the Transmission Torque Limit parameter. The engine may release the limit when transmission-to-engine communication is re-established. A value of FF00h to FFFFh indicates that no transmission torque limit is desired. It is expected that the engine will record this torque value in non-volatile memory and will include this in the engine configuration PGN as parameter Engine Default Torque Limit (SPN 1846) If the engine observes change in this parameter value on power-up, the engine should record the new value. SPN 7827 provides an idle torque limit for the transmission in case of communications failure.
1846 Engine Default Torque Limit Companion parameter to Transmission Torque Limit (SPN 1845). This « echo » parameter provides confirmation to the transmission that the engine has received and will invoke the requested Transmission Torque Limit in the event that J1939 communication is lost between the two devices.If the engine supports this protection logic, the Engine Default Torque Limit parameter should be set equal to the Transmission Torque Limit parameter as received in the Transmission Configuration 2 message (PGN 65099). Otherwise, an Engine Default Torque Limit value of FF00h to FFFFh indicates that no engine default torque limit has been received or set. The intention is to protect transmissions that use a continuous torque limit during torque converter mode or operation in specific lower gears, where stall or drivetrain torque may reach levels higher than the gearbox capacity. If communication is lost during torque limited operation, unrestricted engine torque output could harm the transmission. It is recommended that engines use reception of the ETC#1 message as a transmission « heartbeat ». In the event that the ETC#1 message is not received in a time period of 5 times its’ broadcast rate (5 x 10 ms = 50 ms), the engine should invoke a torque limit holding the engine to less than or equal to the value of the Transmission Torque Limit parameter. The engine may release the limit when engine-to-transmission communication is re-established.
1847 Hill Holder Lamp Command Command signal directly controlling Hill Holder Lamp. 00b = Lamp Off 01b = Lamp On 10b = Lamp Flash (1 Hz) 11b = Not available
1848 Hill Holder Lamp Data This message will be transmitted by the controller that is illuminating the lamps. 00b = Lamp deactivated (Off) 01b = Lamp activated (On) 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
1849 Transmission Requested Range Display Flash State State signal indicating a transmission request for the display of the Transmission Requested Range parameter (SPN 162) to flash or not to flash. The ‘Transmission Requested Range Display Flash State’ indicator can be utilized by (but not limited to) the shift console, instrument cluster, or cab display. Definition of the cause of this state is at the discretion of the transmission manufacturer. The flash period shall be 700 ms @ 50% duty cycle.Transmission manufacturers may want to flash the Transmission Requested Range display depending on certain events. It could be because a gear could not be attained, or because fluid is low, etc. Indicator should be on for 350 ms and off for 350 ms. Transmissions supporting both this parameter and the Transmission Requested Range Display Blank State should treat the active states of these parameters as mutually exclusive; both parameters should not indicate « active » at the same time. 00b = Inactive; Transmission Requested Range display should not be flashing 01b = Active; Transmission Requested Range display should be flashing 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1850 Transmission Requested Range Display Blank State State signal indicating a transmission request for the display of the Transmission Requested Range parameter (SPN162) to be blanked or not blanked. The ‘Transmission Requested Range Display Blank State’ indicator can be utilized by (but not limited to) the shift console, instrument cluster, or cab display. Definition of the cause of this state is at the discretion of the transmission manufacturerTransmission manufacturers may want to blank the Transmission Requested Range display depending on certain events. Typically it is an indication of a shift selector problem. Transmissions supporting both this parameter and the Transmission Requested Range Display Flash State should treat the active states of these parameters as mutually exclusive; both parameters should not indicate « active » at the same time. 00b = Inactive; Transmission Requested Range display should not be blanked 01b = Active; Transmission Requested Range display should be blanked 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1851 Transmission Shift Inhibit Indicator State signal indicating a transmission request for the Shift Inhibit Indicator to be active or inactive. The shift inhibit indicator can be of lamp or text form, located on (but not limited to) the shift console, instrument cluster, or cab display. Definition of the cause of the ‘range inhibit’ state is at the discretion of the transmission manufacturer.Transmission manufacturers may want to indicate that they currently cannot make a requested shift. This could be due to inappropriate vehicle speed or other restrictions. Distinctions in meaning between the continuous and flashing are left to the transmission manufacturer. 00b = Inactive; shift is not inhibited 01b = Active (on continuously); shift is inhibited 10b = Active (flashing) 11b = Take no action
1852 Transmission Mode 1 Indicates whether transmission mode 1 is enabled. Modes are manufacturer specific and are not necessarily mutually exclusive. See also SPN 2536.00b = Disable 01b = Enable 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1853 Transmission Mode 2 Indicates whether transmission mode 2 is enabled. Modes are manufacturer specific and are not necessarily mutually exclusive. See also SPN 2537.00b = Disable 01b = Enable 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1854 Transmission Mode 3 Indicates whether transmission mode 3 is enabled. Modes are manufacturer specific and are not necessarily mutually exclusive. See also SPN 2538.00b = Disable 01b = Enable 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1855 Transmission Mode 4 Indicates whether transmission mode 4 is enabled. Modes are manufacturer specific and are not necessarily mutually exclusive. See also SPN 2539.00b = Disable 01b = Enable 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
1856 Seat Belt Switch State of switch used to determine if Seat Belt is buckled 00b = NOT Buckled 01b = OK – Seat Belt is buckled 10b = Error – Switch state cannot be determined 11b = Not Available
1857 Winch Oil Pressure Switch State of switch used to determine if Winch Oil Pressure is above desired minimum 00b = NOT OK- Oil pressure is too low 01b = OK – Oil pressure is above minimum 10b = Error – Switch state cannot be determined 11b = Not Available
1858 Intermittent Wiper Control Output driver for an intermittent windshield wiper motor
1859 Ground Based Implement Speed See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1860 Ground Based Implement Distance See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1861 Ground Based Direction See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1862 Wheel Based Speed See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1863 Wheel Based Distance See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1864 Wheel Based Direction See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1865 Key Switch NOT OFF See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1866 Maximum Time of Tractor Power See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1867 Maintain ECU Power See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1868 Maintain Acuator Power See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1869 Implement Transport State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1870 Implement Park State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1871 Implement Ready-to-Work State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1872 Front Hitch Position See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1873 Rear Hitch Position See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1874 Front Hitch Position Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1875 Rear Hitch Position Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1876 Front Hitch In-work Indication See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1877 Rear Hitch In-work Indication See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1878 Front Draft See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1879 Rear Draft See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1880 Front Nominal Lower Link Force See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1881 Rear Nominal Lower Link Force See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1882 Front PTO output shaft speed See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1883 Rear PTO output shaft speed See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1884 Front PTO Output Shaft Speed Set Point See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1885 Rear PTO Output Shaft Speed Set Point See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1886 Front PTO Output Shaft Speed Set Point Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1887 Rear PTO Output Shaft Speed Set Point Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1888 Front Power Take Off Engagement See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1889 Front Power Take Off Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1890 Rear Power Take Off Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1891 Front Power Take Off Economy Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1892 Rear Power Take Off Economy Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1893 Front Power Take Off Engagement Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1894 Rear Power Take Off Engagement Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1895 Front Power Take Off Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1896 Rear Power Take Off Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1897 Front Power Take Off Economy Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1898 Rear Power Take Off Economy Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1899 Aux Valve 0 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1900 Aux Valve 0 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1901 Aux Valve 0 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1902 Aux Valve 0 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1903 Aux Valve 0 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1904 Aux Valve 0 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1905 Aux Valve 0 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1906 Aux Valve 0 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1907 Aux Valve 0 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1908 Aux Valve 0 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1909 Aux Valve 0 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1910 Aux Valve 0 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1911 Aux Valve 1 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1912 Aux Valve 1 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1913 Aux Valve 1 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1914 Aux Valve 1 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1915 Aux Valve 1 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1916 Aux Valve 1 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1917 Aux Valve 1 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1918 Aux Valve 1 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1919 Aux Valve 1 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1920 Aux Valve 1 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1921 Aux Valve 1 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1922 Aux Valve 1 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1923 Aux Valve 2 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1924 Aux Valve 2 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1925 Aux Valve 2 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1926 Aux Valve 2 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1927 Aux Valve 2 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1928 Aux Valve 2 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1929 Aux Valve 2 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1930 Aux Valve 2 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1931 Aux Valve 2 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1932 Aux Valve 2 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1933 Aux Valve 2 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1934 Aux Valve 2 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1935 Aux Valve 3 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1936 Aux Valve 3 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1937 Aux Valve 3 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1938 Aux Valve 3 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1939 Aux Valve 3 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1940 Aux Valve 3 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1941 Aux Valve 3 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1942 Aux Valve 3 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1943 Aux Valve 3 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1944 Aux Valve 3 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1945 Aux Valve 3 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1946 Aux Valve 3 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1947 Aux Valve 4 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1948 Aux Valve 4 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1949 Aux Valve 4 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1950 Aux Valve 4 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1951 Aux Valve 4 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1952 Aux Valve 4 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1953 Aux Valve 4 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1954 Aux Valve 4 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1955 Aux Valve 4 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1956 Aux Valve 4 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1957 Aux Valve 4 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1958 Aux Valve 4 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1959 Aux Valve 5 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1960 Aux Valve 5 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1961 Aux Valve 5 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1962 Aux Valve 5 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1963 Aux Valve 5 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1964 Aux Valve 5 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1965 Aux Valve 5 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1966 Aux Valve 5 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1967 Aux Valve 5 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1968 Aux Valve 5 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1969 Aux Valve 5 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1970 Aux Valve 5 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1971 Aux Valve 6 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1972 Aux Valve 6 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1973 Aux Valve 6 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1974 Aux Valve 6 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1975 Aux Valve 6 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1976 Aux Valve 6 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1977 Aux Valve 6 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1978 Aux Valve 6 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1979 Aux Valve 6 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1980 Aux Valve 6 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1981 Aux Valve 6 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1982 Aux Valve 6 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1983 Aux Valve 7 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1984 Aux Valve 7 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1985 Aux Valve 7 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1986 Aux Valve 7 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1987 Aux Valve 7 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1988 Aux Valve 7 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1989 Aux Valve 7 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1990 Aux Valve 7 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1991 Aux Valve 7 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1992 Aux Valve 7 State command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1993 Aux Valve 7 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1994 Aux Valve 7 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1995 Aux Valve 8 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1996 Aux Valve 8 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1997 Aux Valve 8 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1998 Aux Valve 8 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
1999 Aux Valve 8 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2000 Source Address 0 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2001 Source Address 1 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2002 Source Address 2 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2003 Source Address 3 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2004 Source Address 4 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2005 Source Address 5 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2006 Source Address 6 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2007 Source Address 7 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2008 Source Address 8 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2009 Source Address 9 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2010 Source Address 10 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2011 Source Address 11 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2012 Source Address 12 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2013 Source Address 13 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2014 Source Address 14 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2015 Source Address 15 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2016 Source Address 16 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2017 Source Address 17 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2018 Source Address 18 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2019 Source Address 19 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2020 Source Address 20 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2021 Source Address 21 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2022 Source Address 22 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2023 Source Address 23 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2024 Source Address 24 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2025 Source Address 25 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2026 Source Address 26 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2027 Source Address 27 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2028 Source Address 28 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2029 Source Address 29 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2030 Source Address 30 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2031 Source Address 31 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2032 Source Address 32 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2033 Source Address 33 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2034 Source Address 34 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2035 Source Address 35 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2036 Source Address 36 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2037 Source Address 37 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2038 Source Address 38 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2039 Source Address 39 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2040 Source Address 40 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2041 Source Address 41 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2042 Source Address 42 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2043 Source Address 43 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2044 Source Address 44 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2045 Source Address 45 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2046 Source Address 46 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2047 Source Address 47 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2048 Source Address 48 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2049 Source Address 49 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2050 Source Address 50 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2051 Source Address 51 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2052 Source Address 52 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2053 Source Address 53 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2054 Source Address 54 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2055 Source Address 55 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2056 Source Address 56 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2057 Source Address 57 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2058 Source Address 58 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2059 Source Address 59 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2060 Source Address 60 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2061 Source Address 61 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2062 Source Address 62 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2063 Source Address 63 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2064 Source Address 64 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2065 Source Address 65 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2066 Source Address 66 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2067 Source Address 67 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2068 Source Address 68 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2069 Source Address 69 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2070 Source Address 70 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2071 Source Address 71 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2072 Source Address 72 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2073 Source Address 73 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2074 Source Address 74 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2075 Source Address 75 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2076 Source Address 76 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2077 Source Address 77 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2078 Source Address 78 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2079 Source Address 79 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2080 Source Address 80 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2081 Source Address 81 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2082 Source Address 82 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2083 Source Address 83 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2084 Source Address 84 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2085 Source Address 85 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2086 Source Address 86 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2087 Source Address 87 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2088 Source Address 88 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2089 Source Address 89 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2090 Source Address 90 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2091 Source Address 91 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2092 Source Address 92 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2093 Source Address 93 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2094 Source Address 94 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2095 Source Address 95 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2096 Source Address 96 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2097 Source Address 97 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2098 Source Address 98 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2099 Source Address 99 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2100 Source Address 100 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2101 Source Address 101 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2102 Source Address 102 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2103 Source Address 103 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2104 Source Address 104 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2105 Source Address 105 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2106 Source Address 106 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2107 Source Address 107 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2108 Source Address 108 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2109 Source Address 109 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2110 Source Address 110 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2111 Source Address 111 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2112 Source Address 112 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2113 Source Address 113 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2114 Source Address 114 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2115 Source Address 115 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2116 Source Address 116 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2117 Source Address 117 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2118 Source Address 118 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2119 Source Address 119 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2120 Source Address 120 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2121 Source Address 121 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2122 Source Address 122 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2123 Source Address 123 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2124 Source Address 124 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2125 Source Address 125 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2126 Source Address 126 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2127 Source Address 127 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2128 Source Address 128 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2129 Source Address 129 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2130 Source Address 130 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2131 Source Address 131 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2132 Source Address 132 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2133 Source Address 133 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2134 Source Address 134 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2135 Source Address 135 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2136 Source Address 136 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2137 Source Address 137 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2138 Source Address 138 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2139 Source Address 139 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2140 Source Address 140 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2141 Source Address 141 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2142 Source Address 142 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2143 Source Address 143 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2144 Source Address 144 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2145 Source Address 145 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2146 Source Address 146 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2147 Source Address 147 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2148 Source Address 148 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2149 Source Address 149 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2150 Source Address 150 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2151 Source Address 151 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2152 Source Address 152 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2153 Source Address 153 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2154 Source Address 154 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2155 Source Address 155 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2156 Source Address 156 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2157 Source Address 157 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2158 Source Address 158 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2159 Source Address 159 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2160 Source Address 160 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2161 Source Address 161 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2162 Source Address 162 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2163 Source Address 163 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2164 Source Address 164 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2165 Source Address 165 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2166 Source Address 166 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2167 Source Address 167 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2168 Source Address 168 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2169 Source Address 169 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2170 Source Address 170 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2171 Source Address 171 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2172 Source Address 172 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2173 Source Address 173 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2174 Source Address 174 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2175 Source Address 175 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2176 Source Address 176 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2177 Source Address 177 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2178 Source Address 178 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2179 Source Address 179 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2180 Source Address 180 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2181 Source Address 181 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2182 Source Address 182 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2183 Source Address 183 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2184 Source Address 184 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2185 Source Address 185 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2186 Source Address 186 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2187 Source Address 187 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2188 Source Address 188 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2189 Source Address 189 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2190 Source Address 190 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2191 Source Address 191 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2192 Source Address 192 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2193 Source Address 193 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2194 Source Address 194 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2195 Source Address 195 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2196 Source Address 196 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2197 Source Address 197 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2198 Source Address 198 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2199 Source Address 199 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2200 Source Address 200 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2201 Source Address 201 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2202 Source Address 202 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2203 Source Address 203 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2204 Source Address 204 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2205 Source Address 205 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2206 Source Address 206 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2207 Source Address 207 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2208 Source Address 208 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2209 Source Address 209 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2210 Source Address 210 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2211 Source Address 211 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2212 Source Address 212 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2213 Source Address 213 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2214 Source Address 214 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2215 Source Address 215 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2216 Source Address 216 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2217 Source Address 217 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2218 Source Address 218 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2219 Source Address 219 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2220 Source Address 220 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2221 Source Address 221 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2222 Source Address 222 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2223 Source Address 223 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2224 Source Address 224 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2225 Source Address 225 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2226 Source Address 226 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2227 Source Address 227 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2228 Source Address 228 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2229 Source Address 229 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2230 Source Address 230 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2231 Source Address 231 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2232 Source Address 232 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2233 Source Address 233 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2234 Source Address 234 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2235 Source Address 235 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2236 Source Address 236 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2237 Source Address 237 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2238 Source Address 238 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2239 Source Address 239 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2240 Source Address 240 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2241 Source Address 241 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2242 Source Address 242 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2243 Source Address 243 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2244 Source Address 244 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2245 Source Address 245 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2246 Source Address 246 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2247 Source Address 247 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2248 Source Address 248 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2249 Source Address 249 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2250 Source Address 250 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2251 Source Address 251 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2252 Source Address 252 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2253 Source Address 253 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2254 Source Address 254 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2255 Source Address 255 See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2256 Aux Valve 8 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2257 Aux Valve 8 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2258 Aux Valve 8 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2259 Aux Valve 8 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2260 Aux Valve 8 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2261 Aux Valve 8 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2262 Aux Valve 8 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2263 Aux Valve 9 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2264 Aux Valve 9 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2265 Aux Valve 9 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2266 Aux Valve 9 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2267 Aux Valve 9 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2268 Aux Valve 9 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2269 Aux Valve 9 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2270 Aux Valve 9 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2271 Aux Valve 9 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2272 Aux Valve 9 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2273 Aux Valve 9 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2274 Aux Valve 9 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2275 Aux Valve 10 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2276 Aux Valve 10 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2277 Aux Valve 10 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2278 Aux Valve 10 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2279 Aux Valve 10 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2280 Aux Valve 10 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2281 Aux Valve 10 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2282 Aux Valve 10 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2283 Aux Valve 10 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2284 Aux Valve 10 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2285 Aux Valve 10 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2286 Aux Valve 10 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2287 Aux Valve 11 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2288 Aux Valve 11 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2289 Aux Valve 11 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2290 Aux Valve 11 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2291 Aux Valve 11 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2292 Aux Valve 11 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2293 Aux Valve 11 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2294 Aux Valve 11 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2295 Aux Valve 11 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2296 Aux Valve 11 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2297 Aux Valve 11 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2298 Aux Valve 11 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2299 Aux Valve 12 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2300 Aux Valve 12 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2301 Aux Valve 12 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2302 Aux Valve 12 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2303 Aux Valve 12 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2304 Aux Valve 12 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2305 Aux Valve 12 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2306 Aux Valve 12 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2307 Aux Valve 12 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2308 Aux Valve 12 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2309 Aux Valve 12 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2310 Aux Valve 12 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2311 Aux Valve 13 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2312 Aux Valve 13 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2313 Aux Valve 13 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2314 Aux Valve 13 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2315 Aux Valve 13 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2316 Aux Valve 13 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2317 Aux Valve 13 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2318 Aux Valve 13 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2319 Aux Valve 13 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2320 Aux Valve 13 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2321 Aux Valve 13 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2322 Aux Valve 13 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2323 Aux Valve 14 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2324 Aux Valve 14 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2325 Aux Valve 14 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2326 Aux Valve 14 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2327 Aux Valve 14 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2328 Aux Valve 14 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2329 Aux Valve 14 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2330 Aux Valve 14 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2331 Aux Valve 14 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2332 Aux Valve 14 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2333 Aux Valve 14 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2334 Aux Valve 14 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2335 Aux Valve 15 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2336 Aux Valve 15 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2337 Aux Valve 15 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2338 Aux Valve 15 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2339 Aux Valve 15 State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2340 Aux Valve 15 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2341 Aux Valve 15 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2342 Aux Valve 15 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2343 Aux Valve 15 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2344 Aux Valve 15 State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2345 Aux Valve 15 Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2346 Aux Valve 15 Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2347 High Beam Head Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor high beam head light lamps. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2348 High Beam Head Light Data This parameter provides measured data from the tractor high beam head light lamps. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2349 Low Beam Head Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor low beam head light lamps. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2350 Low Beam Head Light Data This parameter provides measured data from the tractor low beam head light lamps. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2351 Alternate Beam Head Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor alternate head lights (only low beam is available on alternate head lights). The alternate position lights are intended for use with loader and snow plows that tend to block the primary head lights.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2352 Alternate Beam Head Light Data This parameter provides measured data from the tractor alternate beam head light lamps. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2353 Tractor Front Low Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor front low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2354 Tractor Front Low Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor front low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2355 Tractor Front High Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor front high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2356 Tractor Front High Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor front high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2357 Tractor Underside Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor underside mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2358 Tractor Underside Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor underside mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2359 Tractor Rear Low Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor rear low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2360 Tractor Rear Low Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor rear low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2361 Tractor Rear High Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor rear high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2362 Tractor Rear High Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor rear high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2363 Tractor Side Low Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor side low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2364 Tractor Side Low Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor side low mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2365 Tractor Side High Mounted Work Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor side high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2366 Tractor Side High Mounted Work Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor side high mounted work lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2367 Left Turn Signal Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate left turn signal lights on the tractor and all connected implements 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2368 Left Turn Signal Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement left turn signal lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2369 Right Turn Signal Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate right turn signal lights on the tractor and all connected implements 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2370 Right Turn Signal Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement right turn signal lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2371 Left Stop Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor and implement left stop lights 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2372 Left Stop Light This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement left stop lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2373 Right Stop Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor and implement right stop light 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2374 Right Stop Light This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement right stop lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2375 Center Stop Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor and implement center stop light 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2376 Center Stop Light This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement center stop lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2377 Tractor Marker Light Command Command to activate or de-activate tractor and implement front position lights, rear red tail lights, side amber running lights, license plate lights and instrument and switch back lights.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2378 Tractor Marker Light This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and attached implement marker lights, including front position lights, rear tail lights, side running lights, license plate lights and instruments and switch back lights.00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2379 Implement Marker Light Command Command to activate or de-activate implement front position lights, rear red tail lights, side amber running lights, license plate lights and instrument and switch back lights.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2380 Implement Marker Light This parameter provides measured data from an attached implement marker lights, including front position lights, rear tail lights, side running lights, license plate lights and instruments and switch back lights.00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2381 Tractor Clearance Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor high mounted clearance and center ID lights 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2382 Tractor Clearance Light This parameter provides measured data from the tractor high mounted clearance and center ID lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2383 Implement Clearance Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the implement high mounted clearance and lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2384 Implement Clearance Light This parameter provides measured data from an attached implement high mounted clearance lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2385 Rotating Beacon Light Command Command to activate or de-activate slow moving vehicle indicator lights on tractor and/or implements. Activation of the slow moving vehicle lights implies that the controller should manipulate the lighting as appropriate to provide the slow moving vehicle lighting function.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2386 Rotating Beacon Light This parameter provides measured data from the beacon light on tractor or attached implements. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2387 Tractor Front Fog Lights Command Command to activate or de-activate tractor front fog lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2388 Tractor Front Fog Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor front fog lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2389 Rear Fog Light Command Command to activate or de-activate tractor or implement rear fog lights. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2390 Rear Fog Lights This parameter provides measured data from the tractor and/or implement rear fog lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2391 Back Up Light and Alarm Horn Command Command to activate or de-activate the back up lights and/ or associated alarm if required 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2392 Back Up Light and Alarm Horn This parameter provides measured data from the back up lights and/ or associated alarm. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2393 Lighting Data Request Command Command to provide a response of the light state 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2394 Implement Rear Work Light This parameter provides measured data from the implement rear work lamps. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2395 Implement OEM Option 1 Light Command Command to activate or de-activate an implement OEM option 1 light. This is provided to meet special needs on implements, such as tank inspection or filling lights.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2396 Implement OEM Option 1 Light This parameter provides measured data from the implement OEM option 1 light. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2397 Implement OEM Option 2 Light Command Command to activate or de-activate an implement OEM option 2 light. This is provided to meet special needs on implements, such as tank inspection or filling lights.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2398 Implement OEM Option 2 Light This parameter provides measured data from the implement OEM option 2 light. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2399 Implement Left Facing Work Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the left facing work lights toward the left end of the implement. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2400 Implement Left Facing Work Light This parameter provides measured data from the left facing work lights toward the left end of the implement. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2401 Implement Right Forward Work Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the forward facing work lights toward the right end of the implement. 00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2402 Implement Right Forward Work Light This parameter provides measured data from the forward facing work lights toward the right end of the implement.00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2403 Running Light Command Command to activate or de-activate the tractor or powered vehicle running lights. Usually only used for on road vehicles.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2404 Running Light This parameter provides measured data from the vehicle’s running lights. 00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2405 Implement Rear Work Light Command Command to activate or de-activate implement rear work lights. (This is also the same as Reversing Lights for truck applications.)00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2406 Implement Right Facing Work Light Command Command to activate or de-activate work lights mounted on an implement to illuminate beyond right end of the implement.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2407 Implement Right Facing Work Light This parameter provides measured data from the work lights mounted on an implement to illuminate beyond right end of the implement.00b = De-activated 01b = Activated 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2408 Rear Power Take Off Engagement See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2409 Number of Members in Working Set See document ISO 11783 for SPN details.
2409 Number of Members in Working Set See document ISO 11783 for SPN details.
2410 Language Code Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2411 Decimal Symbol Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2412 Date Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2413 Time Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2414 Distance Unit Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2415 Area Unit Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2416 Volume Unit Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2417 Mass Unit Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2418 Repetition Rate Parameter See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2418 Repetition Rate Parameter See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2419 Data Format/Error Condition (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2420 Process Data Type (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2421 Process Data Modifier (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2422 Count Number (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2423 Group Number (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2424 Element Number (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2425 Implement Type (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2426 Implement Position (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2427 Data Dictionary Row (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2428 Data Dictionary Column (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2429 Process Variable Value (Obsolete) See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2430 Engine Coolant Level – Main Radiator Indicator of coolant level in main radiator or engine. Coolant Level (SPN 111) should be used if coolant expansion tank is being monitored.
2431 Engine Oil Rail High Pressure Leakage Indicates oil leakage in the high pressure oil rail of the engine.
2432 Engine Demand – Percent Torque The requested torque output of the engine by all dynamic internal inputs, including smoke control, noise control and low and high speed governing.
2433 Engine Exhaust Manifold Bank 2 Temperature 1 Temperature of combustion byproducts measured in engine bank 2 (right bank) exhaust manifold. Single manifold engines should use exhaust temperature (SPN 173).
2434 Engine Exhaust Manifold Bank 1 Temperature 1 Temperature of combustion byproducts measured in engine bank 1 (left bank) exhaust manifold. Single manifold engines should use exhaust temperature (SPN 173).
2435 Sea Water Pump Outlet Pressure Gauge pressure of liquid found at outlet of sea water pump in sea water cooling system.
2436 Generator Average AC Frequency Average AC frequency measured at the generator output.
2437 Generator Phase A AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the generator phase A output.
2438 Generator Phase B AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the generator phase B output.
2439 Generator Phase C AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the generator phase C output.
2440 Generator Average Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Average Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the generator output.
2441 Generator Phase AB Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the generator phase AB output.
2442 Generator Phase BC Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the generator phase BC output.
2443 Generator Phase CA Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the generator phase CA output.
2444 Generator Average Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage The average Line to Neutral AC RMS voltage measured at the Generator output.
2445 Generator Phase A Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the generator phase A output.
2446 Generator Phase B Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the generator phase B output.
2447 Generator Phase C Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the generator phase C output.
2448 Generator Average AC RMS Current Average RMS current measured at the generator output.
2449 Generator Phase A AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the generator phase A output.
2450 Generator Phase B AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the generator phase B output.
2451 Generator Phase C AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the generator phase C output.
2452 Generator Total Real Power Total real power delivered by the generator.
2453 Generator Phase A Real Power The real power delivered by phase A of the generator.
2454 Generator Phase B Real Power The real power delivered by phase B of the generator.
2455 Generator Phase C Real Power The real power delivered by phase C of the generator.
2456 Generator Total Reactive Power The total reactive power delivered by the generator
2457 Generator Phase A Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase A of the generator
2458 Generator Phase B Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase B of the generator
2459 Generator Phase C Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase C of the generator
2460 Generator Total Apparent Power The total apparent power delivered by the generator.
2461 Generator Phase A Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase A of the generator.
2462 Generator Phase B Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase B of the generator.
2463 Generator Phase C Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase C of the generator.
2464 Generator Overall Power Factor The average power factor of the generator.
2465 Generator Phase A Power Factor The power factor of phase A of the generator.
2466 Generator Phase B Power Factor The power factor of phases B of the generator.
2467 Generator Phase C Power Factor The power factor of phases C of the generator.
2468 Generator Total kW Hours Export The total kilowatt-hours that have been exported by the generator.
2469 Generator Total kW Hours Import The total kilowatt-hours that have been imported by the generator.
2470 Utility Average AC Frequency Average AC frequency measured at the utility incomer.
2471 Utility Phase A AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the utility incomer phase A.
2472 Utility Phase B AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the utility incomer phase B.
2473 Utility Phase C AC Frequency AC frequency measured at the utility incomer phase C.
2474 Utility Average Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Average Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer .
2475 Utility Phase AB Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase AB.
2476 Utility Phase BC Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase BC.
2477 Utility Phase CA Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase CA.
2478 Utility Average Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage The average Line to Neutral AC RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer .
2479 Utility Phase A Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase A.
2480 Utility Phase B Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase B.
2481 Utility Phase C Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at the utility incomer phase C.
2482 Utility Average AC RMS Current Average RMS current measured at the utility incomer.
2483 Utility Phase A AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the utility incomer phase A.
2484 Utility Phase B AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the utility incomer phase B.
2485 Utility Phase C AC RMS Current RMS current measured at the utility incomer phase C.
2486 Utility Total Real Power Total real power delivered by the utility incomer.
2487 Utility Phase A Real Power The real power delivered by phase A of the utility incomer.
2488 Utility Phase B Real Power The real power delivered by phase B of the utility incomer.
2489 Utility Phase C Real Power The real power delivered by phase C of the utility incomer.
2490 Utility Total Reactive Power The total reactive power delivered by the utility incomer
2491 Utility Phase A Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase A of the utility incomer
2492 Utility Phase B Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase B of the utility incomer
2493 Utility Phase C Reactive Power The reactive power delivered by phase C of the utility incomer
2494 Utility Total Apparent Power The total apparent power delivered by the utility incomer.
2495 Utility Phase A Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase A of the utility incomer.
2496 Utility Phase B Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase B of the utility incomer.
2497 Utility Phase C Apparent Power The apparent power delivered by phase C of the utility incomer.
2498 Utility Overall Power Factor The average power factor of the utility incomer.
2499 Utility Phase A Power Factor The power factor of phase A of the utility incomer.
2500 Utility Phase B Power Factor The power factor of phases B of the utility incomer.
2501 Utility Phase C Power Factor The power factor of phases C of the utility incomer.
2502 Utility Total kW Hours Export The total kilowatt-hours that have been exported by the utility incomer.
2503 Utility Total kW Hours Import The total kilowatt-hours that have been imported by the utility incomer.
2504 Bus #1 Average AC Frequency Average AC frequency measured at bus #1.
2505 Bus #1 Phase A AC Frequency AC frequency measured at bus #1 phase A.
2506 Bus #1 Phase B AC Frequency AC frequency measured at bus #1 phase B.
2507 Bus #1 Phase C AC Frequency AC frequency measured at bus #1 phase C.
2508 Bus #1 Average Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Average Line to Line RMS voltage measured at bus #1 .
2509 Bus #1 Phase AB Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase AB.
2510 Bus #1 Phase BC Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase BC.
2511 Bus #1 Phase CA Line-Line AC RMS Voltage Line to Line RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase CA.
2512 Bus #1 Average Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage The average Line to Neutral AC RMS voltage measured at bus #1 .
2513 Bus #1 Phase A Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase A.
2514 Bus #1 Phase B Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase B.
2515 Bus #1 Phase C Line-Neutral AC RMS Voltage Line to Neutral RMS voltage measured at bus #1 phase C.
2516 Bus #1/Generator AC Phase Difference The phase difference between the Bus #1 voltage and Generator voltage.
2517 Bus #1/Utility AC Phase Difference The phase difference between the Bus #1 voltage and Utility voltage.
2518 Generator Overall Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for generator average power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2519 Generator Phase A Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for generator phase A power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2520 Generator Phase B Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for generator phase B power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2521 Generator Phase C Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for generator phase C power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2522 Utility Overall Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for utility incomer average power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2523 Utility Phase A Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for utility incomer phase A power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2524 Utility Phase B Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for utility incomer phase B power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2525 Utility Phase C Power Factor Lagging Lead/lag status for utility incomer phase C power factor. 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2526 Bus #1/Generator Phase Match Indicator of whether phase difference between Bus #1 and Generator is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC phase difference qualified using parameters such as Phase Tolerance and Dwell Time.00b = Phases do not match 01b = Phases match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2527 Bus #1/Generator Voltage Match Indicator of whether voltage difference between Bus #1 and Generator is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC voltages qualified using parameters such as Voltage Tolerance.00b = Voltages do not match 01b = Voltages match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2528 Bus #1/Generator Frequency Match Indicator of whether frequency difference between Bus #1 and Generator is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC frequencies qualified using parameters such as Frequency Tolerance, Phase Tolerance, and Dwell Time.00b = Frequencies do not match 01b = Frequencies match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2529 Bus #1/Generator In Sync Indicator of whether Bus #1 and Generator are properly synchronized for paralleling. This indicator will be based on parameters such as Voltage Match, Frequency Match, and Phase Match.00b = Not synchronized 01b = Synchronized 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2530 Bus #1/Generator Dead Bus Indicator of whether Bus #1 is considered dead for closing to the generator. This indicator will be based on parameters such as Bus #1 Voltage and dead bus threshold values.00b = Bus is not dead 01b = Bus is dead 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2531 Bus #1/Utility Phase Match Indicator of whether phase difference between Bus #1 and Utility is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC phase difference qualified using parameters such as Phase Tolerance and Dwell Time.00b = Phases do not match 01b = Phases match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2532 Bus #1/Utility Voltage Match Indicator of whether voltage difference between Bus #1 and Utility is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC voltages qualified using parameters such as Voltage Tolerance.00b = Voltages do not match 01b = Voltages match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2533 Bus #1/Utility Frequency Match Indicator of whether frequency difference between Bus #1 and Utility is adequate for paralleling. This indicator will be based on the measured AC frequencies qualified using parameters such as Frequency Tolerance, Phase Tolerance, and Dwell Time.00b = Frequencies do not match 01b = Frequencies match 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2534 Bus #1/Utility In Sync Indicator of whether Bus #1 and Utility are properly synchronized for paralleling. This indicator will be based on parameters such as Voltage Match, Frequency Match, and Phase Match.00b = Not synchronized 01b = Synchronized 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2535 Bus #1/Utility Dead Bus Indicator of whether Bus #1 is considered dead for closing to the utility. This indicator will be based on parameters such as Bus #1 Voltage and dead bus threshold values.00b = Bus is not dead 01b = Bus is dead 10b = Error 11b = Not Available or Not Installed
2536 Transmission Mode 1 Indicator This state signal is the transmission’s indication that it is operating under transmission mode 1 (SPN 1852) as commanded via the TC1 message (PGN 256). The definition of the transmission mode is left to the discretion of the transmission manufacturer. 00b = Transmission Mode 1 not active 01b = Transmission Mode 1 Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2537 Transmission Mode 2 Indicator This state signal is the transmission’s indication that it is operating under transmission mode 2 (SPN 1853) as commanded via the TC1 message (PGN 256). The definition of the transmission mode is left to the discretion of the transmission manufacturer.00b = Transmission Mode 2 not active 01b = Transmission Mode 2 Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2538 Transmission Mode 3 Indicator This state signal is the transmission’s indication that it is operating under transmission mode 3 (SPN 1854) as commanded via the TC1 message (PGN 256). The definition of the transmission mode is left to the discretion of the transmission manufacturer.00b = Transmission Mode 3 not active 01b = Transmission Mode 3 Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2539 Transmission Mode 4 Indicator This state signal is the transmission’s indication that it is operating under transmission mode 4 (SPN 1855) as commanded via the TC1 message (PGN 256). The definition of the transmission mode is left to the discretion of the transmission manufacturer.00b = Transmission Mode 4 not active 01b = Transmission Mode 4 Active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2540 Parameter Group Number (RQST) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2541 Control Byte (ACKM) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2542 Group Function Value (ACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2543 Parameter Group Number (ACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2544 Group Function Value (NACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2545 Parameter Group Number (NACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2546 Group Function Value (NACK_AD) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2547 Parameter Group Number (NACK_AD) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2548 Group Function Value (NACK_Busy) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2549 Parameter Group Number (NACK_Busy) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2550 Manufacturer Specific Information (PropA_PDU1) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2551 Manufacturer Defined Usage (PropB_PDU2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2552 Parameter Group Number of Requested Information (XFER) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2553 Length of data for the reported PGN (XFER) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2554 Controller Application Identity (CAI) See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2555 Transfer Data See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2556 Control Byte (TP.CM) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2557 Total Message Size (TP.CM_RTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2558 Total Number of Packets (TP.CM_RTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2559 Maximum Number of Packets (TP.CM_RTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2560 Parameter Group Number of the packeted message (TP.CM_RTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2561 Number of Packets that can be sent (TP.CM_CTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2562 Next Packet Number to be sent (TP.CM_CTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2563 Parameter Group Number of the packeted message (TP.CM_CTS) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2564 Total Message Size (TP.CM_EndofMsgACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2565 Total Number of Packets (TP.CM_EndofMsgACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2566 Parameter Group Number of the packeted message (TP.CM_EndofMsgACK) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2567 Total Message Size (TP.CM_BAM) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2568 Total Number of Packets (TP.CM_BAM) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2569 Parameter Group Number of the packeted message (TP.CM_BAM) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2570 Connection Abort Reason See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2571 Parameter Group Number of packeted message (TP.CM_Conn_Abort) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2572 Sequence Number (TP.DT) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2573 Packetized Data (TP.DT) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2574 Parameter Group Number (RQST2) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2575 Use Transfer Mode See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
2576 Laser Receiver Type Identifies which type of Laser Receiver transmitted the message. 0 = Reserved 1 = Linear Laser Receiver 2 = 1 Meter Survey Receiver 3 = 2 Meter Survey Receiver 4 = 2.5 Meter Survey Receiver 5 to 250 = Reserved
2577 Display Deadbands Sets Display Deadbands mode. 0000b = Narrow = +/- 4.5mm 0001b = Standard = +/- 12mm 0010b = Wide = +/- 24mm 0011b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not Available
2578 LED Pattern Control Sets LED Pattern control mode on laser leveling systems. 0000b = 5 Channel 0001b = Offset 0010b = 7 Channel 0011b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not Available
2579 SLI Battery 1 Net Current (High Range/Resolution) Net flow of electrical current into/out of the first battery or first set of batteries used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI). If more than one battery is included in the first set of batteries and the net current for each battery is desired, then SPNs 7900, 7908, 7916, & 7924 shall be used.See SPN 114 for alternate range and resolution.
2580 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Circuit 1 Gage hydraulic pressure in circuit 1 of the hydraulic brake system
2581 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Circuit 2 Gage hydraulic pressure in circuit 2 of the hydraulic brake system
2582 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Supply State Circuit 1 Signal which indicates whether the hydraulic brake pressure supply of circuit 1 is reliable; that is, able to support continued braking.00b = Supply is not reliable 01b = Supply is reliable 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
2583 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Supply State Circuit 2 Signal which indicates whether the hydraulic brake pressure supply of circuit 2 is reliable; that is, able to support continued braking.00b = Supply is not reliable 01b = Supply is reliable 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
2584 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Warning State Circuit 1 Signal which indicates whether the hydraulic brake pressure of circuit 1 is below the warning level 00b = Pressure level sufficient 01b = Pressure level below warning level 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
2585 Hydraulic Brake Pressure Warning State Circuit 2 Signal which indicates whether the hydraulic brake pressure of circuit 2 is below the warning level 00b = Pressure level sufficient 01b = Pressure level below warning level 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
2586 Tire Air Leakage Rate The pressure loss rate of a tire.
2587 Tire Pressure Threshold Detection Signal indicating the pressure level of the tire. The levels defined represent different pressure conditions of the tire:000b = Extreme over pressure – The tire pressure is at a level where the safety of the vehicle may be jeopardised. 001b = Over pressure – The tire pressure is higher than the pressure defined by the vehicle or tire manufacturer. 010b = No warning pressure – The tire pressure is within the thresholds defined by the vehicle or tire manufacturer. 011b = Under pressure – The tire pressure is lower than the pressure defined by the vehicle or tire manufacturer. 100b = Extreme under pressure – The tire pressure is at a level where the safety of the vehicle may be jeopardised. 101b = Not defined 110b = Error indicator 111b = Not available
2588 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 1 The lowest Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit. This value is the similar to SPN 74. However, SPN 74 was not specifically defined to convey the applied vehicle speed limit or what was possible to be applied. This new SPN is the lowest vehicle speed limit that is possible. Additionally, the lowest vehicle speed limit shall be applied when the J1939 network is no longer providing input regarding the Selected Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit. Exceptions to this exist when the device performing the maximum vehicle speed limiting function has methods of selecting the thresholds separately from the Selected Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit parameter.
2589 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 2 The highest of the two lowest vehicle speed limits
2590 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 3 The highest of the three lowest vehicle speed limits
2591 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 4 The highest of the four lowest vehicle speed limits
2592 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 5 The highest of the five lowest vehicle speed limits
2593 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 6 The highest of the six lowest vehicle speed limits
2594 Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit 7 The highest of the seven lowest vehicle speed limits
2595 Applied Vehicle Speed Limit The vehicle speed limit in effect. 251 (FBh) is used to indicate that a maximum vehicle speed limit is not selected. See SPN 7420 for alternate resolution.
2596 Selected Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit User selected maximum vehicle speed. If one is selected, then this SPN must equal one of the maximum vehicle speeds #1-#7 from PGN 64997 – Maximum Vehicle Speed Limit Status . If different maximum vehicle speed requests are present from different devices, the lowest requested value should be used.0 is used to indicate that a maximum vehicle speed is not selected. 1 through 7 are valid selectable speed limits. 8 through 250 are not allowed.
2597 Implement Left Forward Work Light Command Command to activate or de-activate work lights mounted on an implement to illuminate beyond left end of the implement.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t Care
2598 Implement Left Forward Work Light This parameter provides measured data from the work lights mounted on an implement to illuminate the forward left end of the implement.00b = De-activate 01b = Activate 10b = Fault Detected 11b = Not Available
2599 Fire Apparatus Pump Engagement The measured status of the pump used to provide water in fire fighting apparatus for distribution of water through water cannons or fire hoses.00b = Pump not engaged 01b = Pump engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available or not installed
2600 Payload Percentage The current payload of the equipment, reported as a percentage of the equipment’s rated payload limit.
2601 Travel Velocity Control Position The position of the travel velocity control component reported as a percentage of the control’s full displacement in each direction respectively. Positive position values indicate forward travel direction; negative position values indicate reverse, or backward, travel direction; and zero (0) percent position indicates the control device is in the neutral position. Higher percent for a particular travel direction indicates a higher desired travel speed in that direction.
2602 Hydraulic Oil Level This parameter indicates the level of the hydraulic fluid in tank as a ratio of current volume to total tank volume. This parameter is intended for reporting the hydraulic fluid level in the system tank or reservoir. This hydraulic fluid is for the entire hydraulics system of a piece of equipment.
2603 Pneumatic Supply Pressure Request Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the main reservoir. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 46.
2604 Parking and/or Trailer Air Pressure Request Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the circuit or reservoir for the parking brake and/or the trailer supply. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 1086.
2605 Service Brake Air Pressure Request, Circuit #1 Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the service brake circuit or reservoir #1. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 1087.
2606 Service Brake Air Pressure Request, Circuit #2 Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the service brake circuit or reservoir #2. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 1088.
2607 Auxiliary Equipment Supply Pressure Request Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the auxiliary circuit. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 1089.
2608 Air Suspension Supply Pressure Request Command signal to influence the pneumatic pressure in the circuit for the electronically controlled air suspension system. This parameter is the setpoint for the parameter SPN 1090.
2609 Cab A/C Refrigerant Compressor Outlet Pressure This is the gage pressure at the compressor outlet in the cab air conditioning system.
2610 Solar Intensity Percent This is the solar radiation (power density) falling on the vehicle in percent of the maximum sensor value (SPN 2611). Currently this is in the infra-red spectrum.
2611 Solar Sensor Maximum This is the maximum value which can be reported by the sensor for the solar intensity. (This is a configuration parameter)
2612 Front Wheel Drive Actuator Status Feedback on the front wheel drive actuator. 00b = Front Wheel Drive Actuator not engaged 01b = Front Wheel Drive Actuator engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
2613 Drive Axle Lube Pressure The drive axle lubricant pressure with location determined by Drive Axle Location (SPN 930).
2614 Steering Axle Lube Pressure The steering axle lubricant pressure.
2615 Engine Throttle Synchronization Mode Status The status of the Throttle Synchronization Mode. Throttle Synchronization Mode is used to indicate which throttle, if any, is currently being used for the synchronized throttle.0000b = Not Synchronized 0001b = Synchronized Center 0010b = Synchronized Port 0011b = Synchronized Starboard 0100b = Synchronized Master 0101b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Take no action
2616 Trolling Mode Status The status of the Trolling Mode. Trolling mode limits the top speed. Full range travel of the throttle level spans from low idle engine speed to maximum trolling speed.See Trolling Mode (Extended Range) – SPN 9657 for alternate range and resolution. 00b = Trolling mode is off 01b = Trolling mode is active 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
2617 Slow Vessel Mode Status The status of the Slow Vessel Mode. Slow Vessel Mode puts the engine in a lower-than-normal low idle speed during docking or other slow vessel operations.00b = Slow vessel mode is OFF. 01b = Slow vessel mode is ACTIVE. 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
2618 Suspend Signal See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
2619 Suspend Duration See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
2620 Brake Lining Display Driver/operator information device for brake lining wear
2621 Pneumatic Brake Pressure Limitation Valve Front Axle Pneumatic valve limiting the maximum brake pressure at the front axle
2622 Hillholder system System for short time substitute of parking brake by activation of service brake.
2623 Accelerator Pedal #1 Channel 2 Sensor output 2 for the accelerator pedal #1 position when using a redundant-style sensor. The ratio of actual accelerator pedal position to maximum pedal position. This is for the first occurrence of the accelerator pedal. Although it is used as an input to determine powertrain demand, it also provides anticipatory information to transmission and ASR algorithms about driver actions. This is the second sensor output when a multiple output (redundant) sensor is used for Accelerator Pedal #1 position. Sensor outputs 1 & 3 (for accelerator pedal #1 position) are SPNs 91 & 2624.
2624 Accelerator Pedal #1 Channel 3 Sensor output 3 for the accelerator pedal #1 position when using a redundant-style sensor. The ratio of actual accelerator pedal position to maximum pedal position. This is for the first occurrence of the accelerator pedal. Although it is used as an input to determine powertrain demand, it also provides anticipatory information to transmission and ASR algorithms about driver actions. This is the third sensor output when a multiple output (redundant) sensor is used for Accelerator Pedal #1 position. Sensor outputs 1 & 2 (for accelerator pedal #1 position) are SPNs 91 & 2623.
2625 Accelerator Pedal #2 Channel 2 Sensor output 2 for the accelerator pedal #2 position when using a redundant-style sensor. The ratio of actual accelerator pedal position to maximum pedal position. This is for the second occurrence of the accelerator pedal. Although it is used as an input to determine powertrain demand, it also provides anticipatory information to transmission and ASR algorithms about driver actions. This is the second sensor output when a multiple output (redundant) sensor is used for Accelerator Pedal # 2 position. Sensor outputs 1 & 3 (for accelerator pedal #2 position) are SPNs 29 & 2626.
2626 Accelerator Pedal #2 Channel 3 Sensor output 3 for the accelerator pedal #2 position when using a redundant-style sensor. The ratio of actual accelerator pedal position to maximum pedal position. This is for the second occurrence of the accelerator pedal. Although it is used as an input to determine powertrain demand, it also provides anticipatory information to transmission and ASR algorithms about driver actions. This is the third sensor output when a multiple output (redundant) sensor is used for Accelerator Pedal # 2 position. Sensor outputs 1 & 2 (for accelerator pedal #2 position) are SPNs 29 & 2625.
2627 Gaseous Fuel Tank 1 High Pressure Shutoff Valve The gaseous fuel shutoff valve located at the tank. This valve blocks the flow of fuel away from tank 1.
2628 Gaseous Fuel Tank 1 Low Pressure Shutoff Valve The gaseous fuel shutoff valve located after the pressure regulator. This valve blocks the flow of the pressure regulated fuel.
2629 Engine Turbocharger 1 Compressor Outlet Temperature Temperature of the air or air/fuel mixture exiting the turbocharger 1 compressor outlet
2630 Engine Charge Air Cooler 1 Outlet Temperature Temperature of combustion air after it exits from the Charge Air Cooler 1 but before any mixing of recirculated exhaust gas.
2631 Engine Charge Air Cooler Outlet Pressure Measures pressure of air at outlet from charge air cooler
2632 Engine Charge Air Cooler 1 Bypass Controls whether combustion air passes through the charge air cooler
2633 Engine Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) 1 Nozzle Position Measures the position of the nozzles or vanes in variable geometry turbocharger #1 (Note: Preferred SPN is 2795)
2634 Power Relay Used to control power to other devices on the vehicle
2635 Neutral Only » Power Relay Provides power to accessories ONLY when transmission is in neutral
2636 Windshield Wiper Motor ON/OFF Activates the windshield wipers
2637 Windshield Wiper Motor Speed Selects the windshield wiper speed
2638 Differential Lock Control Valve #2 Operates the second Differential Lock
2639 Cab Door « Lock » Control Commands the door mechanism to Lock
2640 Cab Door « Unlock » Control Commands the door mechanism to Unlock
2641 Horn Activates the vehicle horn
2642 Mirror 1 Heater Mirror 1 Heater defrosts the first rear view mirror, alternatively all rear view mirrors.
2643 Battery Monitor Load #1 Activates the #1 electrical load to monitor battery condition
2644 Battery Monitor Load #2 Activates the #2 electrical load to monitor battery condition
2645 ECU « Wake Up » Control Sends a signal to cause other ECUs to begin operation
2646 Auxiliary Output #4 Dynamically configurable, no permanent name
2647 Auxiliary Output #5 Dynamically configurable, no permanent name
2648 Maintenance Lamp Indicates that vehicle maintenance is due
2649 Low Air Pressure Activates the Low Air Pressure warning
2650 Fan Override Indicator Indicates that the driver has requested manual fan operation
2651 Interior Lamps Activates the cab interior lights
2652 Switch Diagnostic Enable Provides power to diagnose dashboard switch problems
2653 Headlamp Low Beam Left #1 Activates the left headlamp low beam filament (driver #1)
2654 Headlamp Low Beam Left #2 Activates the left headlamp low beam filament (driver #2)
2655 Headlamp Low Beam Right #1 Activates the right headlamp low beam filament (driver #1)
2656 Headlamp Low Beam Right #2 Activates the right headlamp low beam filament (driver #2)
2657 Engine Auxiliary Cooling System Activates a secondary engine cooling system
2658 Engine Intake Air Precleaner Activates a pre-cleaning system for the engine intake air
2659 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Mass Flow Rate Flow rate of gas through the EGR system. Flow rate of the exhaust gas being recirculated into the combustion air.
2660 Joystick 1 X-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2661 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2662 Joystick 1 Grip X-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2663 Joystick 1 Grip Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2664 Joystick 1 Theta-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2665 Joystick 1 X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2666 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2667 Joystick 1 Grip X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2668 Joystick 1 Grip Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2669 Joystick 1 Theta-Axis Clockwise Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2670 Joystick 1 X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2671 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2672 Joystick 1 Grip X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2673 Joystick 1 Grip Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2674 Joystick 1 Theta-Axis Counter Clockwise Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2675 Joystick 1 X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2676 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2677 Joystick 1 Grip X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2678 Joystick 1 Grip Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2679 Joystick 1 Theta-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2680 Joystick 1 X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2681 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2682 Joystick 1 Grip X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2683 Joystick 1 Grip Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2684 Joystick 1 Theta-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2685 Joystick 1 Button 1 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2686 Joystick 1 Button 2 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2687 Joystick 1 Button 3 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2688 Joystick 1 Button 4 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2689 Joystick 1 Button 5 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2690 Joystick 1 Button 6 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2691 Joystick 1 Button 7 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2692 Joystick 1 Button 8 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2693 Joystick 1 Button 9 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2694 Joystick 1 Button 10 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2695 Joystick 1 Button 11 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2696 Joystick 1 Button 12 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2697 Joystick 2 X-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2698 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2699 Joystick 2 Grip X-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2700 Joystick 2 Grip Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2701 Joystick 2 Theta-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2702 Joystick 2 X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2703 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2704 Joystick 2 Grip X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2705 Joystick 2 Grip Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2706 Joystick 2 Theta-Axis Clockwise Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2707 Joystick 2 X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2708 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2709 Joystick 2 Grip X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2710 Joystick 2 Grip Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2711 Joystick 2 Theta-Axis Counter Clockwise Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2712 Joystick 2 X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2713 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2714 Joystick 2 Grip X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device. 00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2715 Joystick 2 Grip Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2716 Joystick 2 Theta-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2717 Joystick 2 X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2718 Joystick 2 Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2719 Joystick 2 Grip X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2720 Joystick 2 Grip Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2721 Joystick 2 Theta-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2722 Joystick 2 Button 1 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2723 Joystick 2 Button 2 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2724 Joystick 2 Button 3 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2725 Joystick 2 Button 4 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2726 Joystick 2 Button 5 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2727 Joystick 2 Button 6 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2728 Joystick 2 Button 7 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2729 Joystick 2 Button 8 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2730 Joystick 2 Button 9 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2731 Joystick 2 Button 10 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2732 Joystick 2 Button 11 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2733 Joystick 2 Button 12 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2734 Joystick 3 X-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2735 Joystick 3 Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2736 Joystick 3 Grip X-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2737 Joystick 3 Grip Y-Axis Position The position of the joystick grip in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2738 Joystick 3 Theta-Axis Position The position of the joystick in the relative motion of travel from the neutral position. Position value of 0 is Neutral and position value 1000 (100%) is the end of linear zone. Value of 1022 indicates an error has occurred.
2739 Joystick 3 X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2740 Joystick 3 Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2741 Joystick 3 Grip X-Axis Lever Right Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2742 Joystick 3 Grip Y-Axis Lever Forward Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2743 Joystick 3 Theta-Axis Clockwise Positive Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the positive travel side (forward, right, clockwise, up) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on Positive side of Neutral 01b = On positive side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2744 Joystick 3 X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2745 Joystick 3 Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2746 Joystick 3 Grip X-Axis Lever Left Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2747 Joystick 3 Grip Y-Axis Lever Back Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2748 Joystick 3 Theta-Axis Counter Clockwise Negative Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is on the negative travel side (back, left, counterclockwise, down) relative to the neutral position for that axis of travel.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2749 Joystick 3 X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2750 Joystick 3 Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2751 Joystick 3 Grip X-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not on negative side of Neutral 01b = On negative side of Neutral 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2752 Joystick 3 Grip Y-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2753 Joystick 3 Theta-Axis Neutral Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the neutral position for that axis of travel. The neutral position measurement must be determined from some mechanism other than the axis position measurement device.00b = Not in Neutral Position 01b = In Neutral Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2754 Joystick 3 X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2755 Joystick 3 Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2756 Joystick 3 Grip X-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2757 Joystick 3 Grip Y-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick grip position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2758 Joystick 3 Theta-Axis Detent Position Status Reports when the current joystick position is in the detent position for that axis of travel. 00b = Not in the Detent Position 01b = In the Detent Position 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2759 Joystick 3 Button 1 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2760 Joystick 3 Button 2 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2761 Joystick 3 Button 3 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2762 Joystick 3 Button 4 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2763 Joystick 3 Button 5 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2764 Joystick 3 Button 6 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2765 Joystick 3 Button 7 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2766 Joystick 3 Button 8 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2767 Joystick 3 Button 9 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2768 Joystick 3 Button 10 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2769 Joystick 3 Button 11 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2770 Joystick 3 Button 12 Pressed Status Reports when the joystick button has been pressed. 00b = Button not pressed 01b = Button pressed 10b = Error Indicator 11b = Not Available
2771 Engine Turbocharger Compressor Bypass Actuator 1 Control The control module used to control the compressor bypass of the turbocharger.
2772 Engine Turbocharger Compressor Blowoff Actuator 1 Control The control module used to control the compressor blowoff actuator of the turbocharger.
2773 Engine Fuel Supply Flow Rate The rate of fuel flowing through a fuel supply line carrying fuel from the fuel tank to the engine.
2774 Engine Fuel Return Flow Rate The rate of fuel flowing through a fuel return line carrying fuel from the engine back to fuel tank.
2775 Engine Fuel Supply Temperature The temperature of the fuel flowing through a fuel supply line from the fuel tank to the engine.
2776 Engine Fuel Return Temperature The temperature of the fuel flowing through a fuel return line from the engine back to the fuel tank.
2777 Number of Fuel Consumption Monitoring Transducers The number of fuel consumption monitoring transducers installed in the fuel consumption monitoring system.
2778 Engine Idle Fuel Flow Rate Threshold A configuration value that indicates the maximum flow rate for engine idle operation.
2779 SLI Battery 3 Temperature Temperature of the third battery or third set of batteries used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI).The relation to physical location is determined by the equipment manufacturer.
2780 SLI Battery 4 Temperature Temperature of the fourth battery or fourth set of batteries used for starting the engine, for lighting, and for ignition (SLI).The relation to physical location is determined by the equipment manufacturer.
2781 Engine Secondary Coolant Circuit Coolant Pressure 2 The second instance of pressure in the low temp (secondary circuit) coolant loop. This is in addition to the hight temp tank (primary engine block circuit).See SPN 2981 for the first instance of pressure in the low temp coolant loop.
2782 Engine Secondary Coolant Circuit Coolant Temperature 2 The second instance of temperature of the low temp (secondary circuit) coolant loop. This is in addition to the high temp tank (primary engine block circuit).See SPN 2982 for the first instance of temperature in the low temp coolant loop.
2783 Aftertreatment 1 Gas Oxidation Catalyst Missing Indicates that the gas oxidation catalyst is missing in exhaust bank 1. SPN will be used with FMI 31 (Condition Exists) to indicate that this device is missing in exhaust bank 1.
2784 Aftertreatment 2 Gas Oxidation Catalyst Missing Indicates that the gas oxidation catalyst is missing in exhaust bank 2. SPN will be used with FMI 31 (Condition Exists) to indicate that this device is missing in exhaust bank 2.
2785 Aftertreatment 1 Three Way Catalyst Missing Indicates that the three way catalyst is missing in exhaust bank 1. SPN will be used with FMI 31 (Condition Exists) to indicate that this device is missing in exhaust bank 1.
2786 Aftertreatment 2 Three Way Catalyst Missing Indicates that the three way catalyst is missing in exhaust bank 2. SPN will be used with FMI 31 (Condition Exists) to indicate that this device is missing in exhaust bank 2.
2789 Engine Turbocharger 1 Calculated Turbine Intake Temperature Calculated value of turbine intake temperature based on engine operating conditions, such as intake manifold temperature, charge fuel ratio, injection timing, and engine speed. Use SPN 1180 for actual measured intake temperature.
2790 Engine Turbocharger 1 Calculated Turbine Outlet Temperature Calculated value of turbocharger compressor outlet air temperature. Temperature of air exiting the turbocharger compressor and before entering charge air cooler. The estimate is based on turbo speed and measured turbocharger compressor intake temperature. Use SPN 1184 for actual measured outlet temperature.
2791 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Valve 1 Control 1 Desired percentage of maximum Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve 1 opening. 0% means valve is closed. 100% means maximum valve opening (full gas flow).
2792 Engine Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) Air Control Shutoff Valve Isolates vehicle brake air from the Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) system when engine is not running. This valve prevents vehicle air from bleeding off through the VGT Control Valve when engine is not in use. Primary vehicle air system from air tanks feed the VGT Air Control Shutoff Valve, which in turn provides air to the VGT Control Valve when the key switch is ‘ON’. The VGT Control Valve delivers air to the VGT actuator to adjust turbocharger geometry.00b = VGT Air Control Shutoff Valve is Off 01b = VGT Air Control Shutoff Valve is On 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
2793 Laser Strike Data Latency Time from laser strike to CAN message transmission. This parameter will be reported by survey receiver type devices only. Byte 3 (SPN 2576) of PGN 65141 identifies the type of Laser Receiver.
2794 Absolute Laser Strike Position Laser Strike location on the survey type laser receiver.
2795 Engine Variable Geometry Turbocharger (VGT) 1 Actuator Position Sensor that measures the position of the variable geometry turbocharger actuator. A position of 0% indicates the actuator is in the position creating the smallest geometry turbocharger. A position of 100% represents the largest geometry turbocharger.
2796 Transfer Case Selector Switch Operator switch to select the condition of the transfer case. States 000b and 001b should be used if the transfer case only functions to switch between 2-wheel and 4-wheel drive. If the transfer case includes a High / Low Range function, states 011b and 100b should be supported as well. For reporting the status of the transfer case, see SPN 3645.000b = 2 wheel high (Normal or ‘On Highway’ Range) 001b = 4 wheel high (Normal or ‘On Highway’ Range) 010b = Neutral 011b = 2 wheel low (or ‘Off Highway’ Range) 100b = 4 wheel low (or ‘Off Highway’ Range) 101b = Reserved for SAE assignment 110b = Error indicator 111b = Not available
2797 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Group 1 A first collection of fuel injector circuits that are grouped together. Some failure modes in this group can not be isolated to an individual injector.
2798 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Group 2 A second collection of fuel injector circuits that are grouped together. Some failure modes in this group can not be isolated to an individual injector.
2799 Engine Turbocharger 2 Compressor Outlet Temperature Temperature of the air or air/fuel mixture exiting the turbocharger 2 compressor outlet.
2800 Engine Turbocharger 3 Compressor Outlet Temperature Temperature of the air or air/fuel mixture exiting the turbocharger 3 compressor outlet.
2801 Engine Turbocharger 4 Compressor Outlet Temperature Temperature of the air or air/fuel mixture exiting the turbocharger 4 compressor outlet.
2802 Data Memory Usage The used storage capacity of the data buffer memory internal to an ECU, such as a data logger.
2803 Keep-Alive Battery Consumption The capacity consumed from the direct battery connection since the key was last turned off. This value is maintained and does not accumulate while the key switch is on. The value is reset to 0 when the key switch is turned to the off position.
2804 FMS-standard Diagnostics Supported Status signal which indicates if the FMS Vehicle Interface (FMS Gateway) supports the handling of diagnostic messages from the vehicle network onto the FMS network.The FMS gateway does NOT support the re-broadcast of diagnostics messages present on the vehicle network. If this ‘FMS-standard Diagnostics Supported’ feature is supported by the FMS Gateway, the FMS Gateway will support the requests for diagnostics information (from the FMS device) onto the vehicle network and pass the responses onto the FMS network. Note: This feature of the FMS Gateway is independent of the ‘FMS-standard Requests Supported’. The FMS Gateway may support diagnostics without supporting the ‘FMS-standard Requests Supported’ function, or visa-versa. 00b = Diagnostics Is Not Supported 01b = Diagnostics Is Supported 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care
2805 FMS-standard Requests Supported Status signal which indicates if the FMS Vehicle Interface (FMS Gateway) will respond to requests from the FMS device for the PGNs listed in the FMS Interface Specification.This mode is to support FMS gateway devices that only operate in a ‘Request’ mode. The FMS PGNs may also be broadcast periodically in this mode. The FMS Gateway will NOT support the requests for information not included in the FMS Interface Specification onto the vehicle network. » 00b = On request mode is not supported 01b = On request mode is supported 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care
2806 FMS-standard SW-version supported. Information that identifies which issue level of the FMS-standard document the software included in the FMS gateway supports. Four bytes, representing xx.yy type revision level identification.Information to be ASCII equivalent of the numeric revision level of the FMS document, 00.01 to 99.99. The first released version will be 01.00. Note: Byte 2 and byte 3 represents the SW version supported for trucks. Version number in the format ab.cd where Byte 2 represents « a » ASCII and Byte 3 represents « b » ASCII. Byte 4 and byte 5 represents the SW version supported for bus and coaches; version number in the format ab.cd where Byte 4 represents « c » ASCII and Byte 5 represents « d » ASCII.
2807 Engine Fuel Shutoff 2 Control Control setting for fuel shutoff 2. First instance is SPN 632. For a dual fuel shutoff system, this SPN is representative of the downstream fuel shutoff commanded position. When fuel (gas) is desired at the engine, the fuel shutoff is opened. Otherwise, it is closed.00b = Open (fuel supplied to engine) 01b = Closed (no fuel supplied to engine) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action In addition to communicating desired action of fuel shutoff 2 and its driver status, this new SPN can be used to communicate whether fuel shutoff 2 feedback position (if available) matches the commanded position, through the use of FMIs.
2808 Keypad 1 Keypad associated with controller application.
2809 Engine Air Filter 2 Differential Pressure Change in engine air system pressure, measured across the second air filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid foreign matter on or in the filter.This is for monitoring the air filter on the intake to the second turbocharger. Filter numbering follows the guidelines noted in section Naming Convention For Engine Parameters.
2810 Engine Air Filter 3 Differential Pressure Change in engine air system pressure, measured across the third air filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid foreign matter on or in the filter.This is for monitoring the air filter on the intake to the third turbocharger. Filter numbering follows the guidelines noted in section Naming Convention For Engine Parameters.
2811 Engine Air Filter 4 Differential Pressure Change in engine air system pressure, measured across the fourth air filter, due to the filter and any accumulation of solid foreign matter on or in the filter.This is for monitoring the air filter on the intake to the fourth turbocharger. Filter numbering follows the guidelines noted in section Naming Convention For Engine Parameters.
2812 Engine Overspeed Test The engine overspeed test signal as measured by the reporting ECM. Engine Overspeed Test is a mechanism to simulate engine overspeed situations, while operating the engine within the engine’s safe operating range.State signal which indicates when the overspeed test input to the ECM is being driven. 00b = Engine Overspeed Test Not Active 01b = Engine Overspeed Test Active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Available
2813 Engine Air Shutoff Command Status State signal which indicates when the Air Shutoff driver output is being driven. Disabled means controller wants air flowing to the engine. Status of the airflow shutoff as being commanded by the ECU.00b = Air Shutoff Disabled, not attempting to shutoff engine air supply 01b = Air Shutoff Enabled, attempting to shutoff engine air supply 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Available
2814 Engine Alarm Output Command Status State signal which indicates when the Alarm driver output is being driven. Not active means the Controller has no alarm level conditions.00b = Engine Alarm Output Command Not Active 01b = Engine Alarm Output Command Active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not Available
2815 Engine Alarm Acknowledge The Engine Alarm Acknowledge Input signal as measured by the reporting ECU. The Engine Alarm Acknowledge is a mechanism for external acknowledgement of the SPN 2814, Engine Alarm Output Command.00b = Engine Alarm Acknowledge Not Active 01b = Engine Alarm Acknowledge Active 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
2816 Simultaneous Upshift and Downshift Simultaneous upshift and downshift request being indicated. Both gear upshift and downshift are being indicated concurrently.
2817 Operator Using Clutch Pedal During Non-Recoverable Clutch Fault The operator is still trying to use the clutch pedal even though a fault with the clutch system was already reported.
2818 Operators Rear PTO Switch On with Operator Not Present The operators Rear PTO ON/OFF switch is on with the operator presence detection indicating the operator is NOT present.
2819 Park Interlock Error A park interlock is not as expected by a controlling system.
2820 Operator Not Present During Reverser Command The operators reverser control has changed with the operator presence detection indicating the operator is NOT present.
2821 Reverser Lever Neutral and Power Signals Conflict There is a conflict between the Neutral and Neutral Power Interlock switches within the reverser lever. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2822 Reverser Lever Neither Forward or Reverse Neither Forward or Reverse Switch indicated by Reverser Lever. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2823 Reverser Lever Simultaneous Forward and Reverse Forward and Reverse Switches are indicated concurrently by the reverser lever. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2824 Reverser Lever Motion Interlock Conflict Two Interlocking switches within the reverser lever are conflicting while the lever is moving.
2825 Reverser Lever Reverser Lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station. This may contain park and/or neutral as well as direction.
2826 Reverser Lever Multiple Switch Conflicts Multiple switches within the reverser lever are conflicting. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2827 Power Up Without Neutral Controller has powered-up to find shift lever/control not in either park or neutral.
2828 Reverser Lever In Power Zero/Direction Transition Too Long The transition time between the Neutral Power Interlock and the Direction switches on a Reverser Lever was too long. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2829 Reverser Lever in Neutral/Park Transition Too Long The transition time between Neutral and Park on a Reverser Lever was too long. The reverser lever is an operator direction control lever that is mounted separately from the shift lever/controls but still operable from the normal operators station.
2830 Reversing Ratio Rationality Fault The ratio between the operator entered speed set point values for forward and reverse is incorrect/not possible.
2831 No Carrier Speed at Start-up The speed of the first identified carrier within a transmission was not detected following engine start.
2832 Operator Not in Operating Station The Operator Presence Detection System indicates the operator is not in the correct operating station.
2833 Motion with Park Brake Engaged Unexpected motion with Park Brake engaged.
2834 No Hydrostatic Unit Speed at Start-up Rotation of the hydrostatic unit was not detected following engine start.
2835 Neutral to Gear Command Conflict During neutral to Gear movement of the shift controls,improper switch transitions were detected.
2836 Battery 1 Potential 2 (Voltage), Switched (Obsolete) Electrical potential of the second circuit powered by the primary battery (battery 1) as measured at the input of the electronic control unit supplied through a switching device.This SPN is obsolete. Use SPN 158, 168 or 444. SPN 158 is only used if you know that this is controlled by the key switch.
2837 Identity Number See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2838 Manufacturer Code See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2839 Function Instance See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2840 ECU Instance See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2841 Function See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2842 Vehicle System See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2843 Vehicle System Instance See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2844 Arbitrary Address Capable See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2845 NAME of Working Set Member See document ISO 11783 for SPN details.
2846 Industry Group See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2847 Address Assignment (new source address) See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2848 NAME of Controller Application (for address claimed) See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2849 NAME of Commanded Address Target See document J1939-81 for SPN details.
2850 Communications Antenna A failure in the antenna system of a communications unit.
2851 Communications Service Personal Identification Number The Personal Identification Number (PIN) is incorrect or has been blocked.
2852 Communications Service Subscriber Identification Module The hardware key, know as a Subscriber Identification Module (SIM), is either missing or incorrect.
2853 Communications Connection A communications unit has established connection but no data exchanged has occurred (no other knowledge of why).
2854 Communications Carrier The communications unit has suffered carrier loss.
2855 Communications Bit Error Rate The data failure rate is too high for communications to keep working at the specified error rate within the specific communications unit in use.
2856 Communications Data Upload A failure has occurred while sending data using a communications unit from the mobile machine to the fixed base.
2857 Communications Data Download A failure has occurred while sending data using a communications unit from the fixed base to the mobile machine.
2858 Machine Data Configuration 1 There is a problem involving the parameter list (along with the parameter locating information) for the data structure for configuring operations within the Controller Application being communicated with.
2859 Machine Data Configuration 2 There is a problem involving one (or more) of the PGN(s) within the parameter list for the data structure for configuring operations within the Controller Application being communicated with.
2860 Machine Data Configuration 3 There is a problem involving the first output control list for the data structure for configuring operations within the Controller Application being communicated with.
2861 Machine Data Configuration 4 There is a problem involving the second output control list for the data structure for configuring operations within the Controller Application being communicated with.
2862 Machine Data Configuration 5 There is a problem involving the third output control list for the data structure for configuring operations within the Controller Application being communicated with.
2863 Front Operator Wiper Switch State of operation selected by operator switch for the Wiper in front of the operator position. This parameter, ‘Front Operator Wiper Switch’ should be used for the control information if either of the other wiper switch parameters is ‘Not Available’ and the associated wiper still needs to be controlled.0000b = Off 0001b = Low 0010b = Medium 0011b = High 0100b = Delayed 1 (used for the first delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0101b = Delayed 2 (used for the second delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0110b = Mist (position where external sensor controls wiper rate) 0111b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2864 Front Non-operator Wiper Switch State of operation selected by operator switch for the front wiper not in front of the operator position. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Washer Switch’ should be used for the control information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the associated washer still needs to be controlled.0000b = Off 0001b = Low 0010b = Medium 0011b = High 0100b = Delayed 1 (used for the first delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0101b = Delayed 2 (used for the second delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0110b = Mist (position where external sensor controls wiper rate) 0111b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2865 Rear Wiper Switch State of operation selected by operator switch for the rear wiper. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Washer Switch’ should be used for the control information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the associated washer still needs to be controlled.0000b = Off 0001b = Low 0010b = Medium 0011b = High 0100b = Delayed 1 (used for the first delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0101b = Delayed 2 (used for the second delay choice when the wiper switch position controls the delay) 0110b = Mist (position where external sensor controls wiper rate) 0111b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2866 Front Operator Washer Switch State of operation selected by operator switch for the washer in front of the operator position. This parameter, ‘Front Operator Washer Switch’ should be used for the control information if either of the other washer switch parameters is ‘Not Available’ and the associated washer still needs to be controlled.000b = Off 001b = Low 010b = Medium 011b = High 100b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available (do not change)
2867 Front Non-operator Washer Switch State of operation selected by operator switch for the front washer not in front of the operator position. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Washer Switch’ should be used for the control information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the associated washer still needs to be controlled.000b = Off 001b = Low 010b = Medium 011b = High 100b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available (do not change)
2868 Rear Washer Function State of operation selected by operator switch for the rear washer. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Washer Switch’ should be used for the control information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the associated washer still needs to be controlled.000b = Off 001b = Low 010b = Medium 011b = High 100b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available (do not change)
2869 Front Operator Wiper Delay Control Time between cycles of the front operator side wiper (i.e. from end of cycle ‘n’ to start of cycle ‘n+1’) as selected by the operator control (switch, etc.) in percentage of position with maximum position corresponding to maximum delay selectable. This parameter, ‘Front Operator Wiper Delay Control’ should be used for the delay information if either of the other delay parameters is ‘Not Available’ and the function needs to be provided.
2870 Front Non-operator Wiper Delay Control Time between cycles of the front non-operator side wiper (i.e. from end of cycle ‘n’ to start of cycle ‘n+1’) as selected by the operator control (switch, etc.) in percentage of position with maximum position corresponding to maximum delay selectable. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Wiper Delay Control’ should be used for the delay information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the function needs to be provided.
2871 Rear Wiper Delay Control Time between cycles of the rear wiper (i.e. from end of cycle ‘n’ to start of cycle ‘n+1’) as selected by the operator control (switch, etc.) in percentage of position with maximum position corresponding to maximum delay selectable. The parameter, ‘Front Operator Wiper Delay Control’ should be used for the delay information if this parameter is ‘Not Available’ and the function needs to be provided.
2872 Main Light Switch A 4 bit parameter to indicate the selected position of the operator’s main light switch. 0000b = Off – The position by which the operator selects that none of the lamps are to be on. 0001b = Park On – The position by which the operator selects that the park lamps are to be on. 0010b = Headlight On – The position by which the operator selects that the headlamps are to be on. 0011b = Headlight and Park On – The position by which the operator selects that Both the Headlamps and the Park lamps are to be on. 0100b = Automatic Lights – The position by which the operator selects that the Headlamps and Park Lamps turn on and off due to outside ambient light conditions 0101b = Reserved 0110b = Reserved 0111b = Reserved 1000b = Delayed Off – The position by which the operator selects that a certain set of lamps are to come On and then are to be turned Off following a delay time (Operators Desired – Delayed Lamp Off Time). 1001b = Reserved 1010b = Reserved 1011b = Reserved 1100b = Reserved 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2873 Work Light Switch A 4 bit parameter to indicate the selected position of the operator’s work light switch. In Ag applications the work lights are often refereed to as field lights. In on-highway applications the work lights are often referred to as clearance lights and may or may not be operated by a switch separate from the main light switch. 0000b = Off – The position by which the operator selects that none of the work lamps are to be on. 0001b = Work Light Combination #1 On – The position by which the operator selects that the lamps in the combination defined as Work Light Combination #1 are to be on. 0010b = Work Light Combination #2 On – The position by which the operator selects that the lamps in the combination defined as Work Light Combination #2 are to be on. 0011b = Work Light Combination #3 On – The position by which the operator selects that the lamps in the combination defined as Work Light Combination #3 are to be on. 0100b = Work Light Combination #4 On – The position by which the operator selects that the lamps in the combination defined as Work Light Combination #4 are to be on. 0101b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2874 High-Low Beam Switch A 2 bit parameter to indicate the selected position of the operator’s high/low beam select switch. 00b = Low Beam Selected 01b = High Beam Selected 10b = Error 11b = Not available (do not change)
2875 Hazard Light Switch A 2 bit parameter to indicate the selected position of the operator’s hazard light switch. 00b = Hazard Lamps to be Off 01b = Hazard Lamps to be Flashing 10b = Error 11b = Not available (do not change)
2876 Turn Signal Switch A 4 bit parameter to indicate the selected position of the operator’s turn signal switch. 0000b = No Turn being signaled 0001b = Left Turn to be Flashing 0010b = Right turn to be Flashing 0011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error (to include both left and right selected simultaneously) 1111b = Not available (do not change)
2877 Operators Desired – Delayed Lamp Off Time A 16 bit parameter to be associated with Delayed Off position (1000b) of the Main Light Switch. This parameter indicates the time the operator wishes to have elapse following the Main Light switch being placed in Delayed Off position before the defined lights turn back off. The Operator’s definition as to which lamps are to turn On (and then Off of course) when the Main Light Switch is in the Delayed Off position. The specific lamps are not identified within this message, but are to be stored by whatever device (ecu) is planning to send the lamp command message for said lamps. Said device must also provide the means for the operator to enter and/or adjust said definition.
2878 Operators Desired Back-light A 8 bit parameter to indicate the level of back lighting the operator has selected for displays. This is to be differentiated from the Illumination Brightness Percent (SPN:1487 PGN:53248 Cab Illumination Message) which is sent to the displays to tell them what level to be at. This is the operator desired level (as sensed by operator controls) for those system where the operator controls are monitored by an ecu separate from the ecu sending the command to the displays. Note each display (if appropriate) will need to have its own balance function to compensate its nominal brightness to the same level of that of all other displays. This is especially important for systems with back-lights which may change noticeable with aging. In other words it will be necessary within a vehicle to scale all of the displays down to the same level as the dimmest display (since, obviously you can not make the dimmest brighter).
2879 Engine Droop Accelerator 2 Select In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to Accelerator 2.0000b = Normal Droop Setting is selected 0001b to 1101b = One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) is selected 1110b = Error condition 1111b = Not available
2880 Engine Operator Primary Intermediate Speed Select Allows the operator to select one of 13 preprogrammed Intermediate Speed Control settings. If no speed setting is requested, the engine operates normally. The Intermediate Speed Control is widely used in the Industrial application to control the engine to an intermediate speed setting which can either replace the accelerator position control altogether, or limit the accelerator position control to a selectable speed point minimum or maximum.0000b = indicates that the ISC functionality is not requested, engine operates normally 0001b to 1101b = indicates that the ISC Setting 1 thru 13 (in sequential order) is selected 1110b = error condition 1111b = not available
2881 Engine Droop Accelerator 1 Select In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to Accelerator 1.0000b = Normal Droop Setting is selected 0001b to 1101b = One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) is selected 1110b = Error condition 1111b = Not available
2882 Engine Alternate Rating Select In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple engine ratings available for selection by the operator. There is the default engine rating, which provides the maximum available power across the range of operation. There are additional engine ratings which the user can select that allow for alternate fueling across the operational range. Engine rating selection number 0 is the maximum rating. Selection number 1 is the next highest, selection 2 next highest, etc. The selection impacts the operating points in the Engine Configuration.0 = indicates that Maximum Power Fueling is selected 1 = indicates that the Alternate Power Fueling 1 is selected 2 = indicates that the Alternate Power Fueling 2 is selected 3 = indicates that the Alternate Power Fueling 3 is selected 4 to 253 = indicates that the Alternate Power Fueling 4 thru 253 (in sequential order) is selected. 254 = Error condition. 255 = Not available
2883 Engine Alternate Low Idle Switch Operator switch which selects between two low idle speeds, default and alternate. The normal programmed low idle is the default low idle, and when the Alternate Low Idle switch is activated, a alternate preprogrammed low idle speed is selected. The accelerator position control operates as normal but is now bounded to a different low idle speed. This selection impacts Point 1 on the Engine Configuration. 00b = Default low idle point is selected 01b = Alternate low idle point is selected 10b = Error 11b = Not available or Unused
2884 Engine Auxiliary Governor Switch This is the On/Off operation of the Auxiliary Governor feature switch. This feature is used to allow engine speed to be controlled by an auxiliary input such as pressure or tailshaft speed. This switch position indicates whether this feature is requested or not.00b = Auxiliary Governor is disabled 01b = Auxiliary Governor is enabled 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
2885 Engine Droop Auxiliary Input Select In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to the engine droop auxiliary input.0000b = Normal Droop Setting is selected 0001b to 1101b = One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) is selected 1110b = Error condition 1111b = Not available
2886 Engine Droop Remote Accelerator Select In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to the remote accelerator.0000b = Normal Droop Setting is selected 0001b to 1101b = One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) is selected 1110b = Error condition 1111b = Not available
2887 Total Count of Configuration Changes Made Total number of times changes have been made to any of the configurable parameters.
2888 Engine Alternate Rating Select State This parameter reflects the control state that has been achieved based on the input from the SPN 2882. In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple engine ratings available for selection by the operator. There is the default engine rating, which provides the maximum available power across the range of operation. There are additional engine ratings which the engine controller may use that allow for alternate fueling across the operational range. Engine rating number 1 is the maximum rating. Rating number 2 is the next highest, rating 3 next highest, etc.00h = Control state is Maximum Power Fueling 01h = Control state is Alternate Power Fueling 1 02h = Control state is Alternate Power Fueling 2 03h = Control state is Alternate Power Fueling 3 04h to FDh = Control state is Alternate Power Fueling 4 thru 253 (in sequential order) FEh = SAE reserved FFh = Not available
2889 Engine Droop Accelerator 1 Select State In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections may apply to Accelerator 1. This parameter indicates which state has been selected by the controlling ECM.0000b = Control state is Normal Droop Setting 0001b to 1101b = Control state is one of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) 1110b = SAE reserved 1111b = Not available
2890 Engine Multi-Unit Sync State This feature is widely used in Industry to operate multiple engines from a single command source. A master engine will « synchronize » one or more slave engines to operate at the same speed. This feature is requested by an operator switch, this parameter indictes the state of the feature as determined by the controlling ECM.00b = Control State is Functionality disabled (off) 01b = Control State is Functionality enabled (on) 10b = SAE reserved 11b = Not available
2891 Engine Alternate Low Idle Select State In many applications, it is desirable that an alternate low idle speed setting be made available via switch input. The normal programmed low idle is the default low idle, and when the Alternate Low Idle feature is activated, an alternate preprogrammed low idle speed is selected. The accelerator position control operates as normal but is now bounded to a different low idle speed. This selection impacts Point 1 on the Engine Configuration.00b = Normal idle state 01b = Alternate idle state 10b = SAE reserved 11b = not available
2892 Engine Operator Primary Intermediate Speed Select State 13 preprogrammed intermediate speed control settings are available for the controlling ECM to select. If no speed setting is requested, the engine operates normally. The Intermediate Speed Control is widely used in the Industrial application to control the engine to an intermediate speed setting which can either replace the accelerator position control altogether, or limit the accelerator position control to a selectable speed point minimum or maximum. This parameter indicates which state has been selected by the controlling ECM.0000b = Control state is ISC functionality is not requested, engine operates normally 0001b to 1101b = Control state is ISC Setting 1 thru 13 (in sequential order) 1110b = SAE reserved 1111b = not available
2893 Engine Alternate Droop Accelerator 2 Select State In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to Accelerator 2.0000b = Control’s state is Normal Droop Setting 0001b to 1101b = Control’s state is One of Alternate Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) 1110b = SAE reserved 1111b = Not available
2894 Engine Droop Remote Accelerator Select State In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to Remote Accelerator.0000b = Control state is Normal Droop Setting 0001b to 1101b = Control state is One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) 1110b = SAE reserved 1111b = Not available
2895 Engine Droop Auxiliary Input Select State In some off-highway applications it may be desirable to have multiple droop settings available across the range of engine operation. For example, in an agricultural tractor application, this functionality allows a higher engine speed during low load so as to maximize vehicle speed driven between fields on the road. Another use of the alternate droop settings would be to provide functionality for maintaining an engine speed independent of the applied load on demand. There is a normal droop setting, and up to 13 additional preprogrammed droop settings which are user selectable by switching. The selections apply to Auxiliary Input.0000b = Control state is Normal Droop Setting 0001b to 1101b = Control state is One of Droop Setting 1 through 13 (in sequential order) 1110b = SAE reserved 1111b = Not available
2896 Engine Auxiliary Governor State This is the Engine Auxiliary Governor feature. This feature is used to allow engine speed to be controlled by an auxiliary input such as pressure or tailshaft speed. This feature is requested by an operator switch, this parameter indicates the state of the feature as determined by the controlling ECM.00b = Control State is Auxiliary Governor disabled 01b = Control State is Auxiliary Governor enabled 10b = SAE reserved 11b = Not available
2897 Operator Engine PTO Governor Memory Select Switch Measured state of the operator’s engine PTO governor memory select switch. This switch selects which of the two available memory locations is to be used to store the dynamically assigned value. This speed will be set using the PTO governor set switch and modified using the PTO governor accelerate and coast/decelerate switches.00b = PTO set speed memory 1 selected 01b = PTO set speed memory 2 selected 10b = error 11b = not available
2898 Engine Start Enable Device 2 Configuration The start enable device installed for start enable device 2. 0000b = no start enable device 2 installed 0001b = glow plugs installed 0010b = fuelled start installed 0011b = ether injection installed 0100b = electric intake air heater installed 0101b to 1110b = reserved 1111b = not available
2899 Engine Start Enable Device 1 Configuration The start enable device installed for start enable device 1. 0000b = no start enable device 1 installed 0001b = glow plugs installed 0010b = fuelled start installed 0011b = ether injection installed 0100b = electric intake air heater installed 0101b to 1110b = reserved 1111b = not available
2900 Transmission Engine Crank Enable State signal from the transmission indicating if the transmission’s status is such that engine cranking is allowed (i.e. at a minimum, transmission is in neutral and the driveline is disengaged). As sender of this information, the transmission is responsible for correct indication immediately upon first broadcast of this parameter.As with hard-wired neutral start implementations, those utilizing this parameter should consider the impact of the transmission or other controllers ‘resetting’ due to voltage drops during the engine start sequence. The vehicle system design should also consider the impact of timing latency in the engine starting sequence. For example, the turn of an ignition key from ‘off’ to ‘start’ may happen more quickly than the transmission controller can boot up, determine its’ current state of being, and begin broadcasting information over the J1939 datalink. 00b = Cranking disabled; engine cranking is prohibited by the transmission 01b = Cranking enabled; engine cranking is allowed by the transmission 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2901 ECU Part Number The part number of the physical ECU.
2902 ECU Serial Number The serial number of the physical ECU.
2903 ECU Location The location of the ECU within a network.
2904 ECU Type The type of ECU. One example of a use of the ECU type could be for classifying ECU capabilities, such as I/O.
2905 Transmission Range Clutch C7 Solenoid Transmission range clutch #C7 solenoid
2906 Transmission Range Clutch C8 Solenoid Transmission range clutch #C8 solenoid
2907 Transmission Axle Disconnect Clutch Valve Actuator The axle disconnect clutch disconnects the front axle from the transmission. It is located within the transmission housing.
2908 Transmission Boost Pressure Valve Actuator The solenoid which controls source/main pressure for the clutch control valves, relieving excess flow.
2909 Torque Converter Modulating Clutch Valve Actuator The torque converter modulating clutch limits torque to converter circuit and transmission. It is located between the engine and transmission.
2910 Transmission PTO Clutch Valve Actuator Transmission PTO clutch valve actuator controls the on/off condition of PTO Clutch Valve.
2911 Halt brake switch Switch signal which indicates the position of the halt brake switch. 00b = Halt brake switch passive 01b = Halt brake switch active 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2912 Hill holder mode Signal which indicates the current mode of the hill holder function. 000b = Inactive 001b = Active 010b = Active, but will change to inactive in a short time. (This mode may be used to warn the driver) 011b = Active, but may activate parking brake if needed. 100b = Reserved 101b = Reserved 110b = Hill holder not functional 111b = Not available
2913 Halt brake mode Signal which indicates the current mode of the halt brake function. 000b = Inactive 001b = Active 010b = Active, but not functioning properly. (This mode may be used to warn the driver) 011b to 101b = Not defined 110b = Halt brake not functional 111b = Not available
2914 XBR EBI Mode The XBR EBI (Endurance Brake Integration) Mode is used as an input for the brake system to prescribe the use of endurance brakes like retarders or engine brakes.00b = No Endurance Brake Integration allowed The demanded acceleration must be realized by the brake system by using only the foundation brakes. During an active XBR request, the brake system must not actively demand brake torque from other braking devices like retarders or engine brakes. 01b = Only Endurance Brakes allowed The demanded acceleration must be realized by the brake system by demanding brake torque from other brake devices like retarders or engine brakes. The foundation brake itself must not be used (e.g. to reduce brake lining wear). 10b = Endurance Brake Integration allowed The demanded acceleration may be realized by the brake system by using the foundation brakes and/or by demanding brake torque from other brake devices like retarders or engine brakes. 11b = Not defined
2915 XBR Priority The XBR Priority is used as an input to the brake system to manage the priority of overlapping external and internal requests.00b = Highest priority – used for emergency situations, e.g. for future Collision Avoidance System. This mode overrides any brake protection measures of the brake system. 01b = High priority – not defined 10b = Medium priority – used for ACC-Systems. This mode does not override brake protection measures of the brake system. 11b = Low priority – used in « override disabled » XBR Control Mode
2916 XBR Control Mode The XBR Control Mode is used as an input to the brake system and defines how the external acceleration demand has to be realized.00b = Override disabled – Disable any existing control commanded by the source of this command. 01b = Acceleration control with addition mode – Add the XBR acceleration demand to the driver’s acceleration demand. 10b = Acceleration control with maximum mode – Execute the XBR acceleration demand if it is higher than the driver’s acceleration demand. 11b = Not defined
2917 XBR System State This parameter indicates which external brake control is allowed. 00b = Any external brake demand will be accepted (brake system fully operational) 01b = Only external brake demand of highest XBR Priority (00b) will be accepted (e.g. because the temperature limit of the brake system is exceeded) 10b = No external brake demand will be accepted (e.g. because of fault in brake system) 11b = not available
2918 XBR Active Control Mode This parameter indicates which XBR Control Mode is executed by the brake system. 0000b = No brake demand being executed (default mode) 0001b = Driver’s brake demand being executed, no external brake demand 0010b = Addition mode of XBR acceleration control being executed 0011b = Maximum mode of XBR acceleration control being executed 0100b to 1110b = Reserved for SAE assignment 1111b = Not available
2919 Foundation Brake Use This parameter indicates if the brake system presently uses the foundation brakes. 00b = Foundation brakes not in use 01b = Foundation brakes in use 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
2920 External Acceleration Demand Parameter provided to the brake system from external sources. This is the acceleration which the brake system is expected to realize. It is specified as an absolute acceleration in reference to the road. Positive values lead to increasing vehicle speed, negative values lead to decreasing vehicle speed. Note: Normally only the negative data range is used, but e.g. in case of downhill driving also positive values are possible.
2921 XBR Acceleration Limit The brake system may temporarily or generally limit the maximum brake performance available for external systems. A temporary limit may be nessary due to high brake temperature; a general limit may be defined by the vehicle manufacturer, e.g. a value of -2.5 m/s² due to liability reasons. The actual limit is communicated to the external systems that request braking. The limit is only effective in the XBR Priorities 01b to 11b. It is specified as an absolute acceleration in reference to the road.
2922 Steerable Lift Axle Lowering Inhibit A signal which indicates if lowering of lifted axle is allowed or inhibited. 00b = Lowering allowed 01b = Lowering inhibited 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
2923 Status of Steering Axle A signal which indicates different states of the steering axle 0000b = Axle steering not active (adhesion steering) 0001b = Axle steering active 0010b = Axle centered 0011b = Axle centered, because of an error 0100b = Axle not active because of an error (adhesion steering) 0101b = Axle steering in special mode (diagnosis, calibration mode) 0110b to 1110b = Reserved for SAE Assignment 1111b = Not available
2924 Steering Type Indicates the different types of steering systems (ref. ECE Regulation 79 paragraph 2.5) 0000b = Main steering system 0001b = Auxiliary steering equipment 0010b to 1110b = Reserved for Assignment by SAE 1111b = Not Available 0000b Main steering system – The steering equipment of a vehicle which is mainly responsible for determining the direction of travel. 0001b Auxiliary steering equipment – A system in which the wheels on axle(s) of vehicles of categories M and N are steered in addition to the wheels of the main steering equipment in the same or opposite direction to those of the main steering equipment and/or the steering angle of the front and/or the rear wheels may be adjusted relative to vehicle behaviour.
2925 Type of Steering Forces Type of Steering Forces (Ref. ECE Regulation 79 paragraph 2.5) 0000b = Manual steering equipment 0001b = Power assisted steering equipment 0010b = Full power steering equipment 0011b = Self tracking steering equipment 0100b to 1110b = Reserved for SAE assignment 1111b = Not Available 0000b Manual steering equipment – The steering forces result solely from the muscular effort of the driver. 0001b Power assisted steering equipment – The steering forces result from both the muscular effort of the driver and the energy supply or supplies. 0010b Full power steering equipment – The steering forces are provided solely by one or more energy supplies. 0011b Self tracking steering equipment – A system designed to create a change of steering angle on one or more wheels only when acted upon by forces and/or moments applied through the tire to road contact.
2926 Type of Steering Transmission Type of Steering Transmission (Ref. ECE Regulation 79 paragraph 2.6) 0000b = Purely mechanical steering transmission 0001b = Purely hydraulic steering transmission 0010b = Purely electric steering transmission 0011b = Hybrid steering transmission 0100b to 1110b = Reserved for SAE assignment 1111b = Not available 0000b Purely mechanical steering transmission – A steering transmission in which the steering forces are transmitted entirely by mechanical means. 0001b Purely hydraulic steering transmission – A steering transmission in which the steering forces, somewhere in the transmission, are transmitted only by hydraulic means. 0010b Purely electric steering transmission – A steering transmission in which the steering forces, somewhere in the transmission, are transmitted only through electric means. 0011b Hybrid steering transmission – A steering transmission in which part of the steering forces is transmitted through one and the other part through another of the above mentioned means. However, in the case where any mechanical part of the transmission is designed only to give position feedback and is too weak to transmit the total sum of the steering forces, this system shall be considered to be purely hydraulic or purely electric steering transmission.
2927 Actual Inner wheel steering angle Signal which indicates the actual inner wheel steering angle. The steering angle is the angle of wheel turn relative to the vehicle x-axis (yaw angle of inner wheel). See Figure SPN2927_A for explanation of positive and negative angles. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down.
2928 Axle Location To identify to which of several similar devices (such as tires or fuel tanks) the information applies. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
2930 Hydraulic Brake System Audible Warning Command Signal which commands an audible warning by the hydraulic braking system. 00b = Audible warning off 01b = Audible warning on 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care
2931 Hydraulic Brake Fluid Level Switch Signal which indicates whether the hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir(s) is sufficient. 00b = Fluid level is not sufficient 01b = Fluid level is sufficient 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
2932 Valve State See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2933 Valve State Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2934 Valve Fail Safe Mode See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2935 Valve Fail Safe Mode Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2936 General Purpose Valve Number See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2937 Extend Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2938 Retract Port Measured Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2939 Extend Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2940 Retract Port Estimated Flow See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2941 Extend Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2942 Retract Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2943 Return Port Pressure See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2944 Port Flow Command See document ISO 11783-7 for SPN details.
2945 Active Shift Console Indicator Signal from transmission control unit indicating which shift console (primary or secondary) it currently considers as the active shift selector input.00b = Primary shift console is active 01b = Secondary shift console is active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available Note: In some applications such as refuse trucks, the transmission can be operated from two positions in the vehicle. The transmission control unit will accept changes in transmission requested gear (SPN 525) from the operator only from the active shift console. The transmission control unit determines which shift console is active based on a switch input controlled by the operator and transmission system state criteria.
2946 Engine Mixer Intake Relative Humidity This is the measurement of the relative humidity of air before the mixer.
2947 Engine Fuel Rack Position #2 This is the position of the fuel rack #2. The method of measurement is not defined.
2948 Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic system that powers the engine intake valve actuation system
2949 Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure Control Valve The valve that controls the pressure of the oil being supplied to the engine intake valve actuation system.
2950 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #1 The first instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2951 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #2 The second instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2952 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #3 The third instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2953 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #4 The fourth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2954 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #5 The fifth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2955 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #6 The sixth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2956 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #7 The seventh instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2957 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #8 The eighth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2958 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #9 The ninth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2959 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #10 The tenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2960 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #11 The eleventh instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2961 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #12 The twelveth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2962 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #13 The thirteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2963 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #14 The fourteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2964 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #15 The fifteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2965 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #16 The sixteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2966 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #17 The seventeenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2967 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #18 The eighteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2968 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #19 The nineteenth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2969 Engine Intake Valve Actuator #20 The twentieth instance of an actuator that controls or alters the control of the engine intake valve(s).
2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch Switch signal which indicates the state of the accelerator pedal 2 low idle switch. The low idle switch is defined in SAE J1843.00b = Accelerator pedal 2 not in low idle condition 01b = Accelerator pedal 2 in low idle condition 10b = Error 11b = Not available Note: Also refer to SPN 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch and SPN 2971 Accelerator Pedal 3 Low Idle Switch.
2971 Accelerator Pedal 3 Low Idle Switch Switch signal which indicates the state of the accelerator pedal 3 low idle switch. The low idle switch is defined in SAE J1843.00b = Accelerator pedal 3 not in low idle condition 01b = Accelerator pedal 3 in low idle condition 10b = Error 11b = Not available Note: Also refer to SPN 558 Accelerator Pedal 1 Low Idle Switch and SPN 2970 Accelerator Pedal 2 Low Idle Switch.
2972 Accelerator Pedal 1 Position Output 2 Second output for accelerator pedal 1 position.
2973 Accelerator Pedal 1 Position Output 3 Third output for accelerator pedal 1 position.
2974 Accelerator Pedal 2 Position Output 2 Second output for accelerator pedal 2 position.
2975 Accelerator Pedal 2 Position Output 3 Third output for accelerator pedal 2 position.
2976 Accelerator Pedal 3 Position Output 2 Second output for accelerator pedal 3 position.
2977 Accelerator Pedal 3 Position Output 3 Third output for accelerator pedal 3 position.
2978 Estimated Engine Parasitic Losses – Percent Torque The calculated torque that indicates the estimated amount of torque loss due to engine parasitics, such as cooling fan, air compressor, air conditioning, etc. It is expressed as a percent of Engine Reference Torque.If there are multiple devices on a network that provide this parameter, then users of this data shall add each of these values to determine the total torque loss due to engine parasitics. Devices that provide this parameter shall use the value of Engine Reference Torque transmitted by the engine during the current key cycle to determine the percent torque loss as seen by the engine. When the data value of this parameter is equal to FBh it means that all parasitic losses calculated by the engine are included in the Engine’s Nominal Friction Percent Torque (SPN 514). Note: Refer to section 5.2.1 in SAE J1939-71. Note: Beginning in 2016, HD-OBD requires reporting of engine torque to Portable Emissions Measurement System (PEMS) equipment that is representative of torque as measured by the engine dynamometer during the emissions certification process. Therefore, for applications that are subject to HD-OBD regulations in 2016 or later, estimated parasitic losses shall no longer be included in SPN 514 Nominal Friction – Percent Torque and must be included in SPN 2978 Estimated Engine Parasitic Losses – Percent Torque. See SPN 7837 for alternate resolution. If both SPN 2978 and SPN 7837 are supported by a single source address, consumers of the parasitic data should only use one of these values.
2979 Vehicle Acceleration Rate Limit Status Status (active or not active) of the system used to limit maximum forward vehicle acceleration. 00b = Limit not active 01b = Limit active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available NOTE: The effects of emission control limits, such as engine exhaust smoke control, are specifically excluded; they are not considered to be part of a function to limit vehicle acceleration.
2980 Engine Fuel Valve 1 Outlet Absolute Pressure Absolute Pressure of gas on outlet side of the first or only fuel system control valve. See SPN 3469 for the second fuel control valve.
2981 Engine Secondary Coolant Circuit Coolant Pressure 1 The pressure of the low temp (secondary circuit) coolant loop. This is in addition to the high temp tank (primary engine block circuit).See SPN 109 for the engine coolant pressure of loop 1. See SPN 2781 for the second instance of pressure in the low temp coolant loop.
2982 Engine Secondary Coolant Circuit Coolant Temperature 1 The temperature of the low temp (secondary circuit) coolant loop. This is in addition to the high temp tank (primary engine block circuit).See SPN 110 for Engine Coolant Temperature for engine coolant loop 1. See SPN 29782 for the first instance of temperature in the low temp coolant loop.
2983 Clutch Life Remaining Signal which indicates the actual clutch life remaining in percent. One hundred percent means the clutch is brand new and zero percent means the clutch is at the end of its life.
2984 Automatic traction help (load transfer) This signal enables the traction help (load transfer) in case of an active ASR function 00b = Disable automatic traction help 01b = Enable automatic traction help 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care
2985 Transmission Shift Selector Display Mode Switch Status of the operator’s switch used to ‘toggle’ through multiple display modes of a shift selector display. When a shift selector display is capable of displaying more than just range information, this switch is toggled by the operator to move through the different display modes. If the selector has only two display modes, this switch may behave as a typical SPST switch. If the selector has more than two display modes, the switch may be momentary, where each activation indicates that the selector has scrolled through to the next subsequent display mode. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available
2986 Engine Intake Valve Actuation System Oil Temperature The temperature of the oil in the hydraulic system that powers the intake valve actuation system.
2987 Engine will not start, pre-lube system issue The engine is not allowed to start due to pre-lube system issues.
2988 Engine Coolant Diverter Valve A valve other than the engine coolant thermostat that changes the flow of coolant in an engine.
2989 Combine separator speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2991 Tailings volume See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2992 Move reel forward See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2993 Move reel aft See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2994 Reel raise See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2995 Reel lower See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2996 Header raise slow See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2997 Header lower slow See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2998 Header raise fast See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
2999 Header lower fast See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3000 Tilt header left See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3001 Tilt header right See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3002 Header fold See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3003 Header unfold See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3004 Draper speed increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3005 Draper speed decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3006 Reel speed increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3007 Reel speed decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3008 Threshing clearance increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3009 Threshing clearance decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3010 Threshing speed increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3011 Threshing speed decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3012 Product fan speed increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3013 Product fan speed decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3015 Implement fold down See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3016 Implement fold up See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3017 RH header raise See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3018 LH header raise See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3019 Product fan engage mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3020 Augers engage mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3021 Product basket fill state See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3022 Augers enable mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3023 Header height control mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3024 Header remote tether control mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3025 Lubrication control mode See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3026 Transmission Oil Level 1 Measurement Status Measurement status for the first instance of a transmission oil level indicator. Indicates if conditions are acceptable to obtain a valid transmission oil level measurement as conveyed in SPN 124 Transmission Oil Level or SPN 3027 Transmission Oil Level 1 High / Low. If conditions are not acceptable, this parameter conveys to the operator what prevents conditions from being acceptable. Only one condition can be conveyed in this parameter at any given point in time. If multiple conditions exist, it is not important which condition is actually broadcast, as the driver must ‘correct’ each and every condition as it is presented before a valid oil level reading can be made. If multiple conditions exist that prevent a valid reading, the sender should broadcast one of those conditions until it is corrected; then the next condition can be conveyed to the operator, and so on.0000b = Conditions valid for transmission oil level measurement 0001b = Conditions not valid – Settling timer still counting down 0010b = Conditions not valid – Transmission in gear 0011b = Conditions not valid – Transmission fluid temperature too low 0100b = Conditions not valid – Transmission fluid temperature too high 0101b = Conditions not valid – Vehicle moving; output shaft speed too high 0110b = Conditions not valid – Vehicle not level 0111b = Conditions not valid – Engine speed too low 1000b = Conditions not valid – Engine speed too high 1001b = Conditions not valid – No request for reading 1010b = Not defined 1011b = Not defined 1100b = Not defined 1101b = Conditions not valid – Other 1110b = Error 1111b = Not available
3027 Transmission Oil Level 1 High / Low First instance of a transmission oil level indicator. Conveys the amount of current volume of transmission sump oil compared to recommended volume. Positive values indicate overfill. Zero means the transmission fluild is filled to the recommended level.Parameter Specific Indicator: A value of FBh indicates conditions are not acceptable for a valid fluid level measurement.
3028 Transmission Oil Level 1 Countdown Timer Countdown timer for the first instance of a transmission oil level indicator. Once all vehicle conditions (such as vehicle stopped, etc) are met, some transmissions may require a ‘settling time’ to allow the fluid level to normalize. This parameter indicates how much of the required settling time remains. When time reaches 0, a valid oil level measurement value will be broadcast in SPN 3027 Transmission Oil Level 1 High / Low.0000b = less than 1 minute 0001b = One minute 0010b = Two minutes 0011b = Three minutes 0100b = Four minutes 0101b = Five minutes 0110b = Six minutes 0111b = Seven minutes 1000b = Eight minutes 1001b = Nine minutes 1010b = Ten minutes 1011b = Eleven minutes 1100b = Twelve minutes 1101b = Thirteen minutes 1110b = Error 1111b = Not Available
3029 Engine Start Inhibited, Pre-lube System Issue The engine oil pre-lube system will not allow the engine to start.
3030 Transmission Torque Converter Ratio Ratio of the transmissions torque converter output torque to torque converter input torque at current speed. The ratio of 1.000 (03E8h) indicates torque converter lockup. If the ratio is less than 1 and the ratio can not be properly determined it shall be set to a value of FB00h. Ratios above 1 indicate torque converter multiplication.
3031 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature 1 Temperature of the diesel exhaust fluid in the storage tank.
3032 Right Brake Pedal Position See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3033 Left Brake Pedal Position See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3034 DM22 Control Byte – Individual DTC Clear/Reset Control Byte See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3035 DM22 – Control Byte Specific Indicator For Individual DTC Clear See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3036 DM22 – SPN See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3037 DM22 – FMI See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3038 Flash Malfunction Indicator Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3039 Flash Red Stop Lamp (RSL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3040 Flash Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3041 Flash Protect Lamp See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3042 Requested Wheel Speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3043 Type of Passenger Count Used to notify transit link devices of the type of passenger counting system used in the vehicle. Some passenger counting systems indicate real-time boarding and exiting data for other devices to accumulate. Other types of passenger counters report a current on-board total relative to a transit door status, a fare collection status, or other signal which can define the end of the boarding/exiting period and a stable underway totalized passenger count.0 = absolute passenger count 1 = boarding passenger 2 = exiting passenger 3 = boarding passenger (second passenger stream) 4 = exiting passenger (second passenger stream) 5 to 250 = reserved for future assignment 251 to 253 = reserved 254 = error indicator 255 = not available
3044 Silent Alarm Status Used to report silent alarm push button status. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3045 Vehicle Use Status Used to indicate the proper or unauthorized use of the vehicle. The administrative control device or any device issuing the vehicle use status PID should be sensitive to the run switch status (SPN 3046) and any other locally defined criteria for authorized use (i.e., driver log-ons) before the vehicle use status PID is used to generate an unauthorized use alarm.00b = Normal use 01b = Unauthorized use 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3046 Transit Run Status Status of the run switch for the vehicle. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3047 Patron Count Count of the number of passengers on a transit vehicle. If the type of passenger count (SPN 3043) is 0, the patron count indicates the number of patrons currently on vehicle after the door has closed. If the type of passenger count is 1 to 4, the patron count indicates an incremental count of passengers since the last data transmittal.
3048 Engine Ignition Cycle Counter See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3049 OBD Monitoring Conditions Encountered Counts See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3050 Catalyst Bank 1 System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3051 Catalyst 2 System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3052 Engine Misfire System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3053 Engine Evaporative System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3054 Secondary Air System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3055 Engine Fuel System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3056 Oxygen (or Exhaust Gas) Sensor Bank 1 Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3057 Oxygen (or Exhaust Gas) Sensor Bank 2 Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3058 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3059 Engine Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3060 Engine Cooling System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3061 Engine Cold Start Emission Reduction Strategy System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3062 Air Conditioning System Component Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3063 Direct Ozone Reduction Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3064 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3065 Comprehensive Component Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3066 SPN of Applicable System Monitor See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3067 Applicable System Monitor Numerator See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3068 Applicable System Monitor Denominator See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3069 Distance Travelled While MIL is Activated See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3070 Number of bytes in the Milepost Identification Number of bytes in the Milepost Identification. This parameter identifies the length, in bytes, of the data in SPN 509 (Milepost Identification).
3071 Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Route Identity Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Route Identity. This parameter identifies the length, in bytes, of the data in SPN 3074 (Transit Assigned Route Identity).
3072 Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Run Identity Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Run Identity. This parameter identifies the length, in bytes, of the data in SPN 3075 (Transit Assigned Run Identity).
3073 Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Block Identity Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Block Identity. This parameter identifies the length, in bytes, of the data in SPN 3076 (Transit Assigned Block Identity).
3074 Transit Assigned Route Identity Identifies the transit route assigned to a specific vehicle. The length of the ASCII text for this parameter must be reported using SPN 3071 (Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Route Identity).
3075 Transit Assigned Run Identity Identifies the transit run assigned to a specific vehicle. The length of the ASCII text for this parameter must be reported using SPN 3073 (Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Run Identity).
3076 Transit Assigned Block Identity Identifies the transit block assigned to a specific vehicle. The length of the ASCII text for this parameter must be reported using SPN 3073 (Number of bytes in the Transit Assigned Block Identity).
3078 Agency The identity of the agency involved in this transaction
3079 Intersection Preemption Request/Response Status of the intersection signal preemption 00b = Message is a request directed to the emitter 01b = Message is a response from the emitter 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3080 Transit Route ID Usage Transit route ID usage 00b = Transit route ID not used for interleaved data 01b = Transit route ID used for interleaved data (if range code not enabled) 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3081 Range Code Enable Range code enable 00b = Range code not used for interleaved data 01b = Range code used for interleaved data 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3082 Strobe Activation Control Status Strobe activation control status 00b = Deactivate strobe 01b = Activate strobe 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available Note: Strobe will flash if not overridden by transit door status, strobe is working, and emitter is in the normal mode.
3083 Transit Door Enable Transit door enable 00b = Ignore transit door status 01b = Transit door status will override strobe activation 10b = Error condition 11b = Not available
3084 Priority of Response Sent by Emitter Priority of response sent by emitter 0000b = Reserved 0001b = Low priority 0010b = Probe priority 0011b = High priority 0100b to 1000b = Reserved 1001b = Priority set by hardware to low priority 1010b = Priority set by hardware to probe priority 1011b = Priority set by hardware to high priority 1100b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error condition 1111b = Not available
3085 Vehicle ID Numerical designation of the vehicle. 65535 is used to represent the vehicle ID is not available.
3086 Transmission Ready for Brake Release This parameter indicates that enough torque / motive force is available at the transmission output shaft to release all the brakes without a risk of unintentional movement in the opposite direction.00b = Transmission Not Ready for Brake Release 01b = Transmission Ready for Brake Release 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3087 Auxiliary Level Level measured by a sensor.
3088 Header height vertical rate control See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3089 Header height sensitivity control See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3090 Header height setpoint change See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3091 Header height setpoint change sequence number See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3092 Header platform height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3093 Header platform height maximum See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3096 Header float pressure See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3097 Header float pressure maximum See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3098 Header position percent See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3099 Header position percent maximum See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3102 Unloading Auger swing out See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3103 Unloading auger swing in See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3104 Unloading auger swing out-auto See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3105 Unloading auger swing in-auto See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3106 Side hill left tilt See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3107 Side hill right tilt See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3108 Spreader speed increment See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3109 Spreader speed decrement See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3110 Precleaner open See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3111 Precleaner close See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3112 Open chaffer See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3113 Close chaffer See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3114 Open sieve See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3115 Close sieve See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3116 Move chopper vane left See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3117 Move chopper vane right See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3118 Quick stop switch See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3119 Unloading auger engage/disengage See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3120 Unloading auger fold See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3121 Unloading auger unfold See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3122 Max allowable cleaning shoe travel See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3123 Right hand header height setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3124 Left hand header height setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3125 Left hand header height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3126 Right hand header height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3127 Header control response rate setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3128 Header control response rate maximum setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3129 Header control response rate minimum setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3130 Product system tank water level See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3131 Product fan speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3132 Product system manifold pressure See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3133 Product system pump discharge pressure See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3134 Product fan hours See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3135 Right hand header height max setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3136 Right hand header height min setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3137 Left hand header height min setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3138 Left hand header height max setpoint See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3139 Right hand header unit speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3140 Left hand header unit speed See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3141 GPS differential corrections license See document NMEA 2000 for SPN details.
3142 Method, GNSS See document NMEA 2000 for SPN details.
3143 Differential source See document NMEA 2000 for SPN details.
3144 Differential source, Secondary See document NMEA 2000 for SPN details.
3145 DGNSS fix See document NMEA 2000 for SPN details.
3146 PGN of message being configured See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3147 Parameter being included See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3148 Position of configured parameter See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3149 Message will be used proprietarily See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3150 Message will use transport protocol See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3151 First parameter only being identified See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3152 Number of parameters included See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3153 Starting bit for this parameter See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3154 Parameter to be located See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3155 Parameter locate command See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3156 Blade Control Mode Switch Indicates the blade control mode switch state the user has set for the land leveling system. The switch value directly correlates to the current switch state, regardless of the switch being used. This parameter is intended for use in systems using only one parameter to control the blade movement (i.e. elevation). Systems using two independent parameters to control blade position, i.e. one blade edge maintains a constant elevation and the other blade edge maintains a constant blade angle, should use parameters specific to that usage. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. Below are the data values defined for each switch type that may be used in this application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used.1. A toggle button with two states can be used, in which the button is either in the manual or the auto position at all times. Toggle button usage is as follows: Manual Position = 0010b Manual button pressed Auto Position = 0011b Automatic button pressed 2. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the no button pressed position. The user can press the rocker into the manual position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may also press the rocker into the auto position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No button pressed Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual button pressed Auto Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic button pressed 3. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is no buttons being pressed. The user can press the manual button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may press the auto button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary contact buttons (button pair) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No button pressed Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual button pressed Auto Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic button pressed 4. The momentary contact single button may be used, where the default is no button being pressed. The user can press the button, which is the button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The controller receiving this command will keep track of what mode the blade is in, auto or manual. When the button is pressed, the « mode button pressed » state is reported and the receiving controller then changes the current mode to its opposite value (i.e. manual to automatic or vise-versa). Momentary contact button (single button) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No button pressed Button Pressed = 0001b Mode button pressed Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No button pressed 0001b = Mode button pressed 0010b = Manual button pressed 0011b = Automatic button pressed 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not Installed All other values are reserved Notes: 1. The switch state can be read in two ways. One method uses the direct analog switch input to determine the switch state, while the second method relies on a secondary control to read the analog input, then relay the information on the data link. The parameter is designed to provide the actual switch state to other controls that need the information. 2. Other systems with automated blade controls should be able to use this parameter, since it is a measured switch value.
3157 Desired Grade Offset Switch Indicates the grade offset switch state the user has set for the land leveling system. The desired grade offset value is the vertical offset measured from a given elevation reference point to the bottom edge of the blade. This parameter is intended for use in systems using only elevation offset to control the blade movement (i.e. elevation). Systems using two independent parameters to control blade position, i.e. one edge maintains a constant elevation and the other blade edge maintains a constant angle, should use parameters specific to that usage. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. Below are the data values defined for each switch type that may be used in this application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used.1. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the no button pressed position. The user can press the rocker into the increment button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may also press the rocker into the decrement button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No button pressed Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment button pressed Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement button pressed 2. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is the no buttons pressed position. The user can press the increment button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no buttons pressed position. The user may press the decrement button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no buttons pressed position. Momentary contact button (button pair) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No button pressed Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment button pressed Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement button pressed Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No button pressed 0001b = Increment button pressed 0010b = Decrement button pressed 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not installed All other values are reserved Notes: 1. The switch state can be read in two ways. One method uses the direct analog switch input to determine the switch state, while the second method relies on a secondary control to read the analog input, then relay the information on the data link. The parameter is designed to provide the actual switch state to other controls that need the information. 2. Other systems with automated blade controls should be able to use this parameter, since it is a measured switch value.
3158 Blade Auto Mode Command Allows other controllers to command to the primary control system what they think is the appropriate auto control mode to be engaged in, based on the information they have available to them. When in automatic mode, the blade automatically adjusts its position to the center of the blade to maintain a desired grade offset. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. Below is extended information describing each command. The purpose of this information is to define what command state should be reported based on what auto control mode command is deemed appropriate by the operational specifications of the system.0000b Auto Allowed – Auto mode permitted as appropriate (auto button was pushed or directly returned from Suspend Auto condition) 0001b Activity Allows Auto – Auto mode permitted only if the primary control system detects operator activity. The control issuing this command does not have sufficient information/reason to absolutely allow Auto mode (state 0000b) or not allow Auto mode (state 0100b). The control issuing this command is permitting the primary control system to operate in auto mode only if the primary control system detects operator activity, such as direct input to the primary control system. If the primary control system does not detect operator activity, then the control issuing this command is not allowing auto mode. For example, the control issuing this command has detected no operator activity yet it acknowledges that there may be other sources of operator activity that might make auto mode permissible. 0010b Suspend Auto – Auto mode is temporarily not allowed and the control issuing this command wants the primary control system to automatically return to the previous state (Auto or Manual) when the suspend auto condition is removed. 0011b Service Mode – Auto mode is permitted only for special services such as calibrations. 0100b Auto Not Allowed – Auto mode is not allowed under any condition Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = Auto Allowed 0001b = Activity Allows Auto – must detect operator before auto allowed 0010b = Suspend Auto – temporarily suspend auto mode 0011b = Service Mode – auto allowed only during service modes 0100b = Auto Not Allowed 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not Supported All other values are reserved Note: The control issuing this command is aware that it does not have access to all information that the primary controller of the Land Leveling System attachment has access to. Therefore, it commands the Land Leveling system to activate a auto blade mode based on the input it has access to. In some cases, like in the « Activity Allows Auto » situation, the control knows the Land Leveling system has access to an additional display (which has switches and several buttons) which may help determine if an operator is present. On the other hand, the control may also have information the primary controller of the Land Leveling System does not have access to, like the parking brake status.
3159 Trip Number The identity number assigned to this trip.
3160 Assigned Route The identity number assigned to this route. Note: This is the numerical value for the route as opposed to the « Transit Assigned Route Identity » (SPN 3074) which is variable length ASCII or the « Route number » (SPN 3169) which is 12 bit numeric.
3161 Pattern Number The agency defined pattern number for this trip
3162 Assigned Run The agency defined run number for this trip
3163 Assigned Block The agency defined block number for this trip
3164 Driver’s farebox security code Security code for the farebox, numerical only. Note: 0 = Farebox is in reporting status 1 to 65535 = security code
3165 Fare Validity Agency defined value indicating validity of this fare
3166 Pass Category Agency defined value indicating the category of the passenger associated with this fare
3167 Initial Fare Agency Identifies where the initial fare is paid Note: The definition of the agency numbering plan shall be agreed by the operating agency and the farebox manufacturer. The value of 0 is reserved, the usable range is 1 to 31.
3168 Transfer Sold Indicates that a transfer was sold or issued on this transaction including its type and/or restrictions. The final definitions of the transfer issued information shall be agreed by the operating agency and the farebox manufacturer.Note: A non-zero value indicates that a transfer was sold or issued. The value of zero is reserved to indicate that no transfer has been sold or issued.
3169 Route Number The route number issuing the transfer.
3170 Transaction Type Enumerated value representing the type of transaction completed 0000b = Cash 0001b = Token 0010b = Ticket 0011b = Pass 0100b = Card 0101b = Permit 0110b = Transfer 0111b = Free 1000b to 1011b = Reserved for assignment 1100b to 1111b = Agency defined
3171 Passenger Type Enumerated value representing the type/class of passenger, as defined by the agency.
3172 Type of Service The type of service provided 000b = Local service 001b = Express service 010b to 111b = Agency defined
3173 Transfer Type The kind of transfer used 00000b = North 00001b = South 00010b = East 00011b = West 00100b = In 00101b = Out 00110b to 11111b = Agency defined
3174 Trip Direction The general direction of travel for this trip. 0000b = North 0001b = South 0010b = East 0011b = West 0100b = In 0101b = Out 0110b to 1111b = Agency defined
3175 Fare Presets Fare Presets 00000000b to 00001111b = Agency defined 00010000b to 11111111b = Reserved for assignment
3176 Type of Fare Type of Fare 0000b = Cash/No detail 0001b = Token A 0010b = Token B 0011b = Ticket A 0100b = Ticket B 0101b = Pass A 0110b = Pass B 0111b to 1010b = Reserved for assignment 1011b to 1111b = Agency defined
3177 Payment Details Payment details. 0000b = Not an upgrade 0001b = Cash 0010b = Token 0011b = Ticket 0100b = Pass 0101b = Card 0110b to 1010b = Reserved for assignment 1011b to 1111b = Agency defined
3178 Farebox Service Status Indicates if the farebox is in or out of service. 00b = Farebox out of service 01b = Farebox in service 10b = Error Condition 11b = Not available
3179 Farebox Emergency Status Indicates if a farebox emergency condition exists. 00b = Non-emergency condition 01b = Emergency condition 10b = Error Condition 11b = Not available
3180 Trip Status Trip Status 000b = Undefined 001b = Trip start 010b = Trip end 011b = Undefined 100b = Undefined 101b = Layover start 110b = Layover end 111b = Undefined
3181 Farebox Alarm Identifier Indicates the nature of the farebox alarm condition. 0000000b = Voltage dropout 0000001b = Voltage restored 0000010b = Probe started 0000011b = Probe completed 0000100b = Cashbox removed 0000101b = Cashbox restored 0000110b = Cashbox door timeout 0000111b = Cashbox opened in service, considered an alarm condition 0001000b = Insufficient fare accepted 0001001b = Coinbox 75% full 0001010b = Coinbox full 0001011b = Currency box 75% full 0001100b = Currency box less than 75% full 0001101b = Currency box full 0001110b = Card/pass box 75% full 0001111b = Card/pass box less than 75% full 0010000b = Card/pass box full 0010001b = Coin de-jam operated 0010010b = Farebox set in manual bypass 0010011b = Farebox reset to automatic mode 0010100b = Pass/transfer jam 0010101b = Pass/transfer jam cleared 0010110b = Paper currency jam 0010111b = Paper currency jam cleared 0011000b = Maintenance access in service, considered an alarm condition 0011001b = Maintenance access out of service 0011010b to 1100000b = Reserved – to be assigned 1100001b to 1111111b = Agency defined
3182 Transmission Retarder Enable Solenoid Valve Valve that makes hydraulic fluid available for retarder use.
3183 Transmission Retarder Modulation Solenoid Valve Valve used to control hydraulic retarder application.
3184 Transmission Torque Converter Lockup Clutch Pressure Indicator Pressure being applied to the torque converter lockup clutch.
3185 Transmission Differential Lock Solenoid Valve Valve used to apply pressure to differential lock.
3186 Transmission Differential Lock Clutch Pressure Indicator Indicates pressure applied to differential lock clutch.
3187 Transmission Shift Console Data Link Communication link between transmission and shift selector.
3188 XBR Message Checksum The XBR message checksum is used to verify the signal path from the demanding device to the brake controller on electronic brake systems. The support of this parameter is mandatory if PGN 1024 is supported as there is no means to indicate « not available ».The 4 bit XBR message checksum is calculated using the first 7 data bytes, the 4 bit message counter and the bytes of the message identifier. It is calculated as follows: Checksum = (Byte1 + Byte2 + Byte3 + Byte4 + Byte5 + Byte6 + Byte7 + (message counter & 0Fh) + message ID low byte + message ID mid low byte + message ID mid high byte + message ID high byte) XBR Message Checksum = ((Checksum >> 4) + Checksum) & 0Fh Note: A failure in the communication sets the XBR system state: – to ’01b’ for failed XBR ‘priority 01b, 10b or 11b’ messages – to ’10b’ for failed XBR ‘priority 00b’ messages.
3189 XBR Message Counter The XBR message counter is to verify the signal path from the demanding device to the brake controller on electronic brake systems.. The support of this parameter is mandatory.Note: The initial value of the 4 bit message counter for the first message during a driving cycle is arbitrary. In every following message the counter is incremented by 1 (0 follows 15).
3190 Tire Location Identifies which tire is associated with the parametric data in this PGN. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
3191 Reference Tire Pressure Reference value of the tire pressure as basis for the tire pressure monitoring
3192 Tire Location Identifies which tire is associated with the parametric data in this PGN. The low order 4 bits represent a position number, counting left to right when facing in the direction of normal vehicle travel (forward). The high order 4 bits represent a position number, counting front to back on the vehicle. The value FFh indicates not available. It is recommended that output devices add 1 to the position number (range 1 to 15, not 0 to 14) for use by drivers and service technicians. Examples: Tire pressure for location 00h would be left front tire. Tire pressure for location 23h would be right outside rear rear on a 3-axle tractor with dual axle per side (3rd axle, 4th tire).
3193 Reference Tire Pressure Setting Reference value of the tire pressure setting as basis for the tire pressure monitoring
3194 Control Byte See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3195 Number of Ports See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3196 Uptime since last power-on reset See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3197 Average Messages Filtered per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3198 Average Messages Forwarded per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3199 Average Messages Received per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3200 Number of Messages with Excessive Transit Delay Time See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3201 Number of Messages lost due to Buffer Overflow See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3202 Average Transit Delay Time See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3203 Maximum Transit Delay Time See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3204 Maximum Messages Filtered per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3205 Maximum Messages Forwarded per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3206 Maximum Messages Received per Second See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3207 Number of Filter Database Entries See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3208 Maximum Filter Database Size See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3209 Buffer Size See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3210 Parameter Number See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3211 SA_List See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3212 PGN_List See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3213 Filter_Mode See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3214 Port_Pair See document J1939-31 for SPN details.
3215 Prohibit air suspension control This parameter is an external request to the air suspension control system to prohibit all air suspension control. If the request is accepted, response intended to be sent in ASC1 (additional status requested in ASC1), there will be no control either for height changes or axle load distribution changes, i.e. hold current pressures in all suspension devices.00b = No request 01b = Request prohibit air suspension control 10b = Error indicator 11b = Not available
3216 Engine Exhaust 1 NOx 1 The amount of combined NO and NO2 in the exhaust, represented in NOx molecule parts per million non-NOx molecules, in exhaust bank 1. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists.SPN 3216 shall display the raw, uncorrected NOx sensor signal. 2016 MY and later engines with NOx sensors may be required to output a ‘corrected’ NOx sensor signal (see SPN 7353) in addition to the raw NOx sensor signal output using SPN 3216. A value of FB00h shall be provided when ambient or engine operating conditions do not permit the sensor to operate in data collection mode.
3217 Engine Exhaust 1 Percent Oxygen 1 The actual oxidation factor (Percent Oxygen) of the gas within the exhaust stream. For positive values, the parameter represents the percent oxygen in excess of the amount required for stoichiometric combustion. For negative values, the parameter is proportional to the amount of oxygen being pumped by the sensor. This value is measured by a sensor at the aftertreatment intake in exhaust bank 1.A value of -12% (0000h) indicates rich, a value of 21% (FAFFh) indicates lean. These data points could optionally be used with switching O2 sensors to indicate those states as alternatives to broadcasting the threshold %O2 values. Diagnostic Tools could change display to use the text « Rich » or « Lean » in place of the implied %O2 values which would also be acceptable for display.
3218 Engine Exhaust 1 Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range Indicates that the power supplied to the aftertreatment intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specification in exhaust bank 1. This parameter reports the status as reported by the sensor.00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3219 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature Indicates that the heater element of the aftertreatment intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specified range for accurate measurements in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3220 Engine Exhaust 1 NOx 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the NOx reading of the first NOx sensor is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 1. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists.00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3221 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the percent oxygen reading of the aftertreatment intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3222 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the heater of the intake exhaust gas sensor, either NOx or O2, by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3223 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control Indicates the heater status in the warm-up process. Upon receiving a power-up command, the gas sensor ramps up according to a manufacturer defined profile. The Preheat 1, Preheat 2, and Automatic messages are regions within this profile in exhaust bank 1.00b = Automatic 01b = Preheat 2 10b = Preheat 1 11b = Heater off
3224 Engine Exhaust 1 NOx Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the first NOx sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3225 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Oxygen Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment intake oxygen sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3226 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet NOx 1 The amount of combined NO and NO2 in the exhaust exiting the aftertreatment system measured by a NOx sensor at the aftertreatment outlet, represented in NOx molecule parts per million non-NOx molecules in exhaust bank 1.SPN 3226 shall display the raw, uncorrected NOx sensor signal. 2016 MY and later engines with NOx sensors may be required to output a ‘corrected’ NOx sensor signal (see SPN 7351) in addition to the raw NOx sensor signal output using SPN 3226. A value of FB00h shall be provided when ambient or engine operating conditions do not permit the sensor to operate in data collection mode.
3227 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Percent Oxygen 1 The actual oxidation factor (percent oxygen) of the gas within the exhaust stream. For positive values, the parameter represents the percent oxygen in excess of the amount required for stoichiometric combustion. For negative values, the parameter is proportional to the amount of oxygen being pumped by the sensor. This value is measured by a sensor at the aftertreatment outlet in exhaust bank 1.A value of -12% (0000h) indicates rich, a value of 21% (FAFFh) indicates lean. These data points could optionally be used with switching O2 sensors to indicate those states as alternatives to broadcasting the threshold %O2 values. Diagnostic Tools could change display to use the text « Rich » or « Lean » in place of the implied %O2 values which would also be acceptable for display.
3228 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range Indicates that the power supplied to the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specification in exhaust bank 1. This parameter reports the status as reported by the sensor.00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3229 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature Indicates that the heater element of the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specified range for accurate measurements in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3230 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet NOx 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the NOx reading of the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3231 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the percent oxygen reading of the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3232 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Heater Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the heater of the outlet exhaust gas sensor, either NOx or O2, by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3233 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control Indicates the heater status in the warm-up process. Upon receiving a power-up command, the gas sensor ramps up according to a manufacturer defined profile. The Preheat 1, Preheat 2, and Automatic messages are regions within this profile in exhaust bank 1.00b = Automatic 01b = Preheat 2 10b = Preheat 1 11b = Heater off
3234 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet NOx Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3235 Aftertreatment 1 Outlet Oxygen Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment outlet oxygen sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3236 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Gas Mass Flow Rate Measured/calculated exhaust gas mass upstream of the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 1 and 2.
3237 Aftertreatment 1 Intake Dew Point Indicates that the temperature on the intake side of the aftertreatment system has exceeded the dew point, as estimated by the ECU in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not exceeded the dew point 01b = Exceeded the dew point 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3238 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Dew Point Indicates that the temperature on the exhaust side of the aftertreatment has exceeded the dew point, as estimated by the ECU in exhaust bank 1.00b = Not exceeded the dew point 01b = Exceeded the dew point 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3239 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Dew Point Indicates that the temperature on the intake side of the aftertreatment system has exceeded the dew point, as estimated by the ECU in exhaust bank 2.00b = Not exceeded the dew point 01b = Exceeded the dew point 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3240 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Dew Point Indicates that the temperature on the exhaust side of the aftertreatment has exceeded the dew point, as estimated by the ECU in exhaust bank 2.00b = Not exceeded the dew point 01b = Exceeded the dew point 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3241 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 1 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located farthest upstream in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 1.
3242 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts entering the diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 1.
3243 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 1 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3244 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter intake temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3245 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 3 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located farthest downstream in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 1.
3246 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts leaving the diesel particulate filter exhaust in exhaust bank 1.
3247 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 3 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 3 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3248 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Exhaust Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter outlet temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3249 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 2 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located midstream of the other two temperature sensors in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 1.
3250 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intermediate Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts at a mid-point in the diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 1.
3251 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Exhaust differential pressure measured between the intake and exhaust of a diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 1.
3252 Aftertreatment 1 Exhaust Temperature 2 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 2 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3253 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3254 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intermediate Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter intermediate temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 1. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3255 Engine Exhaust 2 NOx 1 The amount of combined NO and NO2 in the exhaust, represented in NOx molecule parts per million non-NOx molecules, in exhaust bank 2. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. SPN 3255 shall display the raw, uncorrected NOx sensor signal. 2016 MY and later engines with NOx sensors may be required to output a ‘corrected’ NOx sensor signal (see SPN 7354) in addition to the raw NOx sensor signal output using SPN 3255. A value of FB00h shall be provided when ambient or engine operating conditions do not permit the sensor to operate in data collection mode.
3256 Engine Exhaust 2 Percent Oxygen 1 The actual oxidation factor (percent oxygen) of the gas within the exhaust stream. For positive values, the parameter represents the percent oxygen in excess of the amount required for stoichiometric combustion. For negative values, the parameter is proportional to the amount of oxygen being pumped by the sensor. This value is measured by a sensor at the aftertreatment intake in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. A value of -12% (0000h) indicates rich, a value of 21% (FAFFh) indicates lean. These data points could optionally be used with switching O2 sensors to indicate those states as alternatives to broadcasting the threshold %O2 values. Diagnostic Tools could change display to use the text « Rich » or « Lean » in place of the implied %O2 values which would also be acceptable for display.
3257 Engine Exhaust 2 Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range Indicates that the power supplied to the intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specification in exhaust bank 2. This parameter reports the status as reported by the sensor. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3258 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature Indicates that the heater element of the aftertreatment intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specified range for accurate measurements in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3259 Engine Exhaust 2 NOx 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the NOx reading of the first NOx sensor is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 2. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3260 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the percent oxygen reading of the aftertreatment intake gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3261 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the heater of the intake exhaust gas sensor, either NOx or O2, by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3262 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control Indicates the heater status in the warm-up process. Upon receiving a power-up command, the gas sensor ramps up according to a manufacturer defined profile. The Preheat 1, Preheat 2, and Automatic messages are regions within this profile in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Automatic 01b = Preheat 2 10b = Preheat 1 11b = Heater off
3263 Engine Exhaust 2 NOx Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the NOx sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. This sensor is located at the intake of the SCR system if an SCR system exists. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3264 Aftertreatment 2 Intake Oxygen Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment intake oxygen sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3265 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet NOx 1 The amount of combined NO and NO2 in the exhaust entering the aftertreatment system measured by a NOx sensor at the aftertreatment outlet, represented in NOx molecule parts per million non-NOx molecules in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. SPN 3265 shall display the raw, uncorrected NOx sensor signal. 2016 MY and later engines with NOx sensors may be required to output a ‘corrected’ NOx sensor signal (see SPN 7352) in addition to the raw NOx sensor signal output using SPN 3265. A value of FB00h shall be provided when ambient or engine operating conditions do not permit the sensor to operate in data collection mode.
3266 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Percent Oxygen 1 The actual oxidation factor (percent oxygen) of the gas within the exhaust stream. For positive values, the parameter represents the percent oxygen in excess of the amount required for stoichiometric combustion. For negative values, the parameter is proportional to the amount of oxygen being pumped by the sensor. This value is measured by a sensor at the aftertreatment outlet in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. A value of -12% (0000h) indicates rich, a value of 21% (FAFFh) indicates lean. These data points could optionally be used with switching O2 sensors to indicate those states as alternatives to broadcasting the threshold %O2 values. Diagnostic Tools could change display to use the text « Rich » or « Lean » in place of the implied %O2 values which would also be acceptable for display.
3267 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Power In Range Indicates that the power supplied to the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specification in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. This parameter reports the status as reported by the sensor. 00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3268 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 at Temperature Indicates that the heater element of the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is within the manufacturer’s specified range for accurate measurements in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not in range 01b = In range 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3269 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet NOx 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the NOx reading of the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3270 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Wide-Range Percent Oxygen 1 Reading Stable Indicates that the percent oxygen reading of the aftertreatment outlet gas sensor, either NOx or O2, is stable as determined by the manufacturer’s control software in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Not stable 01b = Stable 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3271 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Heater Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the heater of the outlet exhaust gas sensor, either NOx or O2, by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3272 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Gas Sensor 1 Heater Control Indicates the heater status in the warm-up process. Upon receiving a power-up command, the gas sensor ramps up according to a manufacturer defined profile. The Preheat 1, Preheat 2, and Automatic messages are regions within this profile in exhaust bank 2.For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247. 00b = Automatic 01b = Preheat 2 10b = Preheat 1 11b = Heater off
3273 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet NOx Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3274 Aftertreatment 2 Outlet Oxygen Sensor 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the aftertreatment outlet oxygen sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3275 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 1 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located farthest upstream in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3276 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts entering the diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3277 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 1 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 1 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3278 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter intake temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3279 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 3 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located farthest downstream in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3280 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts leaving the diesel particulate filter exhaust in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3281 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 3 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 3 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3282 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Exhaust Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter outlet temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3283 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 2 The reading from the exhaust temperature sensor located midstream of the other two temperature sensors in the aftertreatment system in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3284 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intermediate Temperature Temperature of engine combustion byproducts at a mid-point in the diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3285 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Exhaust differential pressure measured between the intake and exhaust of a diesel particulate filter in exhaust bank 2. (For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247)
3286 Aftertreatment 2 Exhaust Temperature 2 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the exhaust temperature 2 sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3287 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3288 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intermediate Temperature Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel particulate filter intermediate temperature sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software in exhaust bank 2. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported. For a single exhaust bank system, refer to parameters in PGNs 61454, 61455, 64946, 64947, 64948, and 65247.
3289 Transmission Requested Gear Feedback Feedback of the SPN 525 Transmission Requested Gear input as received from the shift selector, ABS or engine via PGN 256, Transmission Control 1 (TC1) or other transmission selector input. Scaling, values and parameter specific indicators are identical to those listed for SPN 525 Requested Gear.This feedback from the transmission allows shift selectors and other TC1 input devices to verify that their Transmission Requested Gear command has been properly received by the transmission. (This parameter is not intended for driver display purposes). In systems with mechanical or electrical shift selectors which do not support J1939 communication, this parameter allows the transmission ECU to convey the requested gear as interpreted by the transmission from its mechanical or electrical input.
3290 Address Acknowledged See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
3291 Address Negative Acknowledgement See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
3292 Address Access Denied See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
3293 Address Busy See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
3294 Distance Since Diagnostic Trouble Codes Cleared See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3295 Minutes Run by Engine While MIL is Activated See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3296 Time Since Diagnostic Trouble Codes Cleared See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3297 SPN Supported See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3298 SPN Support Type See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3299 SPN Data Length See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3300 Expanded Freeze Frame Length See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3301 Time Since Engine Start See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3302 Number of Warm-Ups Since Diagnostic Trouble Codes Cleared See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3303 Continuously Monitored Systems Enabled/Completed Status See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3304 Non-Continuously Monitored Systems Enabled Status See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3305 Non-Continuously Monitored Systems Completed Status See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3306 Variable Valve Timing and/or Control See document J1939-73 for SPN details.
3307 Fifth Wheel Error Status Fifth wheel error state which conveys information when coupling status is incomplete or bad. 0000b = Improper Couple 0001b = Locks Closed / No Kingpin at Startup 0010b = Kingpin / Locks Open at Startup 0011b = Not Used 0100b = Not Used 0101b = Coupling Sequence Error 0110b = Coupling Sequence Error / Kingpin 0111b = Coupling Timing Error 1000b = Kingpin Missing More Than 5 Seconds 1001b = Kingpin / Lock Open (Handle Pulled) 1010b = Not Used 1011b = Not Used 1100b = Not Used 1101b = Not Used 1110b = Not Used 1111b = Not available
3308 Fifth Wheel Vertical Force The amount of load being applied to the fifth wheel by the trailer. Zero load is indicated without a trailer.
3309 Fifth Wheel Drawbar Force Fifth wheel drawbar force, with the trailer held stationary a positive force is generated by the vehicle pulling forward.
3310 Fifth Wheel Roll Moment Fifth wheel roll moment force – If the moment is positive, the trailer is rolling clockwise relative to the normal vehicle forward motion.
3311 Fifth Wheel Slider Position Slider position measurement. Zero equals fully back position, that is, the farthest to the rear of the vehicle.
3312 Fifth Wheel Lock Ready to Couple Indicator Indicates to the vehicle operator that the fifth wheel lock is open and ready to couple. 00b = Lock not open, not ready to couple 01b = Lock open, ready to couple 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3313 Fifth Wheel Lock Couple Status Indicator Indicates results of coupling operation to the vehicle operator. For incomplete couples further information can be obtained from the fifth wheel error status SPN.00b = Incomplete or bad couple, truck should not be moved 01b = Successful couple detected 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3314 Fifth Wheel Release Control Operator input used to release the fifth wheel. Fifth Wheel Release Control Security Lockout and other conditions must be properly enabled before this will function.00b = Coupler Locked 01b = Coupler Unlocked, trailer can be unhitched or hitched 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3315 Fifth Wheel Release Control Security Lockout Operator’s fifth wheel release control interlock. This operator input must be enabled prior to activating the fifth wheel release control (SPN 3314).00b = Fifth wheel release Disabled 01b = Fifth wheel release Enabled 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3316 Fifth Wheel Slider Lock Indicator Indicates to vehicle operator that the fifth wheel slider is in position and locked. 00b = Not Locked 01b = Locked 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3317 Fifth Wheel Roll Warning Indicator Indicates to the vehicle operator that the roll moment has exceeded a preset limit. 00b = Limit not exceeded 01b = Limit exceeded 10b = error 11b = Not Available
3318 Pitch Angle The angle between the vehicle x-axis and the ground plane (i.e. rotation about the vehicle Y-axis). The pitch angle for an angle of ascent is reported with a positive value. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down. See SPN 4976 for an alternate range and resolution.
3319 Roll Angle The angle between the vehicle y-axis and the ground plane (i.e. rotation about the X-axis). The roll angle for a roll to the right is reported with a positive value. Roll angle is the same for both Z-Down and Z-Up axis systems, since both systems have positive X axis directed forward. The sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. See SPN 4977 for an alternate range and resolution.
3322 Pitch Rate Pitch rate is the rate-of-change of the pitch angle over time, where the pitch angle vector is in the direction of travel of the vehicle. The pitch rate for increasing ascent over time is reported with a positive value. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down. See SPN 4983 for an alternate range and resolution.
3323 Pitch Angle Figure of Merit Figure of merit for pitch angle measurement. 00b = Pitch angle fully functional. Data is within sensor specification. 01b = Pitch angle degraded. Data is suspect due to environmental conditions. 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3324 Roll Angle Figure of Merit Figure of merit for roll angle measurement. 00b = Roll angle fully functional. Data is within sensor specification. 01b = Roll angle degraded. Data is suspect due to environmental conditions. 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3325 Pitch Rate Figure of Merit Figure of merit for the pitch rate measurement. 00b = Pitch rate fully functional. Data is within sensor specification. 01b = Pitch rate degraded. Data is suspect due to environmental conditions. 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3326 Pitch and Roll Compensated Compensated mode for the pitch and roll measurements. Compensation is the use of multiple sensors together to enhance the output of pitch and roll measurements.00b = Compensation Off 01b = Compensation On 10b = Error 11b = Not Available
3327 Roll and Pitch Measurement Latency The estimated measurement latency of the measurement. NOTE: This is only the sensor latency and does not include any additional latencies that might exist because of the CAN Bus or overall system implementation. Latency is the time from sensor readings to the queuing of the message data for CAN transmission.
3328 Manufacturer Specific Information (PropA2_PDU1) See document J1939-21 for SPN details.
3329 Message Selection Control See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3330 PGN of Configurable Message Desired See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3331 Blade Rotation Angle The blade rotation angle measurement around the yaw (z-axis). The Blade Rotation Angle is defined to be the angle from the null position on the machine. The null position is orthogonal from the z-axis along the x-axis. A positive blade angle results when the blade is rotated clockwise from the null position. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Down axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Down Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the right, and positive Z directed down.
3332 Blade Rotation Angle Figure of Merit Figure of merit for blade rotation measurement. Bits 00b = Blade Rotation Angle fully functional. Data is within sensor specification. 01b = Blade Rotation Angle degraded. Data is suspect due to environmental conditions. 10b = Blade Rotation Angle failed. Roll sensor failed to operate correctly. 11b = Blade Rotation Angle not available
3333 Feederhouse Height See document J1939-74 for SPN details.
3334 Left Blade Control Mode Operator Control This parameter indicates the left blade control mode operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. The operator control value directly relates to the current operator control state correlating to the left edge of the blade. The purpose of this parameter is to set the control mode (auto/manual) for the left side of the blade. For this system, the left and right side of the blade can be adjusted independently of each other to either change the elevation from a given reference point or the blade angle (also known as blade tilt)/cross slope depending on the function requested by the operator.This parameter is intended for use in systems using two parameters (right/left) to control the blade as described above. Systems using only one parameter to control blade position, i.e. elevation, should use the Blade Control Mode Switch parameter. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. A toggle button with two states can be used, in which the button is either in the manual or the auto position at all times. Toggle button usage is as follows: Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 2. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the no button pressed position. The user can press the rocker into the manual position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may also press the rocker into the auto position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 3. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is no buttons being pressed. The user can press the manual button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may press the auto button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary contact buttons (button pair) usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 4. The momentary contact single button may be used, where the default is no button being pressed. The user can press the button, which is the button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The controller receiving this command will keep track of what mode the blade is in, auto or manual. If the blade is in manual mode to begin with, one press of the button will change to mode to auto. If the button is pressed again, the blade will be put into manual mode. Momentary contact button (single button) usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Mode Button Pressed = 0001b Momentary Operator Control Request Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Change 0001b = Momentary Operator Control Request 0010b = Manual Operator Control Request 0011b = Automatic Operator Control Request 1100b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not Installed Notes: 1. The operator control state can be read in two ways. One method uses the direct operator control input to determine the operator control state, while the second method relies on a secondary control to read the operator control input, then relay the information on the data link. The parameter is designed to provide the actual operator control state to other controls that need the information. 2. Other systems with automated blade controls should be able to use this parameter, since it is an actual operator control value.
3335 Right Blade Control Mode Operator Control This parameter indicates the right blade control mode operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. The operator control value directly relates to the current operator control state correlating to the left edge of the blade. The purpose of this parameter is to set the control mode (auto/manual) for the left side of the blade. For this system, the left and right side of the blade can be adjusted independently of each other to either change the elevation from a given reference point or the blade angle (also known as blade tilt)/cross slope depending on the function requested by the operator.This parameter is intended for use in systems using two parameters(right/left) to control the blade as described above. Systems using only one parameter to control blade position, i.e. elevation, should use the Blade Control Mode Switch parameter. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. A toggle button with two states can be used, in which the button is either in the manual or the auto position at all times. Toggle button usage is as follows: Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 2. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the no button pressed position. The user can press the rocker into the manual position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may also press the rocker into the auto position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 3. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is no buttons being pressed. The user can press the manual button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may press the auto button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary contact buttons (button pair) usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Automatic Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. auto and manual read/pressed simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 4. The momentary contact single button may be used, where the default is no button being pressed. The user can press the button, which is the button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The controller receiving this command will keep track of what mode the blade is in, auto or manual. If the blade is in manual mode to begin with, one press of the button will change to mode to auto. If the button is pressed again, the blade will be put into manual mode. Momentary contact button (single button) usage is as follows: No button pressed = 0000b No change Mode Button Pressed = 0001b Momentary Operator Control Request Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Change 0001b = Momentary Operator Control Request 0010b = Manual Operator Control Request 0011b = Automatic Operator Control Request 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not Installed All other values reserved
3336 Left Desired Blade Offset Operator Control This parameter indicates the left blade offset operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. The left desired blade offset value is the offset measured from a given reference point to the bottom left edge of the blade. This parameter will only be used when the control mode for land leveling system has been set to auto. The purpose of this parameter is to adjust the elevation from a given reference point or the blade angle(also known as blade tilt)/cross slope depending on the function being requested by the operator for the left side of the blade.This parameter is intended for use in systems using two parameters(left/right) to control the blade as described above. Systems using only one parameter to control blade position, i.e. elevation, should use the Desired Blade Offset Switch parameter. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the rocker into the increment button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may also press the rocker into the decrement button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: Neutral position = 0000b No Operator Control Request Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. inc./dec. values read simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 2. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the increment button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may press the decrement button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary contact button (button pair) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. inc./dec. values read simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Operator Control Request 0001b = Increment Operator Control Request 0010b = Decrement Operator Control Request 0011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not installed Notes: 1. The operator control state can be read in two ways. One method uses the direct operator control input to determine the operator control state, while the second method relies on a secondary control to read the operator control input, then relay the information on the data link. The parameter is designed to provide the actual operator control state to other controls that need the information. 2. Other systems with automated blade controls should be able to use this parameter, since it is an actual operator control value.
3337 Right Desired Blade Offset Operator Control This parameter indicates the right blade offset operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. The right desired blade offset value is the offset measured from a given reference point to the bottom right edge of the blade. This parameter will only be used when the control mode for land leveling system has been set to auto. The purpose of this parameter is to adjust the elevation from a given reference point or the blade angle(also known as blade tilt)/cross slope depending on the function being requested by the operator for the left side of the blade.This parameter is intended for use in systems using two parameters(left/right) to control the blade as described above. Systems using only one parameter to control blade position, i.e. elevation, should use the Desired Blade Offset Switch parameter. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the rocker into the increment button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may also press the rocker into the decrement button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: Neutral position = 0000b No Operator Control Request Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. inc./dec. values read simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator 2. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the increment button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may press the decrement button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary contact button (button pair) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request Invalid Switch Input(ex. inc./dec. values read simultaneously) = 1110b Error Indicator Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Operator Control Request 0001b = Increment Operator Control Request 0010b = Decrement Operator Control Request 0011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not installed Notes: 1. The operator control state can be read in two ways. One method uses the direct operator control input to determine the operator control state, while the second method relies on a secondary control to read the operator control input, then relay the information on the data link. The parameter is designed to provide the actual operator control state to other controls that need the information. 2. Other systems with automated blade controls should be able to use this parameter, since it is an actual operator control value.
3338 Side-shift Blade Control Mode Operator Control This parameter indicates the side-shift offset operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. When an implement moves in a side-shift direction, it moves from side to side, usually along its longitudinal axis. The desired side-shift offset value is the offset measured from a given vertical reference point to the center of the blade.Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, the data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the rocker into the increment button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may also press the rocker into the decrement button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: – Neutral position = 0000b No Operator Control Request – Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request – Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request 2. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is the neutral position with no buttons pressed. The user can press the increment button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. The user may press the decrement button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the neutral position. Momentary contact button (button pair) usage is as follows: – No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request – Increment Button Pressed = 0001b Increment Operator Control Request – Decrement Button Pressed = 0010b Decrement Operator Control Request Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Operator Control Request 0001b = Increment Operator Control Request 0010b = Decrement Operator Control Request 0011b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not installed
3339 Side-shift Desired Blade Offset Operator Control This parameter indicates the side-shift blade control mode operator control state the user has set for the land leveling system. When an implement moves in a side-shift direction, it moves from side to side, usually along its longitudinal axis.The operator control value directly correlates to the current operator control state. Only one of the following states will be active at a time. In the example below, the data values are defined for each switch type that may be used in an application. The purpose of the following switch information is to define what data should be reported based on what type of switch is used. 1. A toggle button with two states can be used, in which the button is either in the manual or the auto position at all times. Toggle button usage is as follows: Manual Position = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Auto Position = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request 2. The momentary rocker switch may be used, where the default is the no button pressed position. The user can press the rocker into the manual position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may also press the rocker into the auto position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary rocker button usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Auto Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request 3. The momentary contact button pair may be used, where the default is no buttons being pressed. The user can press the manual button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The user may press the auto button, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. Momentary contact buttons (button pair) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request Manual Button Pressed = 0010b Manual Operator Control Request Auto Button Pressed = 0011b Automatic Operator Control Request 4. The momentary contact single button may be used, where the default is no button being pressed. The user can press the button, which is the button pressed position, and when pressure is released, it will return to the no button pressed position. The controller receiving this command will keep track of what mode the blade is in, auto or manual. If the blade is in manual mode to begin with, one press of the button will change to mode to auto. If the button is pressed again, the blade will be put into manual mode. Momentary contact button (single button) usage is as follows: No Button Pressed = 0000b No Operator Control Request Button Pressed = 0001b Momentary Operator Control Request Data Values and Descriptions: 0000b = No Operator Control Request 0001b = Momentary Operator Control Request 0010b = Manual Operator Control Request 0011b = Automatic Operator Control Request 0100b to 1101b = Reserved 1110b = Error Indicator 1111b = Not Installed
3340 Engine Charge Air Cooler 1 Intake Pressure Pressure of air at intake to 1st or only charge air cooler, from multiple first stage turbochargers being cooled and feeding multiple second stage turbochargers.
3341 Engine Charge Air Cooler 2 Intake Pressure Pressure of air at intake to 2nd charge air cooler, from multiple first stage turbochargers being cooled and feeding multiple second stage turbochargers.
3342 Engine Coolant Pump Differential Pressure The differential pressure measured across the input and output of the engine coolant pump.
3343 Engine Centrifugal Oil Filter speed The speed of a rotating (centrifugal) engine oil filter.
3344 Support Variable Rate TSC1 Message This parameter indicates which TSC1 transmission rates are supported by the engine ECU in addition to the required 10ms transmission rate for temporary powertrain control purposes.Bit Position Transmission Rate 1 1000 ms transmission rate 2 750 ms transmission rate 3 500 ms transmission rate 4 250 ms transmission rate 5 100 ms transmission rate 6 50 ms transmission rate 7 20 ms transmission rate 8 Reserved for SAE assignment (set to one) Where 0 = Transmission Rate Supported by Engine and 1 = Transmission Rate Not supported by Engine Note: FFh for this byte implies that the engine only supports standard temporary powertrain control (e.g. 10 ms)
3345 Support TSC1 Control Purpose Group 1 This parameter indicates which TSC1 control purposes are supported in group 1 of 4. One bit is used to convey the support of each Control Purpose. A value of 0 equals supported and a value of 1 equals not supported. This bit logic is used to allow the default to FFh to be backward compatible.This group of 4 parameters (SPNs 3345, 3346, 3347, and 3348) indicates which TSC1 Control Purposes are supported by the engine ECU in addition to the Temporary Powertrain Control Purpose (which is denoted as control purpose P32). All ones in the Group 1 through 4 parameters indicates the engine only supports Temporary Powertrain Control. Group 1 of 4 Bit Position Control Purpose Value Control Purpose Description 1 P1 Accelerator Pedal/Operator Selection 2 P2 Cruise Control 3 P3 PTO Governor 4 P4 Road Speed Governor 5 P5 Engine protection 6 P6 Transient-Optimized Torque Limit 7 P7 Automated Driving System Input 8 P8 Reserved for assignment by SAE Where 0 = Control Purpose is supported and 1 = Control Purpose is not supported
3346 Support TSC1 Control Purpose Group 2 This parameter indicates which TSC1 control purposes are supported in group 2 of 4. One bit is used to convey the support of each Control Purpose. A value of 0 equals supported and a value of 1 equals not supported. This bit logic is used to allow the default to FFh to be backward compatible.This group of 4 parameters (SPNs 3345, 3346, 3347, and 3348) indicates which TSC1 Control Purposes are supported by the engine ECU in addition to the Temporary Powertrain Control Purpose (which is denoted as control purpose P32). All ones in the Group 1 through 4 parameters indicates the engine only supports Temporary Powertrain Control. Group 2 of 4 Bit Position Control Purpose Value Control Purpose Description 1 P9 Reserved for assignment by SAE 2 P10 Reserved for assignment by SAE 3 P11 Reserved for assignment by SAE 4 P12 Reserved for assignment by SAE 5 P13 Reserved for assignment by SAE 6 P14 Reserved for assignment by SAE 7 P15 Reserved for assignment by SAE 8 P16 Reserved for assignment by SAE Where 0 = Control Purpose is supported and 1 = Control Purpose is not supported
3347 Support TSC1 Control Purpose Group 3 This parameter indicates which TSC1 control purposes are supported in group 3 of 4. One bit is used to convey the support of each Control Purpose. A value of 0 equals supported and a value of 1 equals not supported. This bit logic is used to allow the default to FFh to be backward compatible.This group of 4 parameters (SPNs 3345, 3346, 3347, and 3348) indicates which TSC1 Control Purposes are supported by the engine ECU in addition to the Temporary Powertrain Control Purpose (which is denoted as control purpose P32). All ones in the Group 1 through 4 parameters indicates the engine only supports Temporary Powertrain Control. Group 3 of 4 Bit Position Control Purpose Value Control Purpose Description 1 P17 Reserved for assignment by SAE 2 P18 Reserved for assignment by SAE 3 P19 Reserved for assignment by SAE 4 P20 Reserved for assignment by SAE 5 P21 Reserved for assignment by SAE 6 P22 Reserved for assignment by SAE 7 P23 Reserved for assignment by SAE 8 P24 Reserved for assignment by SAE Where 0 = Control Purpose is supported and 1 = Control Purpose is not supported
3348 Support TSC1 Control Purpose Group 4 This parameter indicates which TSC1 control purposes are supported in group 4 of 4. One bit is used to convey the support of each Control Purpose. A value of 0 equals supported and a value of 1 equals not supported. This bit logic is used to allow the default to FFh to be backward compatible.This group of 4 parameters (SPNs 3345, 3346, 3347, and 3348) indicates which TSC1 Control Purposes are supported by the engine ECU in addition to the Temporary Powertrain Control Purpose (which is denoted as control purpose P32). All ones in the Group 1 through 4 parameters indicates the engine only supports Temporary Powertrain Control. Group 4 of 4 Bit Position Control Purpose Value Control Purpose Description 1 P25 Reserved for assignment by SAE 2 P26 Reserved for assignment by SAE 3 P27 Reserved for assignment by SAE 4 P28 Reserved for assignment by SAE 5 P29 Reserved for assignment by SAE 6 P30 Reserved for assignment by SAE 7 P31 Reserved for assignment by SAE 8 See Note Not assignable, must always be set to 1. Where 0 = Control Purpose is supported and 1 = Control Purpose is not supported NOTE: P32 is always supported and is Temporary Powertrain Control (the original use of the TSC1 Command). The engine configuration will not indicate separate support of Temporary Powertrain Control mode.
3349 TSC1 Transmission Rate This parameter indicates the transmission rate at which the sending device will transmit the TSC1 message. The engine shall adjust its timeout for TSC1 messages accordingly. Variable TSC1 transmission rates shall only apply to messages sent to the engine.A value of all ones is to be used in TSC1 messages directed to retarders because the TSC1 Transmission Rate parameter is not applicable for retarders. All TSC1 messages sent to the retarder shall use the standard 50 ms rate. Devices sending TSC1 messages to the engine should only invoke alternative transmission rates which the engine has indicated it supports in SPN 3344 – Support Variable Rate TSC1 Message. 000b = 1000 ms transmission rate 001b = 750 ms transmission rate 010b = 500 ms transmission rate 011b = 250 ms transmission rate 100b = 100 ms transmission rate 101b = 50 ms transmission rate 110b = 20 ms transmission rate 111b = Use standard TSC1 transmission rates of 10 ms to engine Note: Sending devices shall not send variable rate TSC1 messages to the engine for unsupported control purposes.
3350 TSC1 Control Purpose State signal which indicates which control mode the sending device is using to generate the TSC1 command. Note that the modes are not in prioritized order. Not all modes may be relevant for a given device. Some devices may not implement all functions. For typical priorities refer to Figures SPN512_A, SPN512_B for engine control and Figure SPN695_A. The TSC1 control purpose shall only apply to messages sent to the engine.A value of all ones is to be used in TSC1 messages directed to retarders because the TSC1 Control Purpose parameter is not applicable for retarders. Control Purpose P6 (Transient-Optimized Torque Limit) is for use with engines capable of supporting a more rapid engine torque limit response than seen with traditional (P32) TSC1 torque limit commands. In applications where an engine has multiple ways (fuel, air, and/or spark control) of realizing torque reduction, this parameter can help the engine determine which method to use. One such example would be a spark-ignited engine. Transient-Optimized Torque Limits are not intended for long term usage, and supporting engines will likely place time limits on the duration of their response. In addition, supporting engines may also restrict the level of torque change allowed under this command. Control Purpose P7 (Automated Driving System Input) is for use with powertrain systems capable of supporting Automated Driving Systems. Using Control Purpose P7 will allow the powertrain system to process the requested torque along with other driver inputs such as the accelerator pedal, yet indicate the final commanded torque was not directly commanded by the driver. Devices described in SAE J3016 may use Control Purpose P7 (Automated Driving System Input). 00000b = P1 = Accelerator Pedal/Operator Selection 00001b = P2 = Cruise Control 00010b = P3 = PTO Governor 00011b = P4 = Road Speed Governor 00100b = P5 = Engine Protection 00101b = P6 = Transient-Optimized Torque Limit 00110b = P7 = Automated Driving System Input 00111b to 11110b = P8-P31 = Reserved for SAE Assignment 11111b = P32 = Temporary Powertrain Control (Original use of TSC1 Command) Note: Sending devices shall not send variable rate TSC1 messages to the engine for unsupported control purposes.
3351 Engine Exhaust Pressure Regulator Vent Valve Control Exhaust Pressure Regulator Vent Valve Control is the output that is used to control the valve position .
3352 Engine Exhaust Pressure Regulator Vent Valve Position Provides feedback to the Regulator Vent Valve Exhaust Pressure Position.
3353 Alternator 1 Status Alternator 1 operating status. 00b = Alternator 1 not charging 01b = Alternator 1 charging 10b = error 11b = not available
3354 Alternator 2 Status Alternator 2 operating status. 00b = Alternator 2 not charging 01b = Alternator 2 charging 10b = error 11b = not available
3355 Alternator 3 Status Alternator 3 operating status. 00b = Alternator 3 not charging 01b = Alternator 3 charging 10b = error 11b = not available
3356 Alternator 4 Status Alternator 4 operating status. 00b = Alternator 4 not charging 01b = Alternator 4 charging 10b = error 11b = not available
3357 Actual Maximum Available Engine – Percent Torque This is the maximum amount of torque that the engine can immediately deliver as a percentage of the reference engine torque (SPN 544). The Actual Maximum Available Engine – Percent Torque shall take into consideration all engine torque derates (e.g. air fuel ratio control (AFC), noise control, etc.) that could potentially be active in the system. This parameter differentiates itself from the engine percent torque points 1 through 5 of the engine configuration map because it takes into account all dynamic internal inputs such as AFC and that it is updated on a 50ms basis.
3358 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Intake Pressure EGR intake gage pressure is measured after the EGR cooler and before the EGR valve.
3359 Transmission Oil Filter Restriction Switch This switch indicates whether the transmission oil filter is clogged. 00b = No restriction 01b = Restriction exists on oil filter 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3360 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Controller 1 The diesel exhaust fluid controller has the ability to read attributes of the SCR system, including but not limited to, diesel exhaust fluid level, diesel exhaust fluid temperature, diesel exhaust fluid quality, and diesel exhaust fluid dosing rate.
3361 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit 1 The diesel exhaust fluid dosing unit is a device that mixes the diesel exhaust fluid and air, and delivers a metered quantity of this mixture to the exhaust stream. This can also refer to a device that delivers diesel exhaust fluid to an aftertreatment diesel exhaust fluid dosing valve without air assistance.This parameter refers to the dosing unit in bank 1, or the first of multiple dosing units if there is more than one dosing unit in bank 1.
3362 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit 1 Input Lines The diesel exhaust fluid dosing unit is a device that mixes the diesel exhaust fluid and air, such that it contains an input line from the air tank and an input line from the diesel exhaust fluid tank.This parameter refers to the input lines of the dosing unit in bank 1, or the input lines of the first of multiple dosing units if there is more than one dosing unit in bank 1.
3363 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Percentage of heating applied to the aftertreatment 1 diesel exhaust fluid tank heater. A value of 0% means no heating applied, a value of 100% means full heating applied. The diesel exhaust fluid tank heater warms the diesel exhaust fluid in the diesel exhaust fluid tank. See SPN 5137 for the command for this tank heater.
3364 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Quality Measures the quality of the diesel exhaust fluid in the diesel exhaust fluid tank
3365 Relative Blade Height The measured vertical distance from a fixed location on the machine blade to a ground-based reference (i.e. relative height). Examples of a ground based reference include a curb, a stringline or the ground itself. The measurement may be positive or negative based on the initial reference used.
3366 Relative Blade Height and Blade Rotation Angle Measurement Latency The estimated measurement latency of the measurement. NOTE: This is only the sensor latency and does not include any additional latencies that might exist because of the CAN Bus or overall system implementation. For example, if the technique used is a sonic pulse/echo system, the round trip time divided by two will be a reasonably accurate estimate of the measurement latency if the processing time is small with respect to the propagation time.
3367 Relative Blade Height Figure of Merit Figure of merit for blade height measurement. Bits 00b = Relative Blade Height fully functional. Data is within sensor specification. 01b = Relative Blade Height degraded. Data is suspect due to environmental conditions. 10b = Relative Blade Height failed. 11b = Relative Blade Height not available
3368 Network Transceiver Status 1 Indicates the status of the transceiver for the wireless communications network type 0 = Off 1 = On 2 = Not Authorized to Operate on Network 3 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3369 Network Service Status 1 Indicates the status of the Service for the wireless communications network type 0 = Local Service 1 = Roaming Service 2 = Service not available 3 = Not Authorized to Operate on Service 4 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3370 Network Antenna Status 1 Indicates the status of the antenna for the wireless communications network type 0 = Off 1 = On 2 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3371 Network Signal Strength 1 Indicates the signal strength for the wireless communications network type.
3372 Wireless Communication Network Type 1 Type of Wireless Communication Network 0 = Cellular network #1 1 = Cellular network #2 2 = Wireless LAN #1 3 = Wireless LAN #2 4 = Satellite network 5 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3374 Generator Excitation Ripple Current Reports excessive generator exitation ripple current
3375 Voltage Regulator Load Compensation Mode State signal indicating the voltage regulator load compensation mode. Load compensation is when the voltage is adjusted based on the magnitude of load current000b = load compensation disabled 001b = Voltage droop compensation enabled 010b = IR line drop compensation enabled 011b = Reserved 100b = Reserved 101b = Reserved 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available Notes: Voltage droop compensation is used to minimize the amount of reactive current that flows between generators when they are parallelled together. Excessive reactive current will result in the eventual failure of the generator exciter. IR line compensation increases the generator output voltage as the load increases so the voltage measured at the load will remain constant. Without IR compensation, the voltage measured at the load drops due the IR losses in the power line.
3376 Voltage Regulator VAr/Power Factor operating mode State signal indicating the operating mode for the Voltage regulator VAr/Power Factor 000b = VAr/Power Factor regulation disabled 001b = Power factor regulation enabled 010b = VAr regulation enabled 011b = Reserved 100b = Reserved 101b = Reserved 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available Note: This parameter sets the mode of regulation for the voltage regulator. The voltage regulator can regulate the generator AC output voltage by using the generator AC output voltage, the generator power factor, or the generator reactive power (VAr). The generator AC output voltage, the generator power factor, and the generator reactive power (VAr) are defined in SAE J1939 – 75
3377 Voltage Regulator Underfrequency Compensation enabled State signal indicating the operating mode for underfrequency compensation. 00b = Underfrequency compensation disabled 01b = Underfrequency compensation enabled 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available Note: Underfrequency compensation is when the generator voltage is adjusted based on the generator frequency. Typically generator voltage decreases as frequency decreases. A frequency decrease occurs when load is increased on the genset. Underfrequency compensation decreases the load by reducing the voltage as frequency decreases until a point is reached where the engine can accept more load. Load is applied to the engine when the voltage increases with frequency.
3378 Voltage Regulator Soft Start State State signal indicating the mode of the Voltage regulator soft start function. Soft start controls the generator voltage overshoot by controlling the rate of rise of the generator output voltage at generator start up.00b = Soft start is inactive 01b = Soft start is active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
3379 Voltage Regulator Enabled State signal indicating the Voltage Regulator is enabled. This parameter indicates whether the regulator is regulating or not regulating generator output voltage.00b = Not regulating voltage – unit disabled 01b = Regulating voltage 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
3380 Generator Excitation Field Voltage Measured signal that represents the generator excitation field voltage. Generator excitation field voltage is indicative of the amount of excitation current being supplied by the voltage regulator to the generator field.
3381 Generator Excitation Field Current Measured signal that represents the generator excitation field current.
3382 Generator Output Voltage Bias Percentage Measured signal that represents the voltage bias percentage of the generator ouptput voltage being requested by external to the voltage regulator.Generator output voltage bias percentage is the amount of voltage in percent the generator output voltage will vary from the generator nominal setpoint.
3383 Requested Generator Total AC Reactive Power The total reactive power requested to be delivered by the generator
3384 Requested Generator Overall Power Factor The requested average power factor of the generator.
3385 Requested Generator Overall Power Factor Lagging The requested lead/lag status for the generator average AC power factor 00b = Leading 01b = Lagging 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available or Not installed
3386 Requested Generator Average Line-Line AC RMS Voltage The requested average AC RMS voltage to be delivered by the generator.
3387 Engine Cylinder 1 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #1 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3388 Engine Cylinder 2 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #2 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3389 Engine Cylinder 3 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #3 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3390 Engine Cylinder 4 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #4 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3391 Engine Cylinder 5 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #5 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3392 Engine Cylinder 6 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #6 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3393 Engine Cylinder 7 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #7 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3394 Engine Cylinder 8 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #8 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3395 Engine Cylinder 9 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #9 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3396 Engine Cylinder 10 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #10 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3397 Engine Cylinder 11 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #11 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3398 Engine Cylinder 12 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #12 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3399 Engine Cylinder 13 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #13 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3400 Engine Cylinder 14 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #14 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3401 Engine Cylinder 15 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #15 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3402 Engine Cylinder 16 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #16 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3403 Engine Cylinder 17 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #17 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3404 Engine Cylinder 18 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #18 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3405 Engine Cylinder 19 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #19 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3406 Engine Cylinder 20 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #20 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3407 Engine Cylinder 21 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #21 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3408 Engine Cylinder 22 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #22 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3409 Engine Cylinder 23 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #23 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3410 Engine Cylinder 24 Combustion Status This parameter is used to indicate state of combustion in engine cylinder #24 00b = No combustion 01b = Combustion exists 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3411 Status 2 of doors Composite indication of all bus door statuses. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed.00b = all bus doors are disabled 01b = at least 1 bus door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3412 Lock Status of Door 1 Lock status of bus door 1 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3413 Open Status of Door 1 Open status of bus door 1 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3414 Enable Status of Door 1 Enable status of bus door 1. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3415 Lock Status of Door 2 Lock status of bus door 2 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3416 Open Status of Door 2 Open status of bus door 2 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3417 Enable Status of Door 2 Enable status of bus door 2. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3418 Lock Status of Door 3 Lock status of bus door 3 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3419 Open Status of Door 3 Open status of bus door 3 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3420 Enable Status of Door 3 Enable status of bus door 3. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3421 Lock Status of Door 4 Lock status of bus door 4 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3422 Open Status of Door 4 Open status of bus door 4 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3423 Enable Status of Door 4 Enable status of bus door 4. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3424 Lock Status of Door 5 Lock status of bus door 5 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3425 Open Status of Door 5 Open status of bus door 5 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3426 Enable Status of Door 5 Enable status of bus door 5. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3427 Lock Status of Door 6 Lock status of bus door 6 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3428 Open Status of Door 6 Open status of bus door 6 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3429 Enable Status of Door 6 Enable status of bus door 6. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3430 Lock Status of Door 7 Lock status of bus door 7 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3431 Open Status of Door 7 Open status of bus door 7 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3432 Enable Status of Door 7 Enable status of bus door 7. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3433 Lock Status of Door 8 Lock status of bus door 8 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3434 Open Status of Door 8 Open status of bus door 8 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3435 Enable Status of Door 8 Enable status of bus door 8. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3436 Lock Status of Door 9 Lock status of bus door 9 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3437 Open Status of Door 9 Open status of bus door 9 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3438 Enable Status of Door 9 Enable status of bus door 9. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3439 Lock Status of Door 10 Lock status of bus door 10 00b = unlocked 01b = locked 10b = error 11b = not available
3440 Open Status of Door 10 Open status of bus door 10 00b = door closed 01b = door opened 10b = error 11b = not available
3441 Enable Status of Door 10 Enable status of bus door 10. Enabled means the bus doors are able to be automatically opened or closed. 00b = door disabled 01b = door enabled 10b = error 11b = not available
3442 Network Transceiver Status 2 Indicates the status of the transceiver for the wireless communications network type 0 = Off 1 = On 2 = Not Authorized to Operate on Network 3 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3443 Network Service Status 2 Indicates the status of the Service for the wireless communications network type 0 = Local Service 1 = Roaming Service 2 = Service not available 3 = Not Authorized to Operate on Service 4 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3444 Network Antenna Status 2 Indicates the status of the antenna for the wireless communications network type 0 = Off 1 = On 2 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3445 Network Signal Strength 2 Indicates the signal strength for the wireless communications network type.
3446 Wireless Communication Network Type 2 Type of Wireless Communication Network 0 = Cellular network #1 1 = Cellular network #2 2 = Wireless LAN #1 3 = Wireless LAN #2 4 = Satellite network 5 to 250 = Reserved for Future Assignment 251 to 253 = Reserved 254 = Error 255 = Not Available
3447 Remote PTO Governor Preprogrammed Speed Control Switch #2 Switch signal which indicates that the remote PTO governor toggle switch #2 is in the enabled (ON) position. If the toggle switch is enabled and other conditions are satisfied then the remote PTO governor control feature is activated and the PTO governor will control at the preprogrammed speed #2.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not Available Note: This switch is different than the 1-8 Preprogrammed Set Speeds because this is a physical switch input, not a user programmable set speed (although the associated PTO set speed for this toggle switch is user defined).
3448 Auxiliary Input Ignore Switch Switch signal which overrides other switch input’s ability to disable an engine’s operating condition. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not Available This switch input can be used to prevent the PTO from disengaging if another switch input’s state changes. For example, if the PTO is normally disengaged when the clutch is depressed, then this switch would allow the user to use PTO while depressing the clutch. Interlock switches which are specifically intended to inhibit PTO operation have priority over this parameter.
3451 Engine Multiple Cylinder Spark Voltage The spark voltage of a spark event measured on multiple cylinders. This parameter is intended for use on engines where the spark plug, spark plug wire, and coils are used to measure the voltage of a spark event on multiple cylinders.
3452 Enable Switch – Transmission input shaft PTO 1 Status of the operator’s switch or other input which indicates the desire for engaging the first PTO drive mounted on the transmission case. There may be more than one PTO drive mounted on the transmission case.00b = Enable switch off – PTO operation not desired 01b = Enable switch on – PTO operation desired 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3453 Enable Switch – Transmission input shaft PTO 2 Status of the operator’s switch or other input which indicates the desire for engaging the second PTO drive mounted on the transmission case. If there is only one PTO drive on the transmission case, use SPN 3452 Enable Switch – Transmission input shaft PTO 1.00b = Enable switch off – PTO operation not desired 01b = Enable switch on – PTO operation desired 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3454 Enable Switch – Transmission output shaft PTO Status of the operator’s switch or other input which indicates the desire for engaging the PTO drive mounted on the transmission output shaft.00b = Enable switch off – PTO operation not desired 01b = Enable switch on – PTO operation desired 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3455 Enable Switch – Transfer case output shaft PTO Status of the operator’s switch or other input which indicates the desire for engaging the PTO drive mounted on the output shaft of the transfer case.00b = Enable switch off – PTO operation not desired 01b = Enable switch on – PTO operation desired 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3456 Engagement Consent – Transmission input shaft PTO 1 Status of the transmission controller’s consent to engage the first or sole PTO drive mounted on the transmission case. The controller in charge of the PTO drive should monitor this parameter and only engage the drive when consent is given. If consent is removed, while the PTO drive is engaged, the drive controller should disengage the drive as soon as possible. Engaging the drive or continuing drive engagement when consent is removed may result in damage to the transmission and / or the PTO drive mechanism.00b = Consent not given – PTO drive should not be engaged 01b = Consent given – PTO drive may be engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3457 Engagement Consent – Transmission input shaft PTO 2 Status of the transmission controller’s consent to engage the second PTO drive mounted on the transmission case. The controller in charge of the PTO drive should monitor this parameter and only engage the drive when consent is given. If consent is removed while the PTO drive is engaged, the drive controller should disengage the drive as soon as possible. Engaging the drive or continuing drive engagement when consent is removed may result in damage to the transmission and / or the PTO drive mechanism. If there is only one PTO drive on the transmission case, use SPN 3456 Engagement Consent – Transmission input shaft PTO 1.00b = Consent not given – PTO drive should not be engaged 01b = Consent given – PTO drive may be engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3458 Engagement Consent – Transmission output shaft PTO Status of the transmission controller’s consent to engage the PTO drive connected to the transmission output shaft. The controller in charge of the PTO drive should monitor this parameter and only engage the drive when consent is given. If consent is removed, while the PTO drive is engaged, the drive controller should disengage the drive as soon as possible. Engaging the drive or continuing drive engagement when consent is removed may result in damage to the transmission and / or the PTO drive mechanism.00b = Consent not given – PTO drive should not be engaged 01b = Consent given – PTO drive may be engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3459 Engagement Consent – Transfer case output shaft PTO Status of the transmission controller’s consent to engage the PTO drive connected to the transfer case output shaft. The controller in charge of the PTO drive should monitor this parameter and only engage the drive when consent is given. If consent is removed, while the PTO drive is engaged, the drive controller should disengage the drive as soon as possible. Engaging the drive or continuing drive engagement when consent is removed may result in damage to the transmission and / or the PTO drive mechanism.00b = Consent not given – PTO drive should not be engaged 01b = Consent given – PTO drive may be engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3460 Engagement Status – Transmission input shaft PTO 1 Reports if this specific PTO drive is engaged. This parameter should be broadcast only by the controller(s) receiving feedback about the specific drive.For example, a pressure switch may be used to determine if a PTO-driven pump has been engaged. If the Body Controller (SA33) were monitoring this feedback signal, it should be the node broadcasting this parameter. 00b = Drive not engaged 01b = Drive is engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3461 Engagement Status – Transmission input shaft PTO 2 Reports if this specific PTO drive is engaged. This parameter should be broadcast only by the controller(s) receiving feedback about the specific drive.For example, a pressure switch may be used to determine if a PTO-driven pump has been engaged. If the Body Controller (SA33) were monitoring this feedback signal, it should be the node broadcasting this parameter. If there is only one PTO drive on the transmission case, SPN 3460 Engagement Status – Transmission input shaft PTO 1 should be used. 00b = Drive not engaged 01b = Drive is engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3462 Engagement Status – Transmission output shaft PTO Reports if this specific PTO drive is engaged. This parameter should be broadcast only by the controller(s) receiving feedback about the specific drive.For example, a pressure switch may be used to determine if a PTO-driven pump has been engaged. If the Body Controller (SA33) were monitoring this feedback signal, it should be the node broadcasting this parameter. 00b = Drive not engaged 01b = Drive is engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3463 Engagement Status – Transfer case output shaft PTO Reports if this specific PTO drive is engaged. This parameter should be broadcast only by the controller(s) receiving feedback about the specific drive.For example, a pressure switch may be used to determine if a PTO-driven pump has been engaged. If the Body Controller (SA33) were monitoring this feedback signal, it should be the node broadcasting this parameter. 00b = Drive not engaged 01b = Drive is engaged 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3464 Engine Throttle Actuator 1 Control Command The control command to throttle actuator 1, normalized to percent, where 0% represents fully closed and 100% represents fully open. Typically, this throttle actuator is used to regulate air or air / fuel mix to the engine. Using the standard convention for determining the position. Left/front is #1 and right/rear is #2 (SPN 3465).FB00h – FB64h is sent to calibrate to a specific position. The LSB specifies the position with a resolution of 1%/bit (eg, FB32h is sent to calibrate the actuator to 50%). FBFFh is sent to calibrate the actuator using its own algorithm. Calibration status from the actuator is received on SPN 5445.
3465 Engine Throttle Actuator 2 Control Command The control command to throttle actuator 2, normalized to percent, where 0% represents fully closed and 100% represents fully open. Typically, this throttle actuator is used to regulate air or air / fuel mix to the engine. Using the standard convention for determining the position. Left/front is #1 (SPN 3464) and right/rear is #2.
3466 Engine Fuel Valve 2 Intake Absolute Pressure Absolute pressure of gas on intake side of the second fuel system control valve, using standard convention for determining position.In a system with two fuel system control valves, left/front is #1 (SPN 1390) and right/rear is #2 (SPN 3466). In a system with more than 2 fuel system control valves, the front left is #1 (SPN 1390), the front right is #2 (SPN 3466), the rear left is #3 (SPN 7505), and the rear right is #4 (SPN 7506).
3467 Engine Fuel System 2 Gas Mass Flow Rate Gas mass flow rate delivered to an engine through its second fuel control system, using standard convention for determining position.In a system with two fuel system control valves, left/front is #1 (SPN 1241) and right/rear is #2 (SPN 3467). In a system with more than 2 fuel systems, the front left is #1 (SPN 1241), the front right is #2 (SPN 3467), the rear left is #3 (SPN 7509), and the rear right is #4 (SPN 7510).
3468 Engine Fuel 1 Temperature 2 Second Temperature measurement of fuel (or gas) of the first fuel type. See SPN 174 for first fuel temperature measurement.
3469 Engine Fuel Valve 2 Outlet Absolute Pressure Absolute pressure of gas on outlet side of the second fuel system control valve. See SPN 2980 for the first or only fuel system control valve.
3470 Engine Turbocharger Compressor Bypass Actuator 1 Command The command to a compressor bypass actuator, normalized to percent, where 0% nominally represents fully closed and 100% represents fully open. Typically, the turbocharger compressor bypass actuator is used to keep the engine out of surge by metering compressed air (charge).
3471 Aftertreatment 1 Fuel Pressure Control Actuator Diagnostic SPN for the actuator controlling aftertreatment 1 fuel pressure
3472 Aftertreatment 1 Air Pressure Control Actuator Diagnostic SPN for the actuator controlling aftertreatment 1 air pressure
3473 Aftertreatment 1 Failed to Ignite Indicates that aftertreatment 1 has failed to ignite enough times to warrant triggering a diagnostic event. Note: Intended to be used with FMI 31 – condition exists. This SPN would indicate that aftertreatment 1 has been trying to ignite using the ignition system but has been unable to for an unknown reason. The ignition system, air system, or fuel system could be at fault.
3474 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Loss of Combustion Indicates that aftertreatment 1 has lost combustion enough times to warrant triggering a diagnostic. Note: Intended to be used with FMI 31 – condition exists. This SPN would indicate that aftertreatment 1 has lost combustion during a regeneration for an unknown reason.
3475 Aftertreatment 2 Fuel Pressure Control Actuator Diagnostic SPN for the actuator controlling aftertreatment 2 fuel pressure
3476 Aftertreatment 2 Air Pressure Control Actuator Diagnostic SPN for the actuator controlling aftertreatment 2 air pressure
3477 Aftertreatment 2 Failed to Ignite Indicates that aftertreatment 2 has failed to ignite enough times to warrant triggering a diagnostic event. Note: Intended to be used with FMI 31 – condition exists. This SPN would indicate that aftertreatment 2 has been trying to ignite using the ignition system but has been unable to for an unknown reason. The ignition system, air system, or fuel system could be at fault.
3478 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Loss of Combustion Indicates that aftertreatment 2 has lost combustion enough times to warrant triggering a diagnostic. Note: Intended to be used with FMI 31 – condition exists. This SPN would indicate that aftertreatment 2 has lost combustion during a regeneration for an unknown reason.
3479 Aftertreatment 1 Fuel Pressure 1 Control Position that the controller is commanding the aftertreatment 1 fuel pressure control to maintain. 0% = fully closed, 100% = fully open.
3480 Aftertreatment 1 Fuel Pressure 1 First fuel pressure measurement for the aftertreatment 1 system
3481 Aftertreatment 1 Fuel Rate Rate of fuel being delivered to aftertreatment 1 for regeneration
3482 Aftertreatment 1 Fuel Enable Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 fuel enable actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3483 Aftertreatment 1 Regeneration Status Indicates whether regeneration is active or inactive in aftertreatment 1. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3484 Aftertreatment 1 Ignition Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 ignition circuit is energized by the ECU. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3485 Aftertreatment 1 Supply Air Pressure Pressure of the supply air for aftertreatment 1. Supply air is the air supplied from a pneumatic line for an air-assisted or pneumatic actuator. One example is an air assisted fuel injector (the supply air assists in the atomization of fuel).
3486 Aftertreatment 1 Purge Air Pressure Pressure of the purge air supply for aftertreatment 1
3487 Aftertreatment 1 Air Pressure Control Position that the controller is commanding the aftertreatment 1 air pressure control to maintain. 0% = fully closed, 100% = fully open
3488 Aftertreatment 1 Air Pressure Actuator Position Position of the aftertreatment 1 air pressure actuator as measured by a position feedback sensor.
3489 Aftertreatment 1 Air Enable Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 air enable actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3490 Aftertreatment 1 Purge Air Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 purge air actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3491 Aftertreatment 1 Atomization Air Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 atomization air actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3492 Aftertreatment 1 Air System Relay Indicates whether aftertreatment 1 air system relay is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3493 Aftertreatment 2 Fuel Pressure 1 Control Position that the controller is commanding the aftertreatment 2 fuel pressure control to maintain. 0% = fully closed, 100% = fully open.
3494 Aftertreatment 2 Fuel Pressure 1 Pressure of the fuel for Aftertreatment 2.
3495 Aftertreatment 2 Fuel Rate Rate of fuel being delivered to aftertreatment 2 for regeneration
3496 Aftertreatment 2 Fuel Enable Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 fuel enable actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3497 Aftertreatment 2 Regeneration Status Indicates whether regeneration is active or inactive in aftertreatment 2. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3498 Aftertreatment 2 Ignition Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 ignition circuit is energized by the ECU. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3499 Aftertreatment 2 Supply Air Pressure Pressure of the supply air for aftertreatment 2. Supply air is the air supplied from a pneumatic line for an air-assisted or pneumatic actuator. One example is an air assisted fuel injector (the supply air assists in the atomization of fuel).
3500 Aftertreatment 2 Purge Air Pressure Pressure of the purge air supply for aftertreatment 2
3501 Aftertreatment 2 Air Pressure Control Position that the controller is commanding the aftertreatment 2 air pressure control to maintain. 0% = fully closed, 100% = fully open
3502 Aftertreatment 2 Air Pressure Actuator Position Position of the aftertreatment 2 air pressure actuator as measured by a position feedback sensor.
3503 Aftertreatment 2 Air Enable Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 air enable actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3504 Aftertreatment 2 Purge Air Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 purge air actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3505 Aftertreatment 2 Atomization Air Actuator Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 atomization air actuator is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3506 Aftertreatment 2 Air System Relay Indicates whether aftertreatment 2 air system relay is on or off 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3507 TECU ECU_PWR relay The high current ECU PWR relay for the ECU PWR distribution on the Implement bus as controlled by the Tractor ECU (TECU). This includes from the internal control portion of the ECU PWR relay to the output of the ECU PWR relay on the vehicle which directly controls the power for the Implement bus ecu type loads.
3508 TECU PWR Relay The high current PWR relay for the PWR distribution on the Implement bus as controlled by the Tractor ECU (TECU). This includes from the internal control portion of the PWR relay to the output of the main PWR relay on the vehicle which directly controls the power for the Implement bus non-ecu type loads.
3509 Sensor supply voltage 1 Sensor ECU supply voltage 1
3510 Sensor supply voltage 2 Sensor ECU supply voltage 2
3511 Sensor supply voltage 3 Sensor ECU supply voltage 3
3512 Sensor supply voltage 4 Sensor ECU supply voltage 4
3513 Sensor supply voltage 5 Sensor ECU supply voltage 5
3514 Sensor supply voltage 6 Sensor ECU supply voltage 6
3515 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Temperature 2 Temperature of the diesel exhaust fluid at the device measuring diesel exhaust fluid quality
3516 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Concentration A measure of the concentration of urea in water. Zero percent means that the tank contains no urea. A 32.5% value indicates that the diesel exhaust fluid is of the proper concentration. The 32.5% value indicates that the concentration is highest quality.Parameter Specific Indicator: A value of FBh indicates conditions are not acceptable for a valid measurement.
3517 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level The diesel exhaust fluid level height in mm in the diesel exhaust fluid storage container for aftertreatment system 1 (exhaust bank 1). See SPN 1761 and SPN 7530 for alternate measurements.Parameter Specific Indicator: A value of FB00h indicates conditions are not acceptable for a valid measurement.
3518 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Conductivity A measure of the conductivity of the diesel exhaust fluid at the sensor. The conductivity is an indication of the diesel exhaust fluid’s chemical make up.
3519 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Temperature 2 Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI that applies to the most significant failure of the diesel exhaust fluid temperature sensor. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3520 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Properties Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI that applies to the most significant failure of the diesel exhaust fluid properties sensor. This may be used for indicating failures of the diesel exhaust fluid concentration, diesel exhaust fluid conductivity or diesel exhaust fluid type. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3521 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Property This parameter indicates the property of the fluid compound in the tank. A value of 0011b indicates uncontaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid.0000b = Urea concentration too high 0001b = Urea concentration too low 0010b = Fluid is diesel 0011b = Diesel exhaust fluid is proper mixture 0100b to 1011b = Reserved for SAE assignment 1100b = Diesel exhaust fluid, but concentration cannot be determined 1101b = Not able to determine fluid property (fluid type unknown) 1110b = Error with diesel exhaust fluid property detection 1111b = Not available
3522 Aftertreatment 1 Total Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used by aftertreatment device 1 over the lifetime of the device.
3523 Aftertreatment 1 Total Regeneration Time Total amount of time that aftertreatment device 1 has been regenerating over the lifetime of the device.
3524 Aftertreatment 1 Total Disabled Time Total amount of time that aftertreatment 1 regeneration has been manually disabled.
3525 Aftertreatment 1 Total Number of Active Regenerations Total number of active regenerations by aftertreatment device 1 over the lifetime of the device.
3526 Aftertreatment 2 Total Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used by aftertreatment device 2 over the lifetime of the device.
3527 Aftertreatment 2 Total Regeneration Time Total amount of time that aftertreatment device 2 has been regenerating over the lifetime of the device.
3528 Aftertreatment 2 Total Disabled Time Total amount of time that aftertreatment 2 regeneration has been manually disabled.
3529 Aftertreatment 2 Total Number of Active Regenerations Total number of active regenerations by aftertreatment device 2 over the lifetime of the device.
3530 Aftertreatment 1 Regeneration Manually Disabled Indicates that aftertreatment device 1 has been manually disabled by a service technician. Note: This SPN is intended to be used with FMI 31 – Condition Exists.
3531 Aftertreatment 2 Regeneration Manually Disabled Indicates that aftertreatment device 2 has been manually disabled by a service technician. Note: This SPN is intended to be used with FMI 31 – Condition Exists.
3532 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level/Volume Preliminary FMI Used to identify the applicable J1939-73 FMI detected in the diesel exhaust fluid tank level sensor by the manufacturer’s sensor control software. This FMI is applicable to either the diesel exhaust fluid tank level or diesel exhaust fluid tank volume parameters. In the case of multiple failures the most severe is communicated.A value of 31 is sent to indicate that no failure has been detected or this parameter is not supported.
3533 Transmission Oil Level Switch This switch indicates whether transmission oil level is full or empty. 00b = Empty 01b = Full or not empty 10b = Error 11b = Not available
3534 Brake Torque Output Axle 1 Left Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 1 left
3535 Brake Torque Output Axle 1 Right Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 1 right
3536 Brake Torque Output Axle 2 Left Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 2 left
3537 Brake Torque Output Axle 2 Right Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 2 right
3538 Brake Torque Output Axle 3 Left Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 3 left
3539 Brake Torque Output Axle 3 Right Brake torque output on wheel brake axle 3 right
3540 Reference Ground Connection The reference ground is an additional ground connection in order to supervise the main ground connection
3541 Brake Light Relay Relay to control the brake lights.
3542 Requested Engine Control Mode This parameter is used to request a change to the engine control mode. This is a status parameter. 0000b = Normal Engine Shutdown 0001b = Rapid Engine Shutdown 0010b = Emergency Engine Shutdown 0011b = Normal Engine Start 0100b = Rapid Engine Start 0101b to 1101b = available for SAE assignment 1110b = 1111b = Don’t Care / Take No ActionNormal Engine Shutdown – Used to request that the engine control system shut down the engine, using the normal shutdown sequence for the engine. The shutdown sequence might include cool down or other intermediate states that delay stopping the engine. Rapid Engine Shutdown – Used to request that the engine control system shut down the engine, using an abbreviated shutdown sequence for the engine. The intent is that the rapid engine shutdown take less time than a normal engine shutdown, but the specific shutdown sequence will depend on the configuration of the engine control system. Emergency Engine Shutdown – Used to request that the engine control system shut down the engine, using the emergency shutdown sequence for the engine. The intent is to shut down the engine in the fastest possible manner, using all mechanisms available. All intermediate states that delay stopping the engine must be skipped for an emergency engine shutdown. In addition, any installed emergency stop aids (such as air shutoff, Jake Brakes, etc.) must be activated for an emergency shutdown. Normal Engine Start – Used to request that the engine control system start the engine, using the normal starting sequence for the engine. All starting aids and pre-start states will be employed as appropriate for the engine and the current operating conditions. Rapid Engine Start – Used to request that the engine control system start the engine, using an abbreviated starting sequence for the engine. The intent is that the rapid engine start take less time than a normal engine start, but the specific starting sequence will depend on the configuration of the engine control system.
3543 Engine Operating State This parameter is used to indicate the current state, or mode, of operation by the engine. This is a status parameter.0000b = Engine Stopped 0001b = Pre-Start 0010b = Starting 0011b = Warm-Up 0100b = Running 0101b = Cool-down 0110b = Engine Stopping 0111b = Post-Run 1000b to 1101b = available for SAE assignment 1110b = 1111b = not available STOPPED – In the stopped state, the ECM is powered and the engine is not turning. The engine is ready to start. PRE-START – In the PRE-START state, the engine is not running. Actions are taken by various subsystem controls to prepare the engine for cranking and starting. This may include any priming, prelubrication, preheating sequences, interlocks or other start permissives. These subsystems have their own state based control and communicate their status to the engine state control logic. STARTING – During the STARTING state, actions are taken by various subsystem controls to attempt to start the engine. WARM-UP – During the WARM-UP state, the engine operates at reduced speed and / or load to allow the engine to come up to operating temperature. RUNNING – In the RUNNING state, the engine is turning and is prepared to output power. COOL-DOWN – During the COOLDOWN state, the engine operates at reduced speed and / or load to allow the engine to cool off before the engine is stopped. STOPPING – In the STOPPING state, actions are taken by various subsystem controls to attempt to stop the engine. POST-RUN – During the POST-RUN state, the engine is not turning. Actions are taken by various subsystem controls to prevent engine damage and extend component life. The engine is not ready to start.
3544 Time Remaining in Engine Operating State This parameter is used to indicate the time remaining in the current engine operating state, based on the state defined in the SPN « Engine Operating State » (SPN 3543). For the states in which time remaining is not applicable, use 65535 (FFFFh).
3545 Generator Circuit Breaker Status This parameter indicates the measured state of the generator circuit breaker. 000b = Open 001b = Closed 010b = Locked Out 011b = Transitioning to Open state 100b = Transitioning to Closed state 101b = Available for SAE assignment 110b = Error 111b = Not Available
3546 Utility Circuit Breaker Status This parameter indicates the measured state of the utility circuit breaker. 000b = Open 001b = Closed 010b = Locked Out 011b = Transitioning to Open state 100b = Transitioning to Closed state 101b = Available for SAE assignment 110b = Error 111b = Not Available
3547 Automatic Transfer Switch Status This parameter indicates the measured state of the automatic transfer switch. 000b = Normal position 001b = Emergency position 010b = Available for SAE assignment 011b = Transitioning to Normal position 100b = Transitioning to Emergency position 101b = Available for SAE assignment 110b = Error 111b = Not Available
3548 Engine Waste Oil Reservoir Level Level of crankcase blowby emulsion collected by a container. Normalized to percent, 0% represents completely empty and 100% represents completely full.
3549 Engine Oil Filter Outlet Pressure Oil pressure (gage) measured just downstream of oil filter.Used in conjunction with SPN1208 (pre-filter oil pressure) to determine oil filter health.
3550 Engine Oil Priming Pump Switch Switch input for activating the engine oil priming pump. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Error 11b = Not available or not installed
3551 Engine Oil Priming State Determination of whether or not the engine is (or has recently been) sufficiently lubricated for starting purposes.00b = Not sufficiently lubricated 01b = Sufficiently lubricated 10b = Unable to determine if sufficiently lubricated 11b = Not available or not installed
3552 Engine Oil Pre-Heated State Indicates whether the engine oil pre-heated sufficiently for starting purposes. 00b = Not sufficiently pre-heated 01b = Sufficiently pre-heated 10b = Unable to determine if engine oil is pre-heated sufficiently 11b = Not available or not installed
3553 Engine Coolant Pre-heated State Indicates whether the engine coolant is pre-heated sufficiently for starting purposes. 00b = Not sufficiently pre-heated 01b = Sufficiently pre-heated 10b = Unable to determine engine coolant pre-heated sufficiently 11b = Not available or not installed
3554 Engine Ventilation Status Engine ventilation control states. 000b = Sufficiently vented (all combustible gases have been evacuated from intake and exhaust systems) 001b = Ventilation needed (combustible gases may be present in intake and exhaust systems) 010b = Ventilation delay (delay without cranking between ventilation and start engine states) 011b = Currently venting (engine cranks w/o gas or ignition to clear intake and exhaust systems with air) 100b = Reserved for SAE assignment 101b = Reserved for SAE assignment 110b = Not able to determine if sufficiently vented 111b = Not available or not installe
3555 Ambient Air Density The density of the ambient air
3556 Aftertreatment 1 Hydrocarbon Doser 1 The doser used to inject fuel into the aftertreatment system
3557 Parking Brake Red Warning Signal This parameter commands the Parking Brake red optical warning signal. 00b = off 01b = on 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
3558 AETC Data Collection Standard Indicates the standardized method by which torque data was obtained for the Advertised Engine Torque Curve (AETC). For example, in North America, heavy duty diesel engine specifications are typically based on SAE J1995. Other applicable SAE, ISO, or DIN standards may be added as necessary in the future.0000b = SAE J1995 0001b to 1101b = Not Defined 1111b = Not Available
3559 Number of AETC data points Indicates the number of speed / torque data points contained in the Advertised Engine Torque Curve broadcast (AETC). A minimum of 5 points is required, with a maximum of 15 points available as needed to accurately convey the curve.
3560 AETC Speed Value Engine speed value of the data points in PGN 64912 – Advertised Engine Torque Curve (AETC).
3561 AETC Torque value Engine torque value of the data points in PGN 64912 – Advertised Engine Torque Curve (AETC).
3562 Engine Intake Manifold #2 Pressure The gage pressure measurement of the air intake manifold for bank #2 or the second air intake manifold. If there are multiple air pressure sensors in the second intake stream, this is the last one in flow direction before entering the combustion chamber. See also SPNs 1127-1130 and SPN 102 for alternate range and resolution.
3563 Engine Intake Manifold #1 Absolute Pressure The absolute pressure measurement of the air intake manifold. If there are multiple air pressure sensors in the intake stream, this is the last one in flow direction before entering the combustion chamber.
3564 Lane Departure Warning Enable Command Command to enable/disable Lane Departure Indication 00b = Disable Lane Departure Warning 01b = Enable Lane Departure Warning 10b = Reserved 11b = Don´t care
3565 Lane Departure Left Indicates that the middle of vehicle departs the lane on the left side. The parameter indicates that the vehicle is changing the lane to the left.00b = Middle of the vehicle does not depart the lane to the left side 01b = Middle of the vehicle departs the lane to the left side 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
3566 Lane Departure Right Indicates that the middle of vehicle departs the lane on the right side. The parameter indicates that the vehicle is changing the lane to the right.00b = Middle of the vehicle does not depart the lane to the right side 01b = Middle of the vehicle departs the lane to the right side 10b = Reserved 11b = Take no action
3567 Generator Control Not In Automatic Start State This parameter indicates whether or not the generator set is in a condition to automatically start up and provide power. If not, this status parameter is in the ACTIVE state.00b = inactive (ready to start automatically) 01b = active (not ready to start automatically) 10b = error 11b = not available Note: Legislative requirements for generator sets require that this condition be visually indicated (alarmed) on the local generator set control and remotely indicated on ancillary monitoring devices. The state has been defined in this manner (‘Not in automatic start ») to allow the use of FMI 31 to indicate NOT ready to automatically start up and provide power, which is an undesired condition.
3568 Generator Not Ready to Automatically Parallel State This parameter indicates whether or not all systems required to start the engine and close to the bus are prepared to operate automatically. If not, the generator is not ready to automatically parallel, and the status parameter is in the ACTIVE state.00b = inactive (ready to parallel) 01b = active (not ready to parallel) 10b = error 11b = not available Note: Legislative requirements for generator sets require that this condition be visually indicated (alarmed) on the local generator set control and remotely indicated on ancillary monitoring devices. The state has been defined in this manner (« Not ready ») to allow the use of FMI 31 to indicate NOT ready to automatically parallel, which is an undesired condition.
3569 Generator Neutral Earth Fault Some means (usually a core balance current transformer into a matched measurement device) identifies that an imbalance between the current in the live phase(s) and neutral from the generator exceeds a threshold. When this condition occurs, this SPN is triggered to indicate that a fault to earth current is flowing within the generator. Typically used with FMI 31 to indicate that the condition exists.
3570 Generator Load Neutral Earth Leakage Some means (usually a core balance current transformer into a matched measurement device) identifies that an imbalance between the current in the live phase(s) and neutral from the load has exceeded a threshold. When this condition occurs, this SPN is triggered to indicate that a fault to earth current is flowing in the load. Typically used with FMI 31 to indicate that the condition exists.
3571 Generator Circuit Breaker Opening Time As determined by the genset control, it will attempt to close or open a circuit breaker depending on the operational mode and system status. This parameter indicates the time between the control commanding the breaker to open, and the breaker opening (as measured by the genset control). If the breaker fails to open within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 or FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity if the breaker doesn’t open within specified amounts of time after the command is issued.
3572 Generator Circuit Breaker Closing Time As determined by the genset control, it will attempt to close or open a circuit breaker depending on the operational mode and system status. This parameter indicates the time between the control commanding the breaker to close, and the breaker closing (as measured by the genset control). If the breaker fails to close within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 or FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity if the breaker doesn’t close within specified amounts of time after the command is issued.
3573 Utility Circuit Breaker Opening Time As determined by the genset control, it will attempt to close or open a circuit breaker depending on the operational mode and system status. This parameter indicates the time between the control commanding the breaker to open, and the breaker opening (as measured by the genset control). If the breaker fails to open withinin a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 or FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity if the breaker doesn’t open within specified amounts of time after the command is issued.
3574 Utility Circuit Breaker Closing Time As determined by the genset control, it will attempt to close or open a circuit breaker depending on the operational mode and system status. This parameter indicates the time between the control commanding the breaker to close, and the breaker closing (as measured by the genset control). If the breaker fails to close within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 or FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity if the breaker doesn’t open within specified amounts of time after the command is issued.
3575 Utility to Generator Transfer Time When the genset control commands the generator(s) to pick up load, it transfers the load from the utility to the generator(s). This parameter indicates the time between the genset control requesting the generator(s) to pick up the load, and the completion of the load transfer from the utility to the generator(s). If the transfer fails to complete within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 and FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity at specified times.
3576 Generator to Utility Transfer Time When the genset control commands the generator(s) to drop load, it transfers the load to the utility, and then it disconnects. This parameter indicates the time between the genset control requesting the generator(s) to drop the load, and the completion of the load transfer from the generator(s) to the utility. If the transfer fails to complete within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 and FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity at specified times.
3577 Loss of Electric Utility Grid Typically the determination that utility has failed or no longer available is made by monitoring the voltage supplied by the utility. When the voltage drops below a predetermined level for a specified amount of time, this condition becomes active. In emergency standby generator systems, this is also the signal for starting the generator set. The automatic transfer switch will then switch the load from utility to generator set.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 31 to indicate that a loss of electric utility grid has occurred.
3578 Generator to Bus Synchronization Time This parameter indicates the time between the command to synchronize to the bus being issued and successful synchronization. If synchonization fails to complete within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 31 to indicate that a loss of electric utility grid has occurred.
3579 Generator to Bus Phase Sequence Mismatch This parameter indicates a phase sequence mismatch between the generator and the bus. Typically used with FMI 31 to indicate that the condition exists.
3580 Generator Soft Unload Time This parameter indicates the time between the command to soft unload and the completion of the ramp down to an unloaded condition. If the generator fails to unload within a specified amount of time, a diagnostic may be generated.This SPN may be used in a diagnostic DM1 message with FMI 15 and FMI 0 to trigger actions of increasing severity at specified times.
3581 Modbus Data Link Identifies the action to be performed on the Modbus communications port. Parameter mirrors SPN 608 (for J1587 diagnostic) and SPN 639 (for J1939 diagnostic).
3582 Utility Power Supply 110/120V (60Hz) or 220/240V (50Hz) alternating current power supply for engine AC auxiliary devices. This Utility power supply would typically come from local utility or ‘wall outlet’. It can be used to power a battery charger, DC power supply, or on engine auxiliaries like heaters, fans, pumps, etc. directly.
3583 Common AC Auxiliaries Breaker This parameter covers designs where several independent AC auxiliary control devices each have their own breakers, but the controlling ECU only receives a single breaker tripped feedback indication if any one of these breakers is tripped.
3584 Fire Detected A sensor has detected the presence of a fire at or near the engine.
3585 Engine Emergency Shutdown Switch An emergency shutdown switch that is activated by the operator for immediate engine shutdown.
3587 Ether Hold Control This control circuit is used to hold the ether valve in the open position, causing ether injection to continue.
3588 Ether Start Control This control circuit is used to initially open the ether valve and begin ether flow.
3589 Engine Oil Priming Pump Control This control is used to activate a pump that lubricates the engine, particularly prior to initial engine startup.00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = unavailable
3590 Generator Total Percent kW This parameter reports the generator total AC power, as a percentage of rated power.
3591 Generator Total Percent kVA This parameter reports the generator total AC apparent power, as a percentage of rated power.
3592 Generator Total Percent kVAr This parameter reports the generator total AC reactive power, as a percentage of rated power.
3593 Generator Total kVAr Hours Export This parameter reports the cumulative total AC reactive energy exported from the generator.
3594 Generator Total kVAr Hours Import This parameter reports the cumulative total AC reactive energy imported to the generator.
3595 Utility Total kVAr Hours Export This parameter reports the cumulative total AC reactive energy exported from the utility.
3596 Utility Total kVAr Hours Import This parameter reports the cumulative total AC reactive energy imported to the utility.
3597 ECU Power Output Supply Voltage #1 The first power output from an ECU.
3598 ECU Power Output Supply Voltage #2 The second power output from an ECU.
3599 ECU Power Output Supply Voltage #3 The third power output from an ECU.
3600 Steering Straight Ahead Position Reset Used to reset the straight ahead position for a steering sensor in the steering column or a steering controller’s straight ahead position on any steerable axle.00b = Take no action – Do not Reset 01b = Reset 10b = Reserved, take no action 11b = Not applicable
3601 Engine Fuel Shutoff Valve Leak Test Control Control setting for fuel shutoff valve proving system test. Typically, this type of system can only be used with a dual fuel shutoff system. The test consists of a small pump to pressurize the chamber between the dual fuel shutoffs when they are closed. After pressurizing, the test is passed if the pressure is above a certain threshold, indicating the fuel shutoffs are sealed completely shut without leaks. Otherwise, a low pressure indicates a leak is present past one or both of the fuel shutoffs.00b = Off (reset / no test in process) 01b = On (test in process / test complete) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action In addition to communicating desired action of the fuel shutoff valve proving system test and its driver status, this new SPN can be used to communicate whether the fuel shutoff valve proving system test failed, through the use of FMIs.
3602 Engine Oil Pre-heater Control Control setting for an electrically actuated oil pre-heating device. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action In addition to communicating desired action of the electrically actuated oil pre-heater and its driver status, this new SPN can be used to communicate if any attempts to adequately pre-heat the oil are unsuccessful, through the use of FMIs.
3603 Engine Electrical System Power Conservation Control Control setting for cutting power to various devices when the engine is not in use. Useful if it is desired to keep the engine in standby, with main control ECU still powered on and communictaing with outside world, but actuators and certain other ECUs can be de-powered.00b = Off (No Power conservation; all systems with supply power available) 01b = On (power conservation active; certain systems have supply power witheld) 10b = Reserved 11b = Unavailable
3604 Engine Pre-Heater Control Control setting for an electrically actuated engine block or coolant pre-heating device. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Unavailable
3605 Engine Coolant Pump Control Control setting for an electrically actuated engine coolant circulating pump. 00b = Off 01b = On 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action .
3606 Engine Controlled Shutdown Request A signal issued by the engine control system to a user or external system requesting for a controlled shutdown. This request is made when engine protection diagnostics determine a condition warrants a shutdown soon, but it is not severe enough to necessitate an immediate shutdown. This function gives notice such that the engine can be unloaded and cooled down before stopping.00b = Off (No Shutdown Requested) 01b = On (Shutdown Requested) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action
3607 Engine Emergency (Immediate) Shutdown Indication A signal issued by the engine control system to a user or external system indicating that it is immediately shutting the engine down. This indication is made when engine protection diagnostics determine a condition necessitates an immediate shutdown. This function gives notice that this has occurred.00b = Off (No Shutdown Requested) 01b = On (Shutdown Requested) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action
3608 Engine Fuel Shutoff Vent Control Control setting for a fuel shutoff vent. Typically, for a dual fuel shutoff system, the vent line is located between them and is plumbed to vent outside to atmosphere. The vent control typically always actuates opposite to that of the fuel shutoff(s) control. Thus, when the fuel shutoff(s) are closed, the vent is open, thereby ‘ventilating’ any leftover or leaking gas from the fuel shutoff. When the fuel shutoff(s) are open, the vent is closed, thereby all gas passes through to the engine.00b = Closed (vent closed) 01b = Open (vent open) 10b = Reserved 11b = Don’t care / take no action
3609 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Pressure This parameter indicates the diesel particulate filter intake gage pressure 1 (bank 1).
3610 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure This parameter indicates the diesel particulate filter outlet gage pressure 1 (bank 1).
3611 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Pressure This parameter indicates the diesel particulate filter intake gage pressure 2 (bank 2).
3612 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure This parameter indicates the diesel particulate filter outlet gage pressure 2 (bank 2).
3613 Text Display Instructions This parameter describes the status for the display how to show the information. 0000b = Clear display – The displayed information should be deleted or not displayed any more. 0001b = Hold display – The presently displayed information should be retained 0010b = Append at end of display – The transmitted information should be displayed at the end of the presently displayed information 0011b = Overwrite display – The presently displayed information is to be overwritten with the transmitted information 0100b = Overwrite substring – A portion of the presently displayed information is to be overwritten with the transmitted information starting at display text index (SPN 3614) 0101b = Highlight substring 0110b = Blink substring 0111b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not applicable
3614 Text Display Index Used for overwriting consecutive bytes of a displayed string when byte 1 « Text Display Instructions » state is set for « overwrite substring » mode. When used, this byte declares where in the text string that the new text will start overwriting, this number is also known as the start byte. As usual for the transmitted text string, the Text Display Characters will be sent and then terminated by the null character, this will be the stop byte indicator to declare when to stop overwriting.EXAMPLE: To only modify 3 bytes (50, 51, 52) of an 87 byte character string. Text Display Instructions – set to 0100b (Overwrite substring) Text Display Index – set to 50d (starting byte of desired overwrite) Text Display Characters – 3 characters sent, then the null ending byte
3615 Text Display Character From 1 up to 200 characters to be presented on a display. Up to 4 characters can be displayed without using Transport Protocol. The Display Text characters will follow the standard J1939-71 display method. Control characters can be used but not displayed. The characters are to be terminated with a 00h which is the « null » or « /0 » character.EXAMPLE: Since this parameter starts in byte position 4, the first displayed byte would be in byte 4 of the Data Frame, the fourth displayed byte would be in byte 7 of the Data Frame, byte 8 would be the null character.
3618 SAE J2012 DTC Presence A J1939 controller has one or more SAE J2012 format DTCs. FMI 31 shall be used with this SPN.
3619 Number of J2012 DTCs The number J2012 DTCs being conveyed in PGN 64906. If the value of this parameter is zero, the device broadcasting PGN 64906 has no active or previously active J2012 DTCs.
3620 J2012 DTC Five character ASCII SAE J2012 DTC, sent most significant byte first.
3621 J2012 DTC Status Indicates if the respective SAE J2012 DTC is active or previously active. 0b = DTC is previously active 1b = DTC is active
3622 J2012 DTC Occurrence Count Number of occurrences of the respective SAE J2012 DTC being conveyed. If more than 126 occurrences happen the value shall be set to 126. If the occurrence count is not available to be sent then this value shall be set to 127.
3623 Vehicle Roll This parameter indicates the roll in degrees from level. Facing the direction of travel a tip to the left would be indicated by a negative number and a tip to the right would be indicated by a positive number.
3624 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #1 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #1.This intake valve pressure is at the first cylinder in the engine, while SPN 2948 reflects the intake valve pressure of the entire engine system.
3625 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #2 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #2.
3626 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #3 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #3.
3627 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #4 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #4.
3628 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #5 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #5.
3629 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #6 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #6.
3630 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #7 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #7.
3631 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #8 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #8.
3632 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #9 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #9.
3633 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #10 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #10.
3634 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #11 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #11.
3635 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #12 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #12.
3636 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #13 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #13.
3637 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #14 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #14.
3638 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #15 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #15.
3639 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #16 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #16.
3640 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #17 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #17.
3641 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #18 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #18.
3642 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #19 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #19.
3643 Engine Intake Valve Actuation Oil Pressure for Cylinder #20 The gage pressure of the oil in the hydraulic accumulator that powers the engine intake valve for cylinder #20.
3644 Engine Derate Request This parameter is a derate request made from the engine control system to an external system, where the engine is requesting an external device to reduce the load being applied. A zero value indicates that there is no derate being requested and 100% means full derate being requested. Any non-zero value represents a derate is being requested, at a percentage of full load. The engine control system identifies any problems and determines the amount of derate the situation calls for. This parameter can be useful to customer applications that prefer awareness and control of the engine derate.See also SPN 8436 for a Derate Request in kW.
3645 Transfer case status This parameter describes the feedback from the transfer case controller . Used by instrument clusters, tachographs, PTOs , etc.000b = 2 wheel high (normal or `’On Highway’ Range) 001b = 4 wheel high (normal or ‘On Highway’ Range 010b = neutral 011b = 2 wheel low (or `’Off Highway’ Range) 100b = 4 wheel low (or `’Off Highway’ Range) 101b = Transfer Case Shift in Progress or gear not confirmed 110b = error 111b = not available
3646 Transmission Park Selector The Transmission Park Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle should be in or change to the Park transmission mode.
3647 Transmission Reverse Selector The Transmission Reverse Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Reverse transmission mode.
3648 Transmission Neutral Selector The Transmission Neutral Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Neutral transmission mode.
3649 Transmission Drive Selector The Transmission Drive Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Drive transmission mode.
3650 Transmission Low Selector The Transmission Low Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Low transmission mode.
3651 Transmission Primary Manual Selector The Transmission Primary Manual Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Manual transmission mode.
3652 Transmission Primary Shift Up Selector The Transmission Primary Shift Up Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Shift Up transmission mode.
3653 Transmission Primary Shift Down Selector The Transmission Primary Shift Down Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Shift Down transmission mode.
3654 Transmission Secondary Manual Selector The Transmission Secondary Manual Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Manual transmission mode.
3655 Transmission Secondary Shift Up Selector The Transmission Secondary Shift Up Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Shift Up transmission mode.
3656 Transmission Secondary Shift Down Selector The Transmission Secondary Shift Down Selector is a device (switch, button, lever position) that indicates the vehicle/transmission should be in or change to the Shift Down transmission mode.
3657 Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls Decoder The Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls Decoder of the hardware circuitry that reads and monitors the Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls.
3658 Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls Input The Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls Input is the input to the device that reads and monitors the Steering Wheel Mounted Shift Controls.
3659 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 1 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 1
3660 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 2 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 2
3661 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 3 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 3
3662 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 4 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 4
3663 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 5 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 5
3664 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 6 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 6
3665 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 7 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 7
3666 Engine Fuel 1 Injector Cylinder 8 Actuator 2 This is the second valve actuator on Engine Fuel Injector Cylinder 8
3667 Engine Air Shutoff Status State signal which indicates the actual measured position of the Air Shutoff. 00b = Air flow allowed to engine 01b = Air flow restricted 10b = Error 11b = Not Available Note: This parameter, in conjunction with SPN 2813 – « Engine Air Shutoff Command Status », is provided to allow an external system to annunciate and/or alarm on either an accidental air shutoff (shutoff detected but not commanded), or a failed air shutoff (shutoff commanded but not detected).
3668 Engine Charge Air Cooler Coolant Level Ratio of volume of liquid found in an engine charge air cooler cooling system to total engine charge air cooler cooling system volume.
3669 Engine Rotation Direction Direction of engine rotation, as reported by the engine. Direction convention as viewed by an observer standing at the rear of the engine, viewing the flywheel.00b = CounterClockWise (CCW) 01b = ClockWise (CW) 10b = Unknown (Rotation Direction Unknown) 11b = Not Available When the rotation direction is yet to be detected, Unknown will be reported.
3670 Maximum Crank Attempts per Start Attempt The number of cranking cycles that will be performed before ending the start attempt. This is intended to be used in conjunction with Crank Attempt Count on Present Start Attempt, in order to give a FMI 0 diagnostic on the latter.
3671 Crank Attempt Count on Present Start Attempt Reports the number of cranking cycles undergone during the present start attempt. Note: This is intended to be used in conjunction with Maximum Crank Attempts per Start Attempt, in order to give a FMI 0 diagnostic on this parameter when the count exceeds the maximum. When the engine is not in a start attempt, this parameter can either hold the last value or return a Not Available (FFh).
3672 Engine Exhaust Gas Recirculation 1 Cooler Bypass Actuator Position The parameter gives the % open of the exhaust gas recirculation cooler bypass actuator, where 0% = Fully Closed (no gas flowing through the bypass), and 100% = Fully Open.
3673 Engine Throttle Valve 2 Position The sensed position feedback of the valve, coming from a second electrical actuator for a second throttle plate, used to regulate the supply of a fluid, usually air or fuel//air mixture. 0% represents no supply and 100% is full supply. SPN 51 is used for the first throttle position feedback.
3675 Engine Turbocharger Compressor Bypass Actuator 1 Position Measures the position of the turbocharger compressor bypass actuator, where 0% represents bypass fully closed and 100% represents bypass fully open. Typically, the compressor bypass is used to lower the compressor outlet pressure and/or intake manifold pressure during situations where too much boost is being generated by the turbocharger. Typically, a compressor bypass will be plumbed from the compressor outlet or intake manifold back to the compressor intake, with the compressor bypass actuator and valve in place to regulate bypass flow.
3676 Engine Aftercooler Coolant Level Ratio of aftercooler coolant system volume of liquid to total cooling system volume. The engine aftercooler coolant level is for the low temperature (LT) cooling circuit used for the compressor outlet air or charge aftercooling.SPN 111 « Coolant Level » is assumed to represent a high temperature (HT) cooling circuit used for cooling the engine and its various components.
3677 Generator Unavailable to Start / Run Indicates that the generator is not available to start up and run. This may indicate that a shutdown condition is present, or simply that the system has been manually placed into a STOP state.
3678 EPS Unavailable to Accept Load Indicates that the Emergency Power System (EPS) is not prepared to accept load. This implies that the EPS is not in a state that will allow for a quick synchronization and connection to the load bus.
3680 Transmission Master Valve The transmission master valve is in series with a common supply for other transmission valves that control individual functions. They permit overriding the on state of any individual circuit as well as switching on multiple circuits simultaneously.
3681 Power Conversion Enable Signal Microcontroller based systems used in vehicles commonly use managed power down modes. In the event that the operator switches the vehicle off, a system with managed power down may continue to run until that system’s requirements for full power down are met.If the system uses a power supply that operates at a different potential than that of the vehicle, a power conversion function is required. For example, use of a 24v controller in a 12v vehicle would require power conversion to double the nominally 12v power supply. With a managed power down mode, that power conversion function needs a power conversion enable signal from the microcontroller that it may power down the power conversion independent of the vehicle’s power down.
3682 Transmission Air Pressure Regulator Valve The valve used to regulate the air supply pressure for the transmission.
3683 Steering Wheel Angle The main operator`s steering wheel angle (on the steering column, not the actual wheel angle). The vehicle being steered to the left (counterclockwise) results in a positive steering wheel angle. This is the yaw angle of the steering wheel with the z-axis along the centerline of the steering column. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Up axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Up Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the left, and positive Z directed up.
3684 Steering Wheel Angle Range Counter The signal indicates the number of steering wheel angle range overflows if the operating range of steering wheel is greater than the measuring range of sensor element. Positive values indicate left turns (counterclockwise). If the steering wheel angle range is +/-180 degrees this signal is equivalent to a steering wheel turn counter. This parameter is defined according to a Z-Up axis system and the sign of the value is in accordance to the right-hand rule, as specified in SAE J670. As specified in SAE J670, a Z-Up Axis System has positive X directed forward, positive Y to the left, and positive Z directed up.
3685 Steering Wheel Angle Range Counter Type The signal indicates whether the steering wheel angle sensor is capable of absolute measuring of the number of steering wheel angle ranges or not. Absolute measuring means that the steering wheel angle range counter signal indicates the real position of steering wheel at ignition on. Relative measuring means that the steering wheel angle range counter signal is zero at ignition on independent of the real position of steering wheel.00b = relative number of counts 01b = absolute number of counts 10b = not defined 11b = signal not available
3686 Steering Wheel Angle Range The signal indicates the range of the steering wheel angle the sensor element is capable to measure. The steering wheel angle signal ranges between the negative and the positive value of the steering wheel angle range.For example, a steering angle sensor transmits +13.6 rad to indicate a range of +/- 13.6 rad.
3687 Steering Angle Sensor Active Mode This signal indicates the operational mode of the steering angle sensor. 00b = Programming mode active 01b = Normal mode active 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
3688 Steering Angle Sensor Calibrated This signal indicates the calibration status of the steering angle sensor. 00b = SAS not calibrated 01b = SAS calibrated 10b = Reserved 11b = Not available
3689 Message Counter The message counter is to verify the signal path from the demanding device to the steering controller. The support of this parameter is mandatory.Note: The initial value of the 4 bit message counter for the first message during a driving cycle is arbitrary. In every following message the counter is incremented by 1 (0 follows 15).
3690 Message Checksum The message checksum is used to verify the signal path from the demanding device to the steering controller. The support of this parameter is mandatory if PGN 61469 is supported as there is no means to indicate « not available ».The 4 bit checksum is the sum of the high nibble and the low nibble of the sum of the identifier, the first 7 data bytes and the 4 bit message counter. It is calculated as follows: Checksum = (Byte1 + Byte2 + Byte3 + Byte4 + Byte5 + Byte6 + Byte7 + (message counter & 0Fh) + message ID low byte + message ID mid low byte + message ID mid high byte + message ID high byte) Checksum = ((Checksum >> 4) + Checksum) & 0Fh
3691 Left Headlamp Dynamic Bending Light This parameter indicates whether the dynamic bending light of the left headlamp is working properly. 000b = Dynamic bending light deactivated. There is no problem but for some reasons (e.g. daylight present) the bending light is deactivated. 001b = Dynamic bending light is working properly. Normal operation mode. Bending light is working properly. 010b = Dynamic bending light fail safe position. Bending light is damaged, current position does not affect oncoming traffic. 011b = Dynamic bending light failure. Bending light does not work, current position may affect oncoming traffic. 100b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available
3692 Right Headlamp Dynamic Bending Light This parameter indicates whether the dynamic bending light of the left headlamp is working properly. 000b = Dynamic bending light deactivated. There is no problem but for some reasons (e.g. daylight present) the bending light is deactivated. 001b = Dynamic bending light is working properly. Normal operation mode. Bending light is working properly. 010b = Dynamic bending light fail safe position. Bending light is damaged, current position does not affect oncoming traffic. 011b = Dynamic bending light failure. Bending light does not work, current position may affect oncoming traffic. 100b to 110b = Reserved 111b = Not available
3693 Left Headlamp Light Distribution This parameter indicates what kind of light distribution is set by the AFS system for the left headlamp. 0000b = Light distribution town – The basic light distribution for town light is generated with a symmetrical cut-off line (Class V) 0001b = Light distribution country – Country light is mostly similar to the actual SAE low beam pattern. (Class C) 0010b = Light distribution motorway – The task of motorway light is an improved overall viewing distance and an optimum of illumination of the second lane on roads with more than one lane and without oncoming traffic. (Class E) 0011b = Light distribution high beam – The high beam distribution of the module generates an illumination level that an additional high beam spot is not necessary. 0100b = Light distribution adverse weather – The adverse weather light improves the viewing situation for the driver on wet roads and reduces the amount of glare from reflections on wed reads for the oncoming traffic. (Class W) 0101b = Light distribution fail safe position – Module is damaged, current light distribution does not affect oncoming traffic. 0110b = Light distribution failure – Module is damaged, current position may affect oncoming traffic. 0111b = Different light distributions not available – No AFS distributions available. Head lamp has only one distribution. 1000b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not available
3694 Right Headlamp Light Distribution This parameter indicates what kind of light distribution is set by the AFS system for the right headlamp. 0000b = Light distribution town – The basic light distribution for town light is generated with a symmetrical cut-off line (Class V) 0001b = Light distribution country – Country light is mostly similar to the actual SAE low beam pattern. (Class C) 0010b = Light distribution motorway – The task of motorway light is an improved overall viewing distance and an optimum of illumination of the second lane on roads with more than one lane and without oncoming traffic. (Class E) 0011b = Light distribution high beam – The high beam distribution of the module generates an illumination level that an additional high beam spot is not necessary. 0100b = Light distribution adverse weather – The adverse weather light improves the viewing situation for the driver on wet roads and reduces the amount of glare from reflections on wed reads for the oncoming traffic. (Class W) 0101b = Light distribution fail safe position – Module is damaged, current light distribution does not affect oncoming traffic. 0110b = Light distribution failure – Module is damaged, current position may affect oncoming traffic. 0111b = Different light distributions not available – No AFS distributions available. Head lamp has only one distribution. 1000b to 1110b = Reserved 1111b = Not available
3695 Aftertreatment Regeneration Inhibit Switch Indicates the state of a switch available to the operator that inhibits aftertreatment regeneration. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = error 11b = not availableThis SPN would be « not active » when aftertreatment regeneration is allowed to occur normally (aftertreatment regeneration is not inhibited). The engine controller shall inhibit regeneration when SPN 3695 is in the ON state. Regeneration shall be activated by SPN 3696 when it is in the ON state and SPN 3695 is in the OFF state.
3696 Aftertreatment Regeneration Force Switch Indicates the state of a switch available to the operator that forces aftertreatment regeneration. 00b = not active 01b = active 10b = error 11b = not availableThis SPN would be « not active » when aftertreatment regeneration is allowed to occur normally (aftertreatment regeneration is not being forced). The engine controller shall inhibit regeneration when SPN 3695 is in the ON state. Regeneration shall be activated by SPN 3696 when it is in the ON state and SPN 3695 is in the OFF state.
3697 Diesel Particulate Filter Lamp Command Command to control the diesel particulate filter lamp. 000b = Off 001b = On – solid 010b = reserved for SAE assignment 011b = reserved for SAE assignment 100b = On – fast blink (1 HZ) 101b = reserved for SAE assignment 110b = reserved for SAE assignment 111b = not available This SPN would be « off » when diesel particulate filter lamp is unlit. The « on – solid » should indicate that diesel particulate filter active regeneration is needed at the lowest level of urgency and that operator intervention is required. The flashing state indicates a more severe condition requiring regeneration. This SPN shall not be used to convey information regarding operator switch feedback from SPNs 3695 and 3696. The ISO 2575 Symbol F21 is recommended for use with this message.
3698 Exhaust System High Temperature Lamp Command Command to control the exhaust system high temperature lamp. This lamp indicates that the exhaust system temperature is high.000b = Off 001b = On – solid 010b = reserved for SAE assignment 011b = reserved for SAE assignment 100b = reserved for SAE assignment 101b = reserved for SAE assignment 110b = reserved for SAE assignment 111b = not available This SPN would be « off » when the lamp is unlit. The « on – solid » status indicates that the exhaust gas temperature is high. This SPN shall not be used to convey information regarding operator switch feedback from SPNs 3695 and 3696. The ISO 2575 Symbol « F.26 » is recommended for use with this message. This symbol is the ISO exhaust gas symbol with the temperature symbol added to it.
3699 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Passive Regeneration Status Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter passive regeneration. This is an aggregate of bank 1 and bank 2. It is a system status and not individual bank status.00b = not active 01b = active 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3700 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Status Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration. This is an aggregate of bank 1 and bank 2. It is a system status and not individual bank status.00b = not active 01b = active 10b = regeneration needed – automatically initiated active regeneration imminent 11b = not available
3701 Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Status Indicates the state of the diesel particulate filter regeneration need and urgency. This is an aggregate of bank 1 and bank 2. It is a system status and not individual bank status.000b = Regeneration not needed 001b = Regeneration needed – lowest level 010b = Regeneration needed – moderate level 011b = Regeneration needed – highest level 100b = reserved for SAE assignment 101b = reserved for SAE assignment 110b = reserved for SAE assignment 111b = not available
3702 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Status Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition. 00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active, the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. If the reason for inhibiting is not covered by SPNs 3703 thru 3717 or 5629, a request for a status parameter should be submitted to the SAE Truck and Bus J1939 Request Processing Group to have the reason added.
3703 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Inhibit Switch.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3704 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Clutch Disengaged Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the clutch being disengaged.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3705 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Service Brake Active Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the service brake being active.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3706 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to PTO Active Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the PTO being active. 00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3707 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Accelerator Pedal Off Idle Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the accelerator pedal being off idle.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3708 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Out of Neutral Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the transmission being out of neutral.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3709 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Vehicle Speed Above Allowed Speed Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the vehicle speed being above an allowed limit.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3710 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Parking Brake Not Set Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the parking brake being not set.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3711 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Low Exhaust Temperature Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the exhaust temperature being too low. This implies that the diesel particulate filter and/or oxidation catalyst are likewise too cold for active regeneration.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3712 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Fault Active Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to a system fault being active.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3713 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Timeout Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to a system timeout. 00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3714 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Temporary System Lockout Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to a temporary system lockout.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3715 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Permanent System Lockout Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to a permanent system lockout.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3716 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Engine Not Warmed Up Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to the engine not being warmed up.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3717 Diesel Particulate Filter Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Vehicle Speed Below Allowed Speed Indicates the state of diesel particulate filter active regeneration inhibition due to vehicle speed being less than the allowed vehicle speed.00b = not inhibited 01b = inhibited 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available This SPN indicates the reason for the diesel particulate filter regeneration not being initiated or being exited prior to completion. When this state becomes active the system will not initiate an active regeneration or will exit an active regeneration. The state provides information that may be provided to the driver/service technician as to why the regeneration did not initiate or was exited.
3718 Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic Active Regeneration Initiation Configuration Indicates the configuration of diesel particulate filter active regeneration automatic initiation. 00b = not enabled 01b = enabled 10b = reserved for SAE assignment 11b = not available
3719 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Soot Load Percent Indicates the soot load percent of diesel particulate filter 1. 100% is the level at which active diesel particulate filter regeneration should be triggered.100% level is the active regeneration trigger level (and if conditions are not favorable for regeneration, soot loading can continue beyond 100%). During normal operation and regeneration a value 0% will indicate a fully regenerated diesel particulate filter. Values of 25%, 50% and 75% will indicate the general level of soot prior to the 100% level where an active regeneration is needed.
3720 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Ash Load Percent Indicates the ash load percent of diesel particulate filter 1. 100% is the level at which diesel particulate filter ash service should be performed.100% level is the target ash service interval (and if ash service is not immediately performed, ash loading can continue beyond 100%).
3721 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Time Since Last Active Regeneration Indicates the time since the last active regeneration event of diesel particulate filter 1.
3722 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Soot Load Percent Indicates the soot load percent of diesel particulate filter 2. 100% is the level at which active diesel particulate filter regeneration should be triggered.100% level is the active regeneration trigger level (and if conditions are not favorable for regeneration, soot loading can continue beyond 100%). During normal operation and regeneration a value 0% will indicate a fully regenerated diesel particulate filter. Values of 25%, 50% and 75% will indicate the general level of soot prior to the 100% level where an active regeneration is needed.
3723 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Ash Load Percent Indicates the ash load percent of diesel particulate filter 2. 100% is the level at which diesel particulate filter ash service should be performed.100% level is the target ash service interval (and if ash service is not immediately performed, ash loading can continue beyond 100%).
3724 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Time Since Last Active Regeneration Indicates the time since the last active regeneration event of diesel particulate filter 2.
3725 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Passive Regeneration Time Total amount of time that aftertreatment 1 diesel particulate filter has been in passive regeneration over the lifetime of the device.
3726 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Passive Regenerations Total number of passive regenerations by aftertreatment device 1 over the lifetime of the device.
3727 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Active Regeneration Inhibit Requests Total number of aftertreatment device 1 active regeneration inhibit requests by the operator over the lifetime of the device.
3728 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Active Regeneration Manual Requests Total number of aftertreatment device 1 active regeneration manual requests by the operator over the lifetime of the device.
3729 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Passive Regeneration Time Total amount of time that Aftertreatment device 2 has been in passive regeneration over the lifetime of the device.
3730 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Passive Regenerations Total number of passive regenerations by Aftertreatment device 2 over the lifetime of the device.
3731 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Active Regeneration Inhibit Requests Total number of Aftertreatment device 2 active regeneration inhibit requests by the operator over the lifetime of the device.
3732 Aftertreatment 2 Diesel Particulate Filter Total Number of Active Regeneration Manual Requests Total number of Aftertreatment device 2 active regeneration manual requests by the operator over the lifetime of the device.
3733 Aftertreatment 1 Diesel Particulate Filter Trip Fuel Used Total amount of fuel used by the aftertreatment 1 diesel par